Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants; Revising the Listing of the Gray Wolf (Canis lupus) in the Western Great Lakes, 81666-81726 [2011-32825]
Download as PDF
81666
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
Fish and Wildlife Service
50 CFR Part 17
[Docket No. FWS–R3–ES–2011–0029;
FXES11130900000C6–123–FF09E32000]
RIN 1018–AX57
Endangered and Threatened Wildlife
and Plants; Revising the Listing of the
Gray Wolf (Canis lupus) in the Western
Great Lakes
Fish and Wildlife Service,
Interior.
ACTION: Final rule.
AGENCY:
We, the U.S. Fish and
Wildlife Service (Service or USFWS) are
revising the 1978 listing of the
Minnesota population of gray wolves
(Canis lupus) to conform to current
statutory and policy requirements. We
rename what was previously listed as
the Minnesota population of the gray
wolf as the Western Great Lakes (WGL)
Distinct Population Segment (DPS), and
delineate the boundaries of the
expanded Minnesota population
segment to include all of Minnesota,
Wisconsin, and Michigan and portions
of the adjacent states. We are removing
the WGL DPS from the List of
Endangered and Threatened Wildlife.
We are taking this action because the
best available scientific and commercial
information indicates that the WGL DPS
does not meet the definitions of
threatened or endangered under the Act.
This final rule also removes the
designated critical habitat for the wolf
in Minnesota and Michigan and the
special regulations under section 4(d) of
the Act for wolves in Minnesota.
We are separating our determination
on the delisting of the Western Great
Lakes DPS from the determination on
our proposal regarding all or portions of
the 29 eastern States we considered to
be outside the historical range of the
gray wolf. This rule finalizes our
determination for the WGL DPS. A
subsequent decision will be made for
the rest of the eastern United States.
DATES: This rule becomes effective on
January 27, 2012.
ADDRESSES: This final rule is available
on the Internet at https://
www.regulations.gov and at the U.S.
Fish and Wildlife Service, Midwest
Regional Office, 5600 American
Boulevard West, Suite 990,
Bloomington, Minnesota 55437.
Comments and materials we received, as
well as supporting documentation we
used in preparing this final rule, are
available for public inspection on https://
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
SUMMARY:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
www.regulations.gov at Docket No.
FWS–R3–ES–2011–0029, or by
appointment, during normal business
hours at the following Ecological
Services offices:
• Twin Cities, Minnesota Ecological
Services Field Office, 4101 American
Blvd. E., Bloomington, MN; (612)
725–3548.
• Green Bay, Wisconsin Ecological
Services Field Office, 2661 Scott
Tower Dr., New Franken, WI; (920)
866–1717.
• East Lansing, Michigan Ecological
Services Field Office, 2651 Coolidge
Road, Suite 101, East Lansing, MI;
(517) 351–2555.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Laura Ragan, (612) 713–5350. Direct all
questions or requests for additional
information to: GRAY WOLF
QUESTIONS, U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, 5600 American Boulevard
West, Suite 990, Bloomington,
Minnesota 55437. Additional
information is also available on our Web
site at https://www.fws.gov/midwest/
wolf. Individuals who are hearingimpaired or speech-impaired may call
the Federal Relay Service at 1–(800)
877–8337 for TTY assistance.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
Previous Federal Actions for WGL
Wolves
The eastern timber wolf (Canis lupus
lycaon) was listed as endangered in
Minnesota and Michigan in the first list
of species that were protected under the
1973 Act, published in May 1974 (USDI
1974). On March 9, 1978, we published
a rule (43 FR 9607) reclassifying the
gray wolf at the species level (Canis
lupus) as endangered throughout the
conterminous 48 States and Mexico,
except for the Minnesota population,
which we classified to threatened. The
separate subspecies listings, including
C. l. lycaon, thus were subsumed into
the listings for the gray wolf in
Minnesota and the gray wolf in the rest
of the conterminous United States and
Mexico. We considered the Minnesota
group of gray wolves to be a listable
entity under the Act, and listed it as
threatened; we considered the gray wolf
group in Mexico and the 48
conterminous States other than
Minnesota to be another listable entity,
and listed it as endangered (43 FR 9607,
9610, respectively, March 9, 1978). This
reclassification was undertaken because
of uncertainty about the taxonomic
validity of some of the previously listed
subspecies and because we recognized
that wolf populations were historically
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
connected, and that subspecies
boundaries were thus malleable.
However, the 1978 rule also stated
that ‘‘biological subspecies would
continue to be maintained and dealt
with as separate entities’’ (43 FR 9609),
and offered ‘‘the firmest assurance that
[the Service] will continue to recognize
valid biological subspecies for purposes
of its research and conservation
programs’’ (43 FR 9610, March 9, 1978).
Accordingly, recovery plans were
developed for the wolf populations in
the following regions of the United
States: the northern Rocky Mountains in
1980, revised in 1987; the eastern U.S.
in 1978, revised in 1992; and the
Southwest in 1982, the revision of
which is now under way.
In the 1978 rule, we also identified
Isle Royale National Park, Michigan,
and Minnesota wolf management zones
1, 2, and 3, as critical habitat. We also
promulgated special regulations under
section 4(d) of the Act for operating a
wolf management program in Minnesota
at that time. The depredation control
portion of the special regulation was
later modified (50 FR 50793; December
12, 1985); these special regulations are
found in 50 CFR 17.40(d)(2).
On April 1, 2003, we published a final
rule revising the listing status of the
gray wolf across most of the
conterminous United States (68 FR
15804). Within that rule, we identified
three DPSs for the gray wolf, including
an Eastern DPS, which was reclassified
from endangered to threatened, except
where already classified as threatened.
In addition, we established a second
section 4(d) rule that applied provisions
similar to those previously in effect in
Minnesota to most of the Eastern DPS.
The special rule was codified in 50 CFR
17.40(o).
U.S. District Court rulings in Oregon
and Vermont on January 31, 2005, and
August 19, 2005, respectively,
invalidated the April 1, 2003, final rule.
Consequently, the status of gray wolves
outside of Minnesota reverted back to
endangered status, as had been the case
prior to the 2003 reclassification. The
courts also invalidated the three DPSs
identified in the April 1, 2003, rule, as
well as the associated special
regulations.
On March 27, 2006, we published a
proposal (71 FR 15266–15305) to
identify a WGL DPS of the gray wolf, to
remove the WGL DPS from the
protections of the Act, to remove
designated critical habitat for the gray
wolf in Minnesota and Michigan, and to
remove special regulations for the gray
wolf in Minnesota. The proposal was
followed by a 90-day comment period,
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
during which we held four public
hearings on the proposal.
On February 8, 2007, the Service
issued a rule that identified and delisted
the WGL DPS of the gray wolf (Canis
lupus) (72 FR 6052). Three parties
challenged this rule (Humane Society of
the United States v. Kempthorne, 579 F.
Supp. 2d 7 (D.D.C. 2008)), and on
September 29, 2008, the court ruled in
favor of the plaintiffs and vacated the
rule and remanded it to the Service.
On December 11, 2008, we published
a notice reinstating protections for the
gray wolf in the western Great Lakes
(and northern Rocky Mountains)
pursuant to court orders (73 FR 75356).
On April 2, 2009, we published a final
rule identifying the western Great Lakes
populations of gray wolves as a DPS and
revising the List of Endangered and
Threatened Wildlife by removing the
DPS from that list (74 FR 15070). We
did not seek additional public comment
on the 2009 final rule. On June 15, 2009,
five parties filed a complaint against the
Department and the Service alleging
that we violated the Act, the
Administrative Procedure Act (APA),
and the court’s remand order by
publishing the 2009 final rule (74 FR
15070). On July 2, 2009, pursuant to a
settlement agreement between the
parties, the court issued an order
remanding and vacating the 2009 final
rule.
On March 1, 2000, we received a
petition from Mr. Lawrence Krak of
Gilman, Wisconsin, and on June 28,
2000, we received a petition from the
Minnesota Conservation Federation. Mr.
Krak’s petition requested the delisting of
gray wolves in Minnesota, Wisconsin,
and Michigan. The Minnesota
Conservation Federation requested the
delisting of gray wolves in a Western
Great Lakes DPS. Because the data
reviews resulting from the processing of
these petitions would be a subset of the
review begun by our July 13, 2000,
proposal (65 FR 43450) to revise the
current listing of the wolf across most of
the conterminous United States, we did
not initiate separate reviews in response
to those two petitions. While we
addressed these petitions in our
February 8, 2007, final rule (72 FR
6052), this rule was vacated by the
subsequent District Court ruling. While
we view our actions on these petitions
as final upon publication of the Federal
Register determinations, we
nevertheless restate our 90-day findings
that the action requested by each of the
petitions may be warranted, as well as
our 12-month finding that the action
requested by each petition is warranted.
On March 15, 2010, we received a
petition from the Minnesota Department
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
of Natural Resources requesting that the
gray wolf in Minnesota be removed from
the List of Endangered or Threatened
Wildlife under the Act. Likewise, on
April 26, 2010, we received a petition
from the Wisconsin Department of
Natural Resources requesting that the
gray wolf in Minnesota and Wisconsin
be delisted. On April 26, 2010, we
received a petition from the Sportsmen’s
Alliance, representing five other
organizations, requesting that gray
wolves in the Great Lakes area be
delisted. On June 17, 2010, we received
a petition from Safari Club
International, Safari Club International
Foundation, and the National Rifle
Association of America requesting that
wolves of the western Great Lakes be
delisted. In response to those four
petitions, on September 14, 2010, we
published a 90-day finding determining
that the petitions presented substantial
information that delisting may be
warranted and reinitiated a full status
review.
We published a proposal to revise the
List of Endangered and Threatened
Wildlife for the gray wolf (Canis lupus)
in the eastern United States and to
initiate status reviews for the gray wolf
and for the eastern wolf (Canis lycaon)
on May 5, 2011 (76 FR 26806). On
August 26, 2011, we published a notice
(76 FR 53379) reopening the public
comment period on the May 5, 2011,
proposal. We reopened the comment
period to allow for additional public
review and the inclusion of any new
information, specifically concerning
North American wolf taxonomy. That
notice also informed the public that we
were considering issuing separate final
rules for our final determinations on the
proposed delisting of the Western Great
Lakes DPS and the proposed
determination regarding all or portions
of the 29 States considered to be outside
the historical range of the gray wolf. On
September 19, 2011, the Service
published a notice (76 FR 57943)
informing the public that
supplementary materials were available.
In recognition of intellectual property
right laws, the manuscript made
available on August 26 provided readers
with references to the sources of several
copyrighted figures, but did not include
the figures themselves. The Service
subsequently obtained approval to
include all copyrighted figures in the
manuscript and on September 7, 2011,
uploaded a complete copy of the
manuscript to https://
www.regulations.gov.
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
81667
Conformance With the Act’s Definition
of Species
Given the assurances we provided in
the 1978 Canis lupus listing that we
would continue to treat gray wolf
subspecies as separate entities for
conservation purposes (as noted in
Previous Federal Actions for WGL
Wolves, above), we identified a need to
reconsider the listing in light of current
statutory and policy standards regarding
the Act’s definition of species. The Act
provides for listing at various taxonomic
and subtaxonomic levels through its
definition of ‘‘species’’ in section 3(16):
The term species includes any
subspecies of fish or wildlife or plants,
and any distinct population segment of
any species of vertebrate fish or wildlife
which interbreeds when mature (16
U.S.C. 1532(16). As a matter of
procedure, then, the Service determines
whether it is most appropriate to list an
entity as a full species, a subspecies, or
a DPS of either a species or subspecies.
The gray wolf has a Holarctic range; the
current listing encompasses the United
States-Mexico segment of the range and
consists, in turn, of multiple entities.
The specific provision for listing
distinct population segments of
vertebrates was enacted through the
1978 amendments to the Act (Pub. L.
95–362, November 10, 1978); these
amendments replaced the ability to list
‘‘populations’’ with the ability to list
‘‘distinct population segments’’ and
treat them as ‘‘species’’ under the Act.
To interpret and implement the 1978
DPS amendment, the Service and the
National Marine Fisheries Service
jointly published the Policy Regarding
the Recognition of Distinct Vertebrate
Population Segments Under the
Endangered Species Act (DPS policy)
(61 FR 4722, February 7, 1996), setting
policy standards for designating
populations as ‘‘distinct.’’
The March 1978 gray wolf listing
predated the November 1978
amendments to the Act. Although the
1978 rule lists two C. lupus entities, i.e.,
the endangered and threatened entities
described above, these listings were not
predicated upon a formal DPS analysis
and do not comport with current policy
standards. Nonetheless, subsequent
recovery plans and all gray wolf
rulemakings since 1996 have focused on
units reflective of the evident intent of
the 1978 rule to manage and recover the
different gray wolf groups covered by
the 1978 listings as ’’separate entities’’
(43 FR 9609), i.e., subspecies or
populations. This rule revises the 1978
threatened listing to bring that listing in
line, insofar as possible, with the Act’s
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
81668
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
requirements and current policy
standards.
Wolf Taxonomy in the Western Great
Lakes Region
The taxonomic status of the wolves in
the western Great Lakes region has long
been debated. They have been
considered a subspecies of gray wolf,
Canis lupus lycaon (Goldman 1944; Hall
and Kelson 1959); a second subspecies
of gray wolves, Canis lupus nubilis
(Nowak 1995, 2002, 2003); a Canis
lupus population that has been
influenced by interbreeding with
¨
coyotes (Lehman et al. 1991, Koblmuller
et al. 2009; vonHoldt et al. 2011);
members of a full species Canis lycaon
(or eastern wolf) that is considered
separate from Canis lupus (Wilson et al.
2000; Baker et al. 2003); possibly the
same species as the red wolf, C. rufus
(Wilson et al. 2000); the result of
hybridization between C. rufus and C.
lupus (Nowak 2002, 2003, 2009); and as
a mixed population of C. lupus, C.
lycaon, and their intercrosses (hybrids)
(Wheeldon and White 2009; Fain et al.
2010; Wheeldon et al. 2010). These
varying interpretations of the taxonomic
status of western Great Lakes wolves are
summarized, respectively, below.
Wolves in Michigan, Wisconsin, and
eastern Minnesota were considered by
Goldman (1944, p. 437 and Figure 14)
to be within the range of the subspecies
Canis lupus lycaon. Goldman based his
classification on variation in body size
and proportions, and in pelage (coat)
color. According to Goldman, this was
the subspecies of gray wolf historically
found across a wide range east of the
Mississippi River in the United States
and in southeastern Canada. Wolves
immediately to the west of the
Mississippi River were considered to be
part of the subspecies Canis lupus
nubilus. This taxonomic interpretation
was followed by Hall and Kelson (1959,
p. 849) and Hall (1981, p. 932).
Based on a study of DNA variation in
North American wolves, Wilson et al.
(2000, p. 2165) proposed that the
taxonomic standing of eastern wolves be
elevated to full species as Canis lycaon.
They found that eastern wolves were
divergent from Canis lupus in both
mitochondrial DNA (mtDNA) and
autosomal microsatellite DNA
composition. They considered the
geographic range of C. lycaon as
extending west across the Great Lakes
region to Minnesota and Manitoba.
Nowak’s (2002, p. 119; 2003, p. 243)
revision of the subspecies taxonomy
reduced the range of C. l. lycaon to
southern Ontario and Quebec and
northern portions of New York,
Pennsylvania, and Ohio. Nowak’s
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
classification was primarily based on
statistical analysis of measurements of
skull features. He considered gray
wolves that historically occupied
Michigan, Wisconsin, and Minnesota to
be within the range of C. l. nubilus.
Based on analysis of additional
specimens, Nowak (2002, p. 119; 2003;
2009, p. 238) continued to recognize
western Great Lakes wolves as C. l.
nubilus, but noted that historical
specimens from the Upper Peninsula
(UP) of Michigan were somewhat
transitional between the two subspecies.
Leonard and Wayne (2008, pp. 2–3)
have reported on maternally inherited
mtDNA sequence haplotypes (DNA
sequences or groups of alleles of
different genes on a single chromosome
that are inherited together as a single
unit) from historical (‘‘prerecovery’’)
wolves from Ontario, Quebec, Michigan,
and Wisconsin compared with the
recent population of the area. Their
interpretation of these results is that the
6 unique haplotypes) identified in 15
historical individuals indicate that the
pre-recovery population was ‘‘an
endemic American wolf,’’ which they
call ‘‘the Great Lakes wolf’’ (p. 1).
However, only the two haplotypes most
common in the historical sample still
occur in the modern wolf population of
the western Great Lakes area. Leonard
and Wayne (2008) conclude that the
modern population does not contain the
diversity of Great Lakes wolf haplotypes
found in the prerecovery population
and that the current population is
primarily a mixture of Canis lupus and
coyote hybrids, with minor influence
from the endemic Great Lakes wolf (p.
3).
¨
Koblmuller et al. (2009) examined
wolves from the Great Lakes region
(they do not separate between the
western and eastern Great Lakes) using
three types of genetic markers: mtDNA;
Y-chromosome haplotypes based on
microsatellite DNA loci on the Ychromosome, which is a paternally
inherited marker; and autosomal
microsatellite DNA, which provides
information on recent and ongoing
interactions among populations rather
than evolutionary lineage information.
The historical sample from Minnesota
was found to exhibit a third Great Lakes
wolf mtDNA haplotype that is common
in the modern population. However, the
Y-chromosome haplotypes identified in
the historical sample were more similar
to those of western gray wolves,
suggesting that interbreeding between
Great Lakes wolves and western gray
wolves had taken place before 1910, the
year of collection.
¨
Koblmuller et al. (2009) conclude
that, despite what they consider to be
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
both ancient and recent incidences of
interbreeding with coyotes and western
gray wolves, Great Lakes wolves remain
morphologically distinct and represent a
‘‘distinct taxon’’ of gray wolf (Canis
lupus) that is adapted to the region.
They do not, however, conclude that
this taxon is differentiated enough to be
recognized as a species separate from
gray wolves, as proposed by Wilson et
al. (2000).
Several recent studies conclude that
the eastern wolf is a unique species and
should be recognized as C. lycaon
(Wheeldon and White 2009; Wilson et
al. 2009; Fain et al. 2010, p. 15;
Wheeldon et al. 2010). Wheeldon and
White (2009, pp. 3–4) state that both the
present-day and pre-recovery wolf
populations in the western Great Lakes
region are genetically similar and that
both were derived from hybridization
between C. lupus and the eastern wolf,
C. lycaon. Fain et al. (2010, p. 10)
recognize C. lycaon as a unique species
of North American wolf, and based on
mtDNA and Y-chromosome haplotypes
and autosomal microsatellite markers,
they establish that the population of
wolves in the western Great Lakes
region comprise C. lupus, C. lycaon, and
¨
their hybrids. Contrary to Koblmuller et
al. (2009), Fain et al. (2010, p. 14) found
no evidence of interbreeding with
coyotes. Furthermore, they conclude
that the western Great Lakes States were
included in the historical range of C.
lycaon and that hybridization between
the two species ‘‘predates significant
human intervention’’ (Fain et al. 2010,
pp. 13–14).
Wheeldon et al. (2010, p. 2) used
multiple genetic markers in an attempt
to clarify the taxonomic status of Canis
species in the western Great Lakes
region of Minnesota, Wisconsin,
Michigan, and western Ontario. They
conclude that the current western Great
Lakes wolf population is ‘‘composed of
gray-eastern wolf hybrids that probably
resulted from historic hybridization
between the parental species’’
(Wheeldon et al. 2010, p. 10), and that
the appropriate taxonomic designation
for the western Great Lakes hybrid
wolves is C. lupus × lycaon.
Recently, vonHoldt et al. (2011)
examined single nucleotide
polymorphisms (SNPs) to investigate
the genetic distinctiveness of North
American canids. They conclude that
wolves from the Great Lakes region are
the product of low-level hybridization
between coyotes and C. lupus that likely
occurred prior to the recent invasion of
coyotes into the area and found no
evidence that C. lycaon exists as a
distinct species (vonHoldt et al. 2011,
pp. 8–9). They further find that Great
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
Lakes wolves are genetically distinct
from other North American gray wolves
and coyotes, but to what degree remains
controversial (vonHoldt et al. 2011, p.
8). This study represents a new system
for genetic testing using the whole
genome of organisms. This new genetic
testing system using SNPs promises to
open new opportunities for studying the
ancestry and relatedness of canid
populations.
Chambers et al. (2011, in prep.)
conducted a review of the available
scientific literature to assess the
taxonomic standing of wolves in North
America. They conclude the most
supportable interpretation is that the
eastern wolf is not a subspecies (C.
lupus lycaon), but a full species (C.
lycaon). This is based on the available
mtDNA and Y-chromosome haplotype
data (pp. 91–95). The Service believes
the Chambers et al. (in prep.)
manuscript (that includes the
information on which we at least
partially based our proposal) is an
important synthesis of the available data
that advances and focuses the debate
regarding canid taxonomy in North
America. The authors themselves
acknowledge, nevertheless, that further
research may change some of their
conclusions (p. 128).
Wolf taxonomic classification is a
fast-changing field in which research
capabilities have greatly expanded in
recent years. It is clear from the studies
discussed above that the taxonomic
classification of wolves in the western
Great Lakes region is one that has been,
and will continue to be, debated in the
scientific community. Most researchers,
however, agree that there is a unique
and genetically identifiable form of wolf
that occupies the western Great Lakes
region. Researchers differ in whether
this unique form of wolf should be
recognized as a species, a subspecies, or
a distinct taxon or ecotype. The
taxonomic identity of eastern wolves
has been controversial since Wilson et
al. (2000) first claimed that eastern
wolves are a separate species (Canis
lycaon) from the western wolf (Canis
lupus). In our May 5, 2011, proposed
rule (76 FR 26806), we proposed to
resolve the ongoing controversy over the
classification of wolves in the western
Great Lakes region by accepting what
we considered at the time to be the best
scientific interpretation of the available
data and information. The scientific
community then had the opportunity to
review our analysis and respond to it
through the public and peer review
processes. Comments on the proposed
rule, including comments provided by
leading researchers in the field of canid
biology and genetics, have led us to
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
reconsider our proposed interpretation.
While Chambers et al. (in prep.) provide
a scientific basis for arguing the
existence of eastern wolves as a distinct
species, this represents neither a
scientific consensus nor the majority
opinion of researchers on the taxonomy
of wolves, as others continue to argue
that eastern wolves are forms of gray
¨
wolves (Koblmuller et al. 2009,
vonHoldt et al. 2011). In light of the
ongoing scientific debate, and the lack
of clear resolution concerning the
taxonomy of wolves in the western
Great Lakes, we are at this time
continuing to recognize C. lupus as the
only species that occurs in the WGL.
The wolves that occupy the WGL DPS
have long been accepted as gray wolves,
C. lupus, and until greater scientific
consensus is reached regarding whether
to revise this taxonomic classification,
the better conclusion is to continue to
recognize them as gray wolves.
Wolf-Coyote Relationships
For a discussion on interpretations of
wolf-coyote relationships in the western
Great Lakes, see the discussion under
Factor E. Other Natural or Manmade
Factors Affecting Its Continued
Existence in this final rule.
Biology and Ecology of Wolves in the
Western Great Lakes
For a discussion of the biology and
ecology of wolves in the WGL, see the
proposed WGL wolf rule published on
May 5, 2011 (76 FR 26806–26145).
Distinct Vertebrate Population Segment
Policy Overview
Pursuant to the Act, we consider
whether the best scientific and
commercial data available are sufficient
to indicate that listing, reclassifying, or
delisting any species, subspecies, or, for
vertebrates, any DPS of these taxa may
be warranted. To interpret and
implement the DPS provision of the Act
and congressional guidance, the Service
and the National Marine Fisheries
Service (NMFS) published a policy
regarding the identification of distinct
vertebrate population segments under
the Act (Policy Regarding the
Recognition of Distinct Vertebrate
Population Segments Under the
Endangered Species Act, 61 FR 4722,
February 7, 1996) (hereafter DPS
Policy). Under the DPS policy, two
factors are considered in a decision
regarding the potential identification of
a DPS: (1) Discreteness of the
population segment in relation to the
remainder of the taxon, and (2) the
significance of the population segment
to the taxon to which it belongs. If a
population meets both tests, it can be
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
81669
identified as a DPS. Then a third factor,
the DPS’s conservation status, is
evaluated in relation to the Act’s
standards for listing, delisting, or
reclassification, meaning that we
undertake an analysis to determine
whether the DPS is endangered or
threatened or does not meet the criteria
for listing. All three steps are necessary
components of a complete DPS analysis.
Past Practice and History of Using DPSs
As of December 8, 2011, of the 388
native vertebrate listings, 80 are listed as
less than an entire taxonomic species or
subspecies (henceforth referred to in
this discussion as populations) under
one of several authorities, including the
‘‘distinct population segment’’ language
in the Act’s definition of species
(section 3(16)). Thirty-three of these 80
populations, which span 49 different
taxa, predate the 1996 DPS Policy; as
such, the final listing determinations for
these populations did not include
formal policy-based analyses or
expressly designate the listed entity as
a DPS. In several instances, however,
the Service and National Marine
Fisheries Service (NMFS) have
established a DPS and revised the List
of Endangered and Threatened Wildlife
in a single action, as shown in the
following examples.
In February 1985, the Service delisted
the brown pelican (Pelecanus
occidentalis) in the southeastern United
States and continued to identify it as
endangered throughout the remainder of
its range (50 FR 4938). In June 1994,
NMFS revised the entry for the gray
whale (Eschrichtius robustus) to remove
the eastern North Pacific population
from the List while retaining the
western North Pacific population as
endangered (59 FR 31094). In July 2003,
the Service established two DPSs of the
Columbian white-tailed deer
(Odocoileus virginianus leucurus)—the
Douglas County DPS and the Columbia
River DPS—and delisted only the
Douglas County DPS, while retaining
listed status for the Columbia River DPS
(68 FR 43647). In March 2007, the
Service established a DPS of the grizzly
bear (Ursus arctos horribilis) for the
Greater Yellowstone Area and
surrounding area within the existing
grizzly bear listing in the lower 48
States, and delisted this DPS (72 FR
14865). This decision was later vacated
by the court; however, not on the
grounds of the DPS. Also in March
2007, the Service identified the
American crocodile (Crocodylus acutus)
in Florida as a DPS within the existing
endangered listing of the American
crocodile and reclassified the Florida
DPS from endangered to threatened (71
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
81670
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
FR 13027). Revising and delisting the
WGL DPS of wolves is consistent with
the Service’s past practice and does not
represent a change in agency position.
On February 8, 2007, the Service
issued a rule that identified and delisted
the WGL DPS of the gray wolf (Canis
lupus) (72 FR 6052). Three parties
challenged this rule (Humane Society of
the United States v. Kempthorne, 579 F.
Supp. 2d 7 (D.D.C. 2008)), and on
September 29, 2008, the court ruled in
favor of the plaintiffs and vacated the
rule and remanded it to the Service. On
remand, the Service was directed to
provide an explanation as to how
simultaneously identifying and delisting
a DPS is consistent with the Act’s text,
structure, policy objectives, legislative
history, and any relevant judicial
interpretations. The court’s primary
question was whether the Service has
the authority to identify a DPS within a
larger already-listed entity and, in the
same decision, determine the DPS does
not warrant the Act’s protections even
though the other populations of the
species retain the original listing status.
Our authority to make these
determinations and to revise the list
accordingly is a reasonable
interpretation of the language of the Act,
and our ability to do so is an important
component of the Service’s program for
the conservation of threatened and
endangered species. Our authority to
revise the existing listing of a species
(the gray wolf in Minnesota and the gray
wolf in the lower 48 States and Mexico,
excluding Minnesota) to identify a
Western Great Lakes DPS and determine
that it is healthy enough that it no
longer needs the Act’s protections is
found in the precise language of the Act.
Moreover, even if that authority were
not clear, our interpretation of this
authority to make determinations under
section 4(a)(1) and to revise the
endangered and threatened species list
to reflect those determinations under
section 4(c)(1) is reasonable and fully
consistent with the Act’s text, structure,
legislative history, relevant judicial
interpretations, and policy objectives.
We consulted with the Solicitor of the
Department of the Interior to address the
issue in the court’s opinion. On
December 12, 2008, a formal opinion
was issued by the Solicitor, ‘‘U.S. Fish
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
and Wildlife Service Authority Under
Section 4(c)(1) of the Endangered
Species Act to Revise Lists of
Endangered and Threatened Species to
‘Reflect Recent Determinations’ ’’ (U.S.
DOI 2008). The Service fully agrees with
the analysis and conclusions set out in
the Solicitor’s opinion. This final action
is consistent with the opinion. The
complete text of the Solicitor’s opinion
can be found at https://www.fws.gov/
midwest/wolf/.
Western Great Lakes Distinct
Population Segment
In 1978, based on what was at that
time the best available biological data,
the Service stated that there were two
‘‘species’’ of gray wolves in the
coterminous United States: ‘‘For
purposes of this rulemaking, the gray
wolf (Canis lupus) group in Mexico and
the 48 conterminous States of the
United States, other than Minnesota, is
being considered as one ‘species,’ and
the gray wolf group in Minnesota is
being considered as another ‘species.’
(43 FR 9607, 9610, March 9, 1978). The
Service then assigned a different status
under the Act to each of those two
‘‘species,’’ finding the Minnesota gray
wolf ‘species’ to be threatened, while
the other gray wolf ‘‘species’’ (the 48
conterminous States, except Minnesota,
and in Mexico) to be endangered. The
1978 rule referred to the Minnesota
listing as the listing of a ‘‘species’’
when, clearly, based on the information
available at that time, the Minnesota
wolves did not taxonomically constitute
a separate species of wolf. However,
ever since the amendment to the Act
later in 1978 that revised the definition
of ‘‘species’’ to include distinct
population segments of vertebrate fish
or wildlife, the 1978 Minnesota gray
wolf listing has functioned effectively as
a DPS.
The DPS Policy (61 FR 4725, February
7, 1996) expressly provides for
reexamining pre-policy DPS listings:
‘‘Any DPS of a vertebrate taxon that was
listed prior to implementation of this
policy will be reevaluated on a case-bycase basis as recommendations are made
to change the listing status for that
distinct population segment. The
appropriate application of the policy
will also be considered in the 5-year
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
reviews of the status of listed species
required by section 4(c)(2) of the Act.’’
Based on this provision, we are, within
this rule, (1) recognizing that the 1978
Minnesota listing has functioned
effectively as a DPS, (2) reevaluating
that listing by applying the same
reevaluation process to this and other de
facto DPSs that we apply to formally
established DPSs, and (3) revising that
de facto DPS listing to meet the criteria
in the DPS policy and to reflect the best
available biological data.
A gray wolf DPS including only
Minnesota would not meet the criteria
in the DPS policy because it would not
be discrete ‘‘in relation to the remainder
of the species to which it belongs’’ (61
FR 4725, February 7, 1996). The
Minnesota wolf population has
expanded well beyond State boundaries
and is connected to the wolf population
in Wisconsin and Michigan, as
evidenced by frequent movements of
wolves among the States (Van Deelen
2009, p. 140; Treves at al. 2009, pp.
192–195) and genetic analyses that
demonstrate the Wisconsin and
Michigan wolves are mostly of the same
genetic makeup as Minnesota wolves
(Wheeldon and White 2009, p. 4; Fain
et al. 2010). Therefore, we are revising
the boundaries of the Minnesota DPS to
meet the criteria in the DPS policy and
to reflect the current geographic location
of the population as discussed under the
Distinct Population Segment Analysis,
below.
Geographical Area of the Western Great
Lakes DPS
The geographical area of the WGL
DPS is shown in figure 1, below, and is
described as all of Minnesota,
Wisconsin, and Michigan; the portion of
North Dakota north and east of the
Missouri River upstream to Lake
Sakakawea and east of the centerline of
Highway 83 from Lake Sakakawea to the
Canadian border; the portion of South
Dakota north and east of the Missouri
River; the portions of Iowa, Illinois, and
Indiana north of the centerline of
Interstate Highway 80; and the portion
of Ohio north of the centerline of
Interstate Highway 80 and west of the
Maumee River at Toledo.
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
Distinct Population Segment Analysis
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Analysis for Discreteness
Under the 1996 DPS Policy (61 FR
4722), a population segment of a
vertebrate taxon may be considered
discrete if it satisfies either of the
following conditions: (1) It is markedly
separated from other populations of the
same taxon as a consequence of
physical, physiological, ecological, or
behavioral factors (quantitative
measures of genetic or morphological
discontinuity may provide evidence of
this separation); or (2) it is delimited by
international governmental boundaries
within which differences in control of
exploitation, management of habitat,
conservation status, or regulatory
mechanisms exist that are significant in
light of section 4(a)(1)(D) of the Act.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
Markedly Separated from Other
Populations of the Same Taxon—The
western boundaries of the WGL DPS are
approximately 400 mi (644 km) from the
nearest known gray wolf packs in
Wyoming and Montana. The distance
between those western packs and the
nearest packs within the WGL DPS is
nearly 600 mi (966 km). The area
between Minnesota packs and northern
Rocky Mountains (NRM) packs largely
consists of unsuitable habitat, with only
scattered islands of possibly suitable
habitat, such as the Black Hills of
eastern Wyoming and western South
Dakota. There are no known
populations of gray wolves to the south
or east of the WGL DPS within the
United States.
As discussed in the previous section,
wolves are known to disperse over vast
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
81671
distances, but straight-line documented
dispersals of 400 mi (644 km) or more
are very rare. Only three records exist of
tagged wolves dispersing from within
the core of the WGL DPS that were
known to travel a straight-line distance
over 400 mi (644 km) (Treves et al.
2009). Although we cannot rule out the
possibility of a WGL wolf traveling 600
mi (966 km) or more and joining or
establishing a pack in the northern
Rockies, such a movement has not been
documented and is expected to happen
very infrequently, if at all. Similar
movements from the NRM wolf
population into the WGL DPS are
unknown and are expected to happen
infrequently. The 2006 Sturgis (South
Dakota) wolf is the closest that an NRM
wolf has come to entering the WGL DPS
(Fain in litt. 2006); however, the Sturgis
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
ER28DE11.000
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
81672
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
wolf would still have had to travel over
300 mi (500 km) before encountering the
nearest wolf pack in the WGL DPS. As
the discreteness criterion requires that
the DPS be ‘‘markedly separated’’ from
other populations of the taxon rather
than requiring complete isolation, this
high degree of physical separation
between the WGL DPS and the northern
Rocky Mountains satisfies the
discreteness criterion.
Delimited by International Boundaries
With Significant Management
Differences—The DPS policy allows us
to use international borders to delineate
the boundaries of a DPS if there are
differences in control of exploitation,
conservation status, or regulatory
mechanisms between the countries. The
border between the United States and
Canada has been used as the northern
boundary of the listed entity since gray
wolves were reclassified in the lower 48
States and Mexico in 1978. There
remain significant cross-border
differences in exploitation,
management, conservation status, and
regulatory mechanisms. About 52,000 to
60,000 wolves occur in Canada, where
suitable habitat is abundant (Boitani
2003, p. 322). Because of this
abundance, wolves in Canada are not
protected by Federal laws and are only
minimally protected in most Canadian
provinces (Pletscher et al. 1991, p. 546).
In the United States, unlike Canada,
Federal protection and intensive
management has been necessary to
recover the wolf (Carbyn 1983).
In general, Canadian gray wolf
populations are sufficiently large and
healthy so that population regulation,
rather than protection and close
monitoring, is the management focus.
There are an estimated 4,000 wolves in
Manitoba (Manitoba Conservation
undated). Hunting is allowed nearly
province-wide, including in those
provincial hunting zones adjoining
northwestern Minnesota, with this
year’s season running from August 31,
2011, through March 31, 2012
(Manitoba Conservation 20011a).
Trapping wolves is allowed provincewide, except in and immediately around
Riding Mountain National Park
(southwestern Manitoba), with this
year’s season running from September 1,
2011 through August 31, 2012 or
October 14, 2011 through March 31,
2012 (varies with trapping zone)
(Manitoba Conservation 20011b).
The Ontario Ministry of Natural
Resources estimates there are 8,850
wolves in the province, based on prey
composition and abundance,
topography, and climate, and wolf
numbers in most parts of the province
are believed to be stable or increasing
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
since about 1993 (Ontario MNR 2005a,
pp. 7–9). In 2005, Ontario limited
hunting and trapping of wolves by
closing the season from April 1 through
September 14 in central and northern
Ontario (Ontario MNR 2005b). In the
portion of Ontario that is adjacent to the
WGL DPS, wolf hunting and trapping is
permitted year round (Ontario MNR
2005c). If delisted, Minnesota,
Wisconsin, and Michigan would
carefully monitor and manage wolves to
retain populations at or above the
recovery goal (see Factor D). Therefore,
even though biologically the WGL wolf
population is simply a well-connected
southern extension of wolves in Canada,
we will continue to use the United
States–Canada border to mark the
northern boundary of the DPS due to the
difference in control of exploitation,
conservation status, and regulatory
mechanisms between the two countries.
Conclusion—Based on our analysis of
the best available scientific information,
the WGL DPS is markedly separated
from other U.S. populations of gray
wolves and difference in control of
exploitation, conservation status, and
regulatory mechanisms justifies
discreteness between U.S. and Canadian
wolf populations. Therefore, the WGL
DPS meets the criterion for discreteness
under the DPS policy.
Analysis for Significance
If we determine that a population
segment is discrete, we next consider
available scientific evidence of its
significance to the taxon to which it
belongs. Our DPS policy states that this
consideration may include, but is not
limited to, the following: (1) Persistence
of the discrete population segment in an
ecological setting unusual or unique for
the taxon; (2) evidence that loss of the
discrete population segment would
result in a significant gap in the range
of the taxon; (3) evidence that the
discrete population segment represents
the only surviving natural occurrence of
a taxon that may be more abundant
elsewhere as an introduced population
outside its historic range; and/or (4)
evidence that the discrete population
segment differs markedly from other
populations of the species in its genetic
characteristics. Factor 2 applies to the
WGL DPS and is included in our
analysis for significance. Factors 1, 3,
and 4 do not apply to the WGL DPS and
thus are not included in our analysis for
significance.
Significant Gap in the Range of the
Taxon—Gray wolves once lived
throughout most of North America. Gray
wolves have been extirpated from most
of the southern portions of their
historical North American range. The
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
successful restoration of a viable gray
wolf metapopulation (a regional group
of connected populations of a species)
to large parts of Minnesota, Wisconsin,
and Michigan has filled a significant gap
in the holarctic range of gray wolves in
the United States, and it provides an
important extension of the range of gray
wolves in North America. The loss of
the WGL gray wolf population would,
therefore, represent a significant gap in
the species’ holarctic range in that the
WGL wolf population is the only gray
wolf population in the conterminous
States east of the Rocky Mountains and
currently holds about 70 percent of
North American gray wolves known to
occur south of Canada.
Conclusion—Based on our analysis of
the best available scientific information,
the WGL DPS is significant to the taxon
to which it belongs because its loss
would result in a significant gap in the
range of the taxon. Therefore, the WGL
DPS meets the criterion for significance
under the DPS policy.
Discrete Vertebrate Population Segment
Conclusion
Based on our review of the best
available scientific data, we determine
that the WGL DPS is discrete from other
gray wolf populations as a result of
physical separation from other gray wolf
populations in the United States and the
international border with Canada. The
DPS is significant to the taxon to which
it belongs because it contains a wolf
metapopulation that fills a large gap in
the historical range of the taxon in the
conterminous States. Therefore, we have
determined that this population
segment of wolves satisfies the
discreteness and significance criteria
required for a DPS. The evaluation of
the appropriate conservation status for
the WGL DPS is found below.
Delineating the Boundaries of the WGL
Gray Wolf DPS
In contrast to a species or a
subspecies, a DPS is a biological
population that is delineated by a
boundary that is based on something
other than established taxonomic
distinctions. Therefore, the starting
point for delineating a DPS is the
biological population or
metapopulation, and a geographical
delineation of the DPS must reasonably
represent the population or
metapopulation and its biological
characteristics and recovery needs.
To delineate the boundary of the WGL
DPS, we considered the current
distribution of wolves in the Midwest
and the characteristic movements of
those wolves and of wolves elsewhere.
We examined the best available
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
scientific data on long-distance
movements, including long-distance
movements followed by return
movements to the vicinity of the natal
pack. We concluded that wolf behavior
and the nature of wolf populations
require that we include within the area
of the DPS some subset of known longdistance movement locations. However,
as explained below, wolf biology and
common sense argue against including
all known or potential long-distance
movements within the DPS’s
boundaries.
The analysis detailed below resulted
in the boundaries of the WGL DPS that
are shown in figure 1. This DPS has
been delineated to include the core
recovered wolf metapopulation plus a
wolf movement zone around the core
wolf metapopulation. This geographic
delineation is not intended to include
all areas to which wolves have moved
from the Great Lakes population. Rather,
it includes the area currently occupied
by wolf packs in Minnesota, Wisconsin,
and Michigan; the nearby areas in these
States in which wolf packs may become
established in the foreseeable future;
and a surrounding area into which
Minnesota, Wisconsin, and Michigan
wolves occasionally move but where
persistent packs are not expected to be
established because suitable habitat is
rare and exists only as small patches.
The area surrounding the core wolf
populations includes the locations of
most known dispersers from the core
populations, especially the shorter and
medium-distance movements from
which wolves are most likely to return
to the core areas and contribute to the
wolf population. Therefore, the DPS
encompasses the current range of the
population, which is considered to be
viable, including the primary range and
the peripheral range.
The WGL areas that are regularly
occupied by wolf packs are well
documented in Minnesota (Erb and
Benson 2004, p. 12, fig. 3; Erb and Don
Carlos 2009, pp. 57–60), Wisconsin
(Wydeven et al. 2006, p. 33, fig. 1;
Wydeven et al. 2009c, pp. 93–98), and
the UP of Michigan (Huntzinger et al.
2005, pp. 25–27, figs. 4–6; Beyer et al.
2009, pp. 73–75). Wolves have
successfully colonized most, perhaps
all, suitable habitat in Minnesota.
Minnesota data from the winter of
2007–08 indicate that wolf numbers and
density have stabilized since 1997–98,
and there was no expansion of occupied
range in the State (Erb 2008, pp. 5–7).
Wisconsin wolves now occupy most
habitat areas believed to have a high
probability of wolf occurrence except
for some areas of northeastern
Wisconsin, and the State’s wolf
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
population continues to annually
increase in numbers and, to a lesser
degree, in area (Wydeven and
Wiedenhoeft 2009, p. 2). The UP of
Michigan has wolf packs throughout the
peninsula. In the last 22 years, the wolf
population in the UP has grown every
year except 1997 and 2010 (Roell 2010,
pers. comm.). Over the past 5 years, the
average annual growth has been about 7
percent. While the population trend
continues to increase, the rate of
increase has slowed, consistent with
any population expanding into and then
filling available habitat. The population
may continue to grow or remain steady;
however, a small or even negative
growth rate may occur any year and
should be considered a natural
fluctuation seen in any wildlife
population.
When delineating the WGL DPS, we
had to consider the high degree of
mobility shown by wolves. The
dispersal of wolves from their natal
packs and territories is a normal and
important behavioral attribute of the
species that facilitates the formation of
new packs, the occupancy of vacant
territories, and the expansion of
occupied range by the ‘‘colonization’’ of
vacant habitat. Data on wolf dispersal
rates from numerous North American
studies (summarized in Fuller et al.
2003, p. 179, Table. 6.6; Boyd and
Pletscher 1999, p. 1102, Table 6) show
dispersal rates of 13 to 48 percent of the
individuals in a pack. Sometimes the
movements are temporary, and the wolf
returns to a location in or near its natal
territory. In some cases, a wolf may
continue its movement for scores or
even hundreds of miles until it locates
suitable habitat, where it may establish
a territory or join an existing pack. In
other cases, a wolf is found dead at a
distance from its original territory,
leaving unanswered the questions of
how far it would have gone and whether
it eventually would have returned to its
natal area or population.
Minnesota—The current record for a
documented movement by a wolf in
North America is held by a Minnesota
wolf that moved a minimum (that is, the
straight-line distance from known
starting point to most distant point) of
at least 550 mi (886 km) northwest into
Saskatchewan (Fritts 1983, pp. 166–
167). Nineteen other primarily
Minnesota movements summarized by
Mech (in litt. 2005) averaged 154 mi
(248 km). Their minimum distance of
travel ranged from 32 to 532 mi (53–886
km) with the minimum dispersal
distance shown by known returning
wolves ranging from 54 mi (90 km) to
307 mi (494 km).
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
81673
Wisconsin—In 2004, a wolf tagged in
Michigan was killed by a vehicle in
Rusk County in northwestern
Wisconsin, 295 mi (475 km) west of his
original capture location in the eastern
UP (Wydeven et al. 2005b, p. 4). A
north-central Wisconsin yearling female
wolf traveled a similar distance (298 mi,
480 km) to the Rainy Lake region of
Ontario during 1988–89 (Wydeven et al.
1995, p. 149).
Michigan—Drummer et al. (2002, pp.
14–15) reported 10 long-distance
dispersal events involving UP wolves.
One of these wolves moved to northcentral Missouri and another to
southeastern Wisconsin, both beyond
the core wolf areas in the WGL. The
average straight-line distance traveled
by those two wolves was 377 mi (608
km), while the average straight-line
distance for all 10 of these wolves was
232 mi (373 km). Their straight-line
distances ranged from 41 to 468 mi (66
to 753 km).
Illinois and Indiana—In December
2002, a Marshall County (Illinois) wolf
likely dispersed from the Wisconsin
wolf population, nearly 200 mi (322 km)
to the north (Great Lakes Directory
2003). The Randolph County (Indiana)
wolf had traveled a minimum distance
of at least 428 mi (689 km) to get around
Lake Michigan from its central
Wisconsin birthplace; it likely traveled
much farther than that unless it went
through the city or suburbs of Chicago
(Wydeven et al. 2004, pp. 10–11; Treves
et al. 2009, p. 194). The Pike County
(Illinois) wolf that was shot in late 2005
was about 300 mi (180 km) from the
nearest wolf packs in central Wisconsin.
North Dakota, South Dakota, and
Nebraska—Licht and Fritts (1994, p. 77)
tabulated seven wolves found dead in
North Dakota and South Dakota from
1981 through 1992 that are believed to
have originated from Minnesota, based
on skull morphometrics. Although none
of these wolves were marked or radiotracked, making it impossible to
determine the point of initiation of their
journey, a minimum travel distance for
the seven can be determined from the
nearest wolf breeding range in
Minnesota. For the seven, the average
distance to the nearest wolf breeding
range was 160 mi (257 km) and ranged
from 29 to 329 mi (46 to 530 km). One
of these seven wolves moved west of the
Missouri River before it died.
Genetic analysis of a wolf killed in
Harding County, in extreme
northwestern South Dakota, in 2001
indicated that it originated from the
Minnesota-Wisconsin-Michigan wolf
populations (Fain in litt. 2006). The
straight-line travel distance to the
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
81674
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
nearest Minnesota wolf pack is nearly
400 mi (644 km).
The wolf from the Greater
Yellowstone area that was killed by a
vehicle on Interstate 90 near Sturgis,
South Dakota, in March of 2006 traveled
a minimum straight-line distance of
about 270 mi (435 km) from the nearest
known Greater Yellowstone pack before
it died (USFWS et al. 2006, in USFWS
Program Report, Figure 1).
A large canid was shot by a Boyd
County (Nebraska) rancher in late 1994
or early 1995, likely after crossing the
frozen Missouri River from South
Dakota (Anschutz in litt. 2006, Jobman
in litt. 1995). It was determined to be a
wolf that originated from the Great
Lakes wolf populations (Fain in litt.
2006), whose nearest pack would have
been about 300 mi (480 km) away. A
wolf illegally killed near Spalding,
Nebraska, in December of 2002 also
originated from the MinnesotaWisconsin-Michigan wolf population, as
determined by genetic analysis
(Anschutz in litt. 2003, Fain in litt.
2006). The nearest Minnesota wolf pack
is nearly 350 mi (563 km) from this
location.
Other notable extra-territorial
movements—The extra-territorial
movements of several wolves were
radio-tracked in sufficient detail to
provide insight into their actual travel
routes and total travel distances for each
trek, rather than only documenting
straight-line distance from beginning to
end-point. Merrill and Mech (2000, pp.
429–431) reported on four such
Minnesota wolves with documented
travel distances ranging from 305 to
2,640 mi (490 to 4,251 km) and an
average travel route length of 988 mi
(1,590 km). Wydeven (1994, pp. 20–22)
described a Wisconsin wolf that moved
from northwestern Wisconsin to the
northern suburbs of St. Paul, Minnesota,
for 2 weeks (apparently not seen or
reported to authorities by the local
residents), then moved back to northcentral Wisconsin. The total travel
distance was 278 mi (447 km) from her
natal pack into Minnesota and on to the
north-central Wisconsin location where
she settled down.
While investigating the origins of
Scandinavian wolf populations, Linnell
et al. (2005, p. 387) compiled wolf
dispersal data from 21 published
studies, including many cited separately
here. Twenty-two of 298 compiled
dispersals (7.4 percent) were more than
300 km (186 mi). Eleven dispersals (3.7
percent) were more than 500 km (311
mi). Because of the likelihood that many
long-distance dispersers are never
reported, they conclude that the
proportion of long-distance dispersers is
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
probably severely underestimated.
Perhaps the longest documented wolf
movement is that of a Scandinavian
wolf that covered more than 678 miles
(1,092 km) (Wabakken et al. 2007).
From these extra-territorial movement
records, we conclude that wolf
movements of more than 200 mi (320
km) straight-line distance have been
documented on numerous occasions,
while shorter distance movements are
more frequent. Movements of 300 mi
(480 km) straight-line distance or more
are less common, but include one
Minnesota wolf that journeyed a
straight-line distance of 300 mi (480 km)
and a known minimum-travel distance
of 2,640 mi (4,251 km) before it reversed
direction, as determined by its satellitetracked collar. This wolf ultimately
returned to a spot only 24 mi (40 km)
from its natal territory (Merrill and
Mech 2000, p. 430). Although much
longer movements have been
documented, including some by
midwestern wolves, return movements
to the vicinity of natal territories have
not been documented for extraterritorial movements beyond 300 mi
(480 km).
Based on these extra-territorial
movement data, we conclude that
affiliation with the midwestern wolf
population is diminished and
essentially lost when dispersal takes a
Midwest wolf a distance of 250 to 300
mi (400 to 480 km) beyond the outer
edge of the areas that are continuously
occupied by wolf packs. Although some
WGL wolves will move beyond this
distance, available data indicate that
longer distance dispersers are unlikely
to return to their natal population.
Therefore, they have lost their
functional connection with, and
potential conservation value to, the
WGL wolf population.
Wolves moving substantial distances
outward from the core areas of
Minnesota, Wisconsin, and Michigan
will encounter landscape features that
are at least partial barriers to further
wolf movement and that may, if crossed,
impede attempts of wolves to return
toward the WGL core areas. If such
partial barriers are in a location that has
separate utility in delineating the
biological extent of a wolf population,
they can and should be used to
delineate the DPS boundary. Such
landscape features are the Missouri
River in North Dakota and downstream
to Omaha, Nebraska, and Interstate
Highway 80 from Omaha eastward
through Illinois, Indiana, and into Ohio,
ending where this highway crosses the
Maumee River in Toledo, Ohio. We do
not believe these are absolute barriers to
wolf movement.
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
There is evidence that several
Minnesota-origin wolves have crossed
the Missouri River (Licht and Fritts
1994, pp. 75, 77, Fig. 1 and Table 1;
Anschutz in litt. 2003, 2006) and some
Midwest wolves have crossed interstate
highways (Merrill and Mech 2000, p.
430). There is also evidence that some
wolves are hesitant to cross highways
(Whittington et al. 2004, pp. 7, 9;
Wydeven et al. 2005b, p. 5; but see
Blanco et al. 2005, pp. 315–316, 319–
320 and Kohn et al. 2000, p. 22).
Interstate highways and smaller roads
are a known mortality factor for wolves
and, therefore, pose a partial barrier to
wolf movements (Blanco et al. 2005, p.
320). The death of a NRM wolf near
Sturgis in western South Dakota (Fain in
litt. 2006) suggests that the area of the
Dakotas west of the Missouri River may
be traversed by a small number of
wolves coming from both the NRM and
WGL wolf populations, as well as
wolves from Canada (Licht and Fritts
1994, pp. 75–77). Wolves in this area
cannot be assumed to belong to the
WGL wolf population, supporting our
belief that the boundary should not be
designed to include the locations of all
known dispersers.
Recovery of Western Great Lakes
Wolves
Recovery Criteria
Recovery plans are intended to
provide guidance to the Service, States,
and other partners on methods of
minimizing threats to listed species and
on criteria that may be used to
determine when recovery is achieved.
They are not regulatory documents and
cannot substitute for the determinations
and promulgation of regulations
required under section 4(a)(1) of the
Act. These documents include, among
other elements required under section
4(f) of the Act, criteria for determining
when a species can be delisted. There
are many paths to accomplishing
recovery of a species; in fact, recovery
of a species is a dynamic process
requiring adaptive management that
may, or may not, strictly adhere to the
guidance provided in a recovery plan.
We use recovery criteria in concert
with evidence that threats have been
minimized sufficiently and populations
have achieved long-term viability to
judge when a species can be reclassified
from endangered to threatened or
delisted. Recovery plans, including
recovery criteria, are subject to change
based upon new information and are
revised accordingly and when
practicable. In a similar sense,
implementation of planned actions is
subject to changing information and
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
availability of resources. We have taken
these considerations into account in the
following discussion.
The 1978 Recovery Plan (hereafter
Recovery Plan) and the 1992 Revised
Recovery Plan for the Eastern Timber
Wolf (hereafter Revised Recovery Plan)
contain the same two recovery criteria.
The first recovery criterion states that
the survival of the wolf in Minnesota
must be assured. We, and the Eastern
Timber Wolf Recovery Team (Peterson
in litt. 1997, 1998, 1999a, 1999b), have
concluded that this recovery criterion
remains valid. It addresses a need for
reasonable assurances that future State,
tribal, and Federal wolf management
and protection will maintain a viable
recovered population of wolves within
the borders of Minnesota for the
foreseeable future.
Although the recovery criteria
identified in the Recovery Plan predate
identification of the conservation
biology principles of representation
(conserving the genetic diversity of a
taxon), resilience (the ability to
withstand demographic and
environmental variation), and
redundancy (sufficient populations to
provide a margin of safety), those
principles were incorporated into the
recovery criteria. Maintenance of the
Minnesota wolf population is vital in
terms of representation and resilience,
because the remaining genetic diversity
of gray wolves in the eastern United
States was carried by the several
hundred wolves that survived in
Minnesota into the early 1970s. The
Recovery Team insisted that the
remnant Minnesota wolf population be
maintained and protected to achieve
wolf recovery in the eastern United
States. The successful growth of the
remnant Minnesota population has
maintained and maximized the
representation of that genetic diversity
among wolves in the WGL.
Although the Revised Recovery Plan
did not establish a specific numerical
criterion for the Minnesota wolf
population, it did identify, for planning
purposes only, a population goal of
1,251–1,400 animals for that Minnesota
population (USFWS 1992, p. 28). A
population of this size would increase
the likelihood of maintaining its genetic
diversity over the long term. This large
Minnesota wolf population also
provides resiliency to reduce the
adverse impacts of unpredictable
demographic and environmental events.
Furthermore, the Revised Recovery Plan
specifies a wolf population that is
spread across about 40 percent of
Minnesota (Zones 1 through 4) (USFWS
1992, p. 28), adding a geographic
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
component to the resiliency of the
Minnesota wolf population.
The second recovery criterion in the
Recovery Plan states that at least one
viable wolf population should be
reestablished within the historical range
of the eastern timber wolf outside of
Minnesota and Isle Royale, Michigan
(USFWS 1992, pp. 24–26). The
reestablished population enhances both
the resiliency and redundancy of the
WGL metapopulation.
The Recovery Plan provides two
options for reestablishing this second
population. If it is an isolated
population, that is, located more than
100 mi (160 km) from the Minnesota
wolf population, the second population
should consist of at least 200 wolves for
at least 5 years, based upon late-winter
population estimates, to be considered
viable. Late-winter estimates are made
at a time when most winter mortality
has already occurred and before the
birth of pups, thus, the count is made
at the annual low point of the
population. Alternatively, if the second
population is located within 100 mi
(160 km) of a self-sustaining wolf
population (for example, the Minnesota
wolf population), it should be
maintained at a minimum of 100 wolves
for at least 5 years, based on late-winter
population estimates, to be considered
viable. A nearby second population
would be considered viable at a smaller
size because it would be geographically
close enough to exchange wolves with
the Minnesota population (that is, they
would function as a metapopulation),
thereby bolstering the smaller second
population both genetically and
numerically.
The original Recovery Plan did not
specify where in the eastern United
States the second population should be
reestablished. Therefore, the second
population could have been established
anywhere within the triangular
Minnesota-Maine-Florida area covered
by the Recovery Plan and the Revised
Recovery Plan, except on Isle Royale
(Michigan) or within Minnesota. The
Revised Recovery Plan identified
potential gray wolf reestablishment
areas in northern Wisconsin, the UP of
Michigan, the Adirondack Forest
Preserve of New York, a small area in
eastern Maine, and a larger area of
northwestern Maine and adjacent
northern New Hampshire (USFWS
1992, pp. 56–58). Neither the 1978 nor
the 1992 recovery criteria suggest that
the restoration of the gray wolf
throughout all or most of what was
thought to be its historical range in the
eastern United States, or to all of these
potential reestablishment areas, is
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
81675
necessary to achieve recovery under the
Act.
In 1998, the Eastern Timber Wolf
Recovery Team clarified the application
of the recovery criterion for the second
population to the wolf population that
had developed in northern Wisconsin
and the adjacent UP of Michigan. This
second population is less than 100 mi
(160 km) from the Minnesota wolf
population. The Recovery Team
recommended that the numerical
recovery criterion for the WisconsinMichigan population be considered met
when consecutive late-winter wolf
surveys document that the population
equals or exceeds 100 wolves (excluding
Isle Royale wolves) for the 5 consecutive
years between the first and last surveys
(Peterson in litt. 1998).
Recovery Trends for Wolves in the
Western Great Lakes Region
Minnesota Recovery
During the pre-1965 period of wolf
bounties and legal public trapping,
wolves persisted in the remote
northeastern portion of Minnesota but
were eliminated from the rest of the
State. Estimated numbers of Minnesota
wolves before their listing under the Act
in 1974 include 450 to 700 wolves in
1950–53 (Fuller et al. 1992, p. 43, based
on data in Stenlund 1955, p. 19), 350 to
700 wolves in 1963 (Cahalane 1964, p.
10), 750 wolves in 1970 (Leirfallom
1970, p. 11), 736 to 950 wolves in 1971–
72 (Fuller et al. 1992, p. 44), and 500 to
1,000 wolves in 1973 (Mech and Rausch
1975, p. 85). Although these estimates
were based on different methodologies
and are not directly comparable, each
puts the prelisting abundance of wolves
in Minnesota at 1,000 or less. This was
the only significant wolf population in
the United States outside Alaska during
those time periods.
After the gray wolf was listed as
endangered under the Act in 1974, the
Minnesota population estimates
increased (see table 1 below). Mech
estimated the population to be 1,000 to
1,200 wolves in 1976 (USFWS 1978, pp.
4, 50–52), and Berg and Kuehn (1982, p.
11) estimated that there were 1,235
wolves in 138 packs in the winter of
1978–79. In 1988–89, the Minnesota
Department of Natural Resources (MN
DNR) repeated the 1978–79 survey and
also used a second method to estimate
wolf numbers in Minnesota. The
resulting independent estimates were
1,500 and 1,750 wolves in at least 233
packs; the lower number was derived by
a method comparable to the 1978–79
survey (Fuller et al. 1992, pp. 50–51).
During the winter of 1997–98, the MN
DNR repeated a statewide wolf
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
81676
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
identify occupied wolf range in
Minnesota. Data from 5 concurrent radio
telemetry studies tracking 36 packs,
representative of the entire Minnesota
wolf range, were used to determine
average pack size and territory area.
population and distribution survey,
using methods similar to those of the
two previous surveys. Field staff of
Federal, State, tribal, and county land
management agencies and wood
products companies were queried to
Those figures were then used to
calculate a statewide estimate of wolf
and pack numbers in the occupied
range, with single (nonpack) wolves
factored into the estimate (Berg and
Benson 1999, pp. 1–2).
TABLE 1—MINIMUM WINTER WOLF POPULATIONS IN MINNESOTA, WISCONSIN, AND MICHIGAN (EXCLUDING ISLE ROYALE)
FROM 1976 THROUGH 2010.
[Note That There are Several Years Between the First Three Estimates. Minnesota Does Not Conduct Annual Surveys.]
Number of wolves
Year
Minnesota
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
1976 .........................................................................................
1978–79 ...................................................................................
1988–89 ...................................................................................
1989–90 ...................................................................................
1990–91 ...................................................................................
1991–92 ...................................................................................
1992–93 ...................................................................................
1993–94 ...................................................................................
1994–95 ...................................................................................
1995–96 ...................................................................................
1996–97 ...................................................................................
1997–98 ...................................................................................
1998–99 ...................................................................................
1999–2000 ...............................................................................
2000–01 ...................................................................................
2001–02 ...................................................................................
2002–03 ...................................................................................
2003–04 ...................................................................................
2004–05 ...................................................................................
2005–06 ...................................................................................
2006–07 ...................................................................................
2007–08 ...................................................................................
2008–09 ...................................................................................
2009–10 ...................................................................................
2010–11 ...................................................................................
The 1997–98 survey concluded that
approximately 2,445 wolves existed in
about 385 packs in Minnesota during
that winter period (90 percent
confidence interval from 1,995 to 2,905
wolves) (Berg and Benson 1999, p. 4).
This figure indicated the continued
growth of the Minnesota wolf
population at an average rate of about
3.7 percent annually from 1970 through
1997–98. Between 1979 and 1989 the
annual growth rate was approximately 3
percent, and it increased to between 4
and 5 percent in the next decade (Berg
and Benson 1999, p. 5; Fuller et al.
1992, p. 51). As of the 1998 survey, the
number of Minnesota wolves had
reached approximately twice the
number specified in the recovery
planning goal for Minnesota (USFWS
1992, p. 28).
Minnesota DNR conducted another
survey of the State’s wolf population
and range during the winter of 2003–04,
again using methodology similar to the
previous surveys. That survey
concluded that an estimated 3,020
wolves in 485 packs occurred in
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
Wisconsin
Michigan
Wisconsin and
Michigan total
1,000–1,200
1,235
1,500–1,750
..............................
..............................
..............................
..............................
..............................
..............................
..............................
..............................
2,445
..............................
..............................
..............................
..............................
..............................
3,020
..............................
..............................
..............................
2,921
..............................
..............................
..............................
..............................
..............................
31
34
40
45
40
57
83
99
148
180
205
248
257
327
335
373
435
467
546
549
637
704
782
..............................
..............................
3
10
17
21
30
57
80
116
113
139
169
216
249
278
321
360
405
434
509
520
577
557
687
..............................
..............................
34
44
57
66
70
114
163
215
261
319
374
464
506
604
656
733
840
899
1,055
1,069
1,214
1,247
1,469
Minnesota (90 percent confidence
interval for this estimate is 2,301 to
3,708 wolves) (Erb and Benson 2004,
pp. 7, 9). The MN DNR conducted its
most recent survey of wolf population
and range during the winter of 2007–08.
That survey concluded that an
estimated 2,921 wolves in 503 packs
occurred in Minnesota (90 percent
confidence interval for this estimate is
2,192 to 3,525 wolves). The results of
the past three surveys suggest that the
wolf population has been numerically
stable over the past 10 or more years
(Erb 2008, p. 6).
As wolves increased in abundance in
Minnesota, they also expanded their
distribution. During 1948–53, the
primary wolf range was estimated at
11,954 sq mi (31,080 sq km) (Stenlund
1955, p. 19). A 1970 questionnaire
survey in Minnesota resulted in an
estimated wolf range of 14,769 sq mi
(38,400 sq km) (calculated by Fuller et
al. 1992, p. 43, from Leirfallom 1970).
Fuller et al. (1992, p. 44), using data
from Berg and Kuehn (1982), estimated
that Minnesota primary wolf range
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
encompassed 14,038 sq mi (36,500 sq
km) during the winter of 1978–79. By
1982–83, pairs or breeding packs of
wolves were estimated to occupy an
area of 22,000 sq mi (57,050 sq km) in
northern Minnesota (Mech et al. 1988,
p. 86). That study also identified an
additional 15,577 sq mi (40,500 sq km)
of peripheral range, where habitat
appeared suitable but no wolves or only
lone wolves existed. The 1988–89 study
produced an estimate of 23,165 sq mi
(60,200 sq km) as the contiguous wolf
range at that time in Minnesota (Fuller
et al. 1992, pp. 48–49; Berg and Benson
1999, pp. 3, 5), an increase of 65 percent
over the primary range calculated for
1978–79.
The 1997–98 study concluded that the
contiguous wolf range had expanded to
33,971 sq mi (88,325 sq km), a 47
percent increase in 9 years (Berg and
Benson 1999, p. 5). By that time the
Minnesota wolf population was using
most of the available primary and
peripheral range identified by Mech et
al. (1988, p. 86). The wolf population in
Minnesota had increased in abundance
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
and distribution to the point that its
contiguous range covered approximately
40 percent of the State during 1997–98.
In contrast, the 2003–04 survey failed to
show a continuing expansion of wolf
range in Minnesota, and any actual
increase in wolf numbers since 1997–98
was attributed to increased wolf density
within a stabilized range (Erb and
Benson 2004, p. 7). The results of the
2007–08 survey also indicated that wolf
range in Minnesota remained
‘‘essentially unchanged’’ since 2004 (Erb
2008, not paginated).
Although the Minnesota DNR does
not conduct a formal wolf population
survey annually, it includes the species
in its annual carnivore track survey.
This survey, standardized and
operational since 1994, provides an
annual index of abundance for several
species of large carnivores by counting
their tracks along 20-mile (32-km) long
standardized survey routes in northern
Minnesota. In 2009, wolves were
detected on 71 percent of the 58 routes
surveyed, and the resulting indices of
abundance and distribution were not
appreciably different from recent years
(Erb 2009, not paginated).
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Summary for Minnesota
The Minnesota wolf population has
increased from an estimated 1,000
individuals in 1976 to nearly 3,000
today, and the estimated wolf range in
the State has expanded by
approximately 225 percent (from
approximately 15,000 sq mi (38,850 sq
km) to approximately 34,000 sq mi
(88,060 sq km)) since 1970. Over the
past 10–12 years, the population size
and range have remained stable, as most
of the primary and peripheral habitat
has been occupied. Based on the current
abundance and distribution of the
Minnesota wolf population, we believe
its continued survival is ensured, and it
achieves the first recovery criterion of
the Revised Recovery Plan.
Wisconsin Recovery
Wolves were considered to have been
extirpated from Wisconsin by 1960. No
formal attempts were made to monitor
the State’s wolf population from 1960
through 1978. Although individual
wolves and an occasional wolf pair were
reported from 1960 through 1975, (Thiel
1978, Thiel 1993), there was no
documentation of wolf reproduction
occurring in Wisconsin, and the wolves
that were reported may have been
dispersing animals from Minnesota.
Wolves are believed to have
reestablished breeding packs in
Wisconsin in the winter of 1975–76.
The Wisconsin Department of Natural
Resources (WI DNR) began wolf
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
population monitoring in 1979–80,
estimating a statewide population of 25
wolves at that time (Wydeven and
Wiedenhoeft 2000, pp. 151, 159;
Wydeven et al. 2009c, pp. 93–97). This
population remained relatively stable
for several years, and then declined to
approximately 14 to 19 wolves in the
mid-1980s. In the late 1980s, the
Wisconsin wolf population began an
increase that has continued into 2010,
when 690 wolves were counted
(Wydeven et al. 2010, Figure 3).
Since 1979, WI DNR has intensively
surveyed its wolf population on an
annual basis using a combination of
aerial, ground, and satellite radio
telemetry complemented by snow
tracking and wolf sign surveys
(Wydeven et al. 2006a, pp. 4–5;
Wydeven et al. 2009c, pp. 90–91).
Wolves are trapped from May through
September and fitted with radio collars,
with a goal of having at least one radiocollared wolf in approximately half of
the wolf packs in Wisconsin. Aerial
locations are obtained from each
functioning radio-collar about once per
week, and pack territories are estimated
and mapped from the movements of the
individuals who exhibit localized
patterns. From December through
March, the pilots make special efforts to
visually locate and count the individual
wolves in each radio-tracked pack.
Snow tracking is used to supplement
the information gained from aerial
sightings and to provide pack size
estimates for packs lacking a radiocollared wolf. Tracking is done by
assigning survey blocks to trained
trackers, who then drive snow-covered
roads in their blocks and follow all wolf
tracks they encounter. Snowmobiles are
used to locate wolf tracks in more
remote areas with few roads. The results
of the aerial and ground surveys are
carefully compared to properly separate
packs and to avoid overcounting
(Wydeven et al. 2006a, pp. 4–5). The
estimated number of wolves in each
pack is based on the aerial and ground
observations made of the individual
wolves in each pack over the winter.
Because the monitoring methods
focus on wolf packs, lone wolves are
likely undercounted in Wisconsin. As a
result, the annual population estimates
are probably slight underestimates of
the actual wolf population within the
State during the late-winter period.
Fuller (1989, p. 19) noted that lone
wolves are estimated to compose from 2
to 29 percent of the total population in
the area. Wisconsin DNR surveys have
estimated 2–15 percent of the winter
population as loners (Wydeven et al.
2009c, p. 96). These surveys, however,
are focused on heavily forested portions
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
81677
of northern and central Wisconsin;
therefore, dispersing wolves traveling in
other portions of the State are less likely
to be detected, and often such wolves
are only documented after vehicle
collisions or accidental shootings.
Broader use of trail cameras by members
of the public is improving the WI DNR’s
ability to detect lone wolves across the
State.
As previously stated, population
estimates are made at the low point of
the annual wolf population cycle. Thus,
Wisconsin wolf population estimates
are conservative in two respects. They
undercount lone wolves, and the count
is made at the annual low point of the
population. This methodology is
consistent with the recovery criteria
established in the Revised Recovery
Plan, which established numerical
criteria to be measured with data
obtained by late-winter surveys. Based
on these considerations, an estimated
690 to 733 wolves in 181 packs,
including 35 wolves on Native
American reservations, were in
Wisconsin in early 2010, representing
an 8 percent increase from 2009
(Wydeven et al. 2010, pp. 12–13).
In the winter of 1994–95, wolves were
first documented in Jackson County,
Wisconsin, well to the south of the area
occupied by other Wisconsin wolf packs
in the northern part of the State (Thiel
et al 2009, pp. 109–110). The number of
wolves in this central Wisconsin area
has dramatically increased since that
time. During the winter of 2009–10,
there were 100–106 wolves in 25 packs
in the central forest wolf range (Zone 2
in the Wisconsin Wolf Management
Plan; Wydeven et al. 2010, p. 5) and an
additional 46 to 48 wolves in 12 or 13
packs in the marginal habitat in Zone 3,
located between Zone 1 (northern forest
wolf range) and Zones 2 and 4
(Wydeven et al. 2010, p. 5).
During the winter of 2004–05, 11 to
13 wolves were believed to be primarily
occupying Native American reservation
lands in Wisconsin (Wydeven in litt.
2005); this increased to 16 to 17 in
2005–06, 17 to 19 in 2007–08 (Wydeven
and Wiedenhoeft 2008, Summary),
approximately 27 in 2008–2009
(Wydeven and Wiedenhoeft 2008, p. 1),
and approximately 35 in 2009–10
(Wydeven et al. 2010, p. 1). The 2009–
10 survey consisted of 3 packs totaling
10–11 wolves on the Bad River
Chippewa Reservation and a pack of 2
wolves on the Lac Courtes Oreilles
Chippewa Reservation, both in
northwestern Wisconsin. There also
were two packs of five wolves each on
the Lac du Flambeau Reservation in
north-central Wisconsin. A pack of four
wolves and three pairs occurred on the
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
81678
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Menominee Reservation and a threewolf pack occurred on the Stockbridge
Reservation, both in northeastern
Wisconsin (Wydeven et al. 2010, Table
6). A pack of four to five wolves spent
time on portions of the Red Cliff
Chippewa Reservation along the Lake
Superior shoreline. Wolf packs also
used scattered lands of the St. Croix
Chippewa in northwest Wisconsin, the
Ho Chunk Nation in central Wisconsin,
and Potawatomi in northeast Wisconsin.
The tribal land of the Ho-Chunk, St.
Croix Chippewa, and Potawatomi are
composed mostly of scattered parcels of
land, and are not likely to provide
significant amounts of wolf habitat.
About 90 percent of packs in northern
Wisconsin Zone 1, and northern
portions of Zone 3 are located in ceded
territory where Chippewa Bands have
retained hunting and gathering rights.
In 2002, wolf numbers in Wisconsin
alone surpassed the 1992 Revised
Recovery Plan criterion for a second
population within 100 miles of the
Minnesota population (100 wolves for a
minimum of 5 consecutive years
(USFWS 1992, p. 4)). Furthermore, in
2004, Wisconsin wolf numbers
exceeded the 1992 recovery criterion of
200 animals for 6 successive late-winter
surveys for an isolated wolf population
(USFWS 1992, p. 4). Wisconsin
population estimates for 1985 to 2010
increased from 15 to 690 wolves (see
table 1 above) and from 4 to 181 packs
(Wydeven et al. 2010, figure 3). This
represents an annual population
increase of 21 percent through 2000,
and an average annual increase of 11
percent annually for the period 2004–
2010. The slower rates of increase since
2000 are an indication that the State’s
wolf population growth and geographic
expansion are beginning to level off.
Michigan Recovery
Except for Isle Royale, wolves were
extirpated from Michigan as a
reproducing species long before they
were listed as endangered under the Act
in 1974. Prior to 1989, the last known
breeding population of wild Michigan
wolves outside Isle Royale occurred in
the mid-1950s. However, as wolves
began to reoccupy northern Wisconsin,
the Michigan Department of Natural
Resources (MI DNR) began noting single
wolves at various locations in the UP of
Michigan. Wolf recovery in Michigan
began with the documentation of three
wolves traveling together and making
territorial marks in the central UP
during the fall of 1988; and the
subsequent birth of pups in this territory
during spring 1989 (Beyer et al. 2009, p.
73). Since that time, wolf packs have
spread throughout the UP, with
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
immigration occurring from Wisconsin
on the west and possibly from Ontario
on the east. Wolves now are found in
every county of the UP, with the
possible exception of Keweenaw County
(Huntzinger et al 2005, p. 6; Roell 2009,
pers. comm.).
The MI DNR annually monitors the
wolf population in the UP by
conducting a winter survey. Roads and
trails are searched intensively and
extensively for wolf tracks and other
wolf sign using trucks and snowmobiles
(Potvin et al. 2005). Complete surveys
conducted from 1999 to 2006 provided
an opportunity to evaluate multiple
sampling approaches (MI DNR 2008).
Based on these evaluations, it was
determined that a geographically
stratified sampling protocol produced
unbiased, precise estimates of wolf
abundance (Potvin et al. 2005;
Drummer, unpublished data). The
sampling protocol implemented in 2007
allows trackers to spend more time in
smaller areas (MI DNR 2008).
The UP is divided into 21 survey
units from which a stratified random
sample is drawn, covering roughly 50
percent of the UP every year (MI DNR
2008). Pack locations are derived from
previous surveys, citizen reports, and
extensive ground and aerial tracking of
radio-collared wolves. During the winter
of 2009–10, the UP had 557 wolves in
109 resident packs (MI DNR in litt.
2010, Table 1). Surveys along the border
of adjacent survey units are coordinated
to avoid double counting of wolves and
packs occupying those border areas. In
areas with a high density of wolves,
ground surveys by four to six surveyors
with concurrent aerial tracking are used
to accurately delineate territories of
adjacent packs and count their members
(Beyer et al. 2004, pp. 2–3; Huntzinger
et al. 2005, pp. 3–6; Potvin et al. 2005,
p. 1661). As with Wisconsin, the
Michigan surveys likely miss lone
wolves, thus underestimating the actual
population.
Based on annual surveys in late
winter, estimates of wolves in the UP
increased from 57 wolves in 1994 to 557
in late winter 2009–10 (see table 1
above). Over the last 10 years, the
annualized rate of increase has been
about 12 percent (MI DNR in litt. 2010,
table 1). This rate has varied from year
to year, but there appear to be two
distinct phases of population growth,
with relatively rapid growth (25.8
percent average) from 1995 through
2000 and slower growth (10.1 percent
average) from 2001 through 2010. In
2005, the number of wolves in the
Michigan population alone surpassed
the recovery criterion for an isolated
wolf population of 200 animals for 6
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
successive late-winter surveys, as
specified in the Revised Recovery Plan
(USFWS 1992, pp. 24–26).
To date, no wolf packs are known to
be primarily using tribal-owned lands in
Michigan (Roell 2011, pers. comm.).
Native American tribes in the UP of
Michigan own small, scattered parcels
of land relative to the size of wolf pack
territories. Thus, no one tribal property
would likely support a wolf pack.
However, as wolves occur in all
counties in the UP and are wideranging, tribal land is likely used
periodically by wolves.
In October 2004, a coyote trapper
mistakenly captured and killed a wolf in
Presque Isle County in the northern
Lower Peninsula (LP) of Michigan. This
was the first verification of a wolf in the
northern LP in at least 65 years (Roell
et al. 2010, p. 4). This wolf had been
trapped and radio-collared by the MI
DNR the previous year (2003) while it
was a member of an eastern UP pack.
Since 2004, Michigan has surveyed the
northern LP to determine whether
wolves had successfully colonized the
area. From 2005 through 2007, the
survey had two components: a
prioritized area search and a targeted
area search based on citizen reports of
wolves or wolf sign. USDA–Wildlife
Services, Little Traverse Bay Band of
Odawa Indians, and Central Michigan
University worked cooperatively on the
surveys. Nine units ranging in size from
200–400 sq mi (322–644 sq km) were
surveyed; however, no wolf sign was
found (Roell et al. 2010, p. 4). Beginning
in 2008, a targeted search approach was
used. The MI DNR issued a press release
asking citizens to report any wolves or
wolf sign; again, no wolves were
detected in winters of 2008–10 (Roell et
al. 2009, p. 5; Roell 2010, pers. comm.).
In 2008, the DNR recognized the
likelihood that small numbers of wolves
would eventually move into the
northern LP and form persistent packs
(Potvin 2003, pp. 29–30; Gehring and
Potter 2005, p. 1242; Beyer et al. 2006,
p. 35), and revised its Wolf Management
Plan in part to incorporate provisions
for wolf management in the northern LP
(MI DNR 2008a, p. 46). In the summer
of 2009, video images of single wolves
were recorded in two of the three
northern LP counties nearest to the UP
(Roell et al. 2010, p. 4). The videos,
taken in Emmet County in May 19,
2009, and Presque Isle County in July
27, 2009, may have been of the same
animal (Roell 2009, pers. comm.). In
2010, USDA Wildlife Services and MI
DNR staff reported a single breeding
pair with three pups in Cheboygan
County in the northern LP (MI DNR
2010). That 2010 report was based on an
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
assessment of the physical features of
three pups that were captured and
handled, observations of adult wolfsized tracks, and remote camera
photographs of large wolf-like canids.
Subsequent DNA analysis indicated the
pups were likely siblings and based on
microsatellite genotyping, all three were
classified as eastern coyotes rather than
some form of Great Lakes wolf. The
three pups shared an eastern wolf
mtDNA haplotype, which suggests
maternal introgression from a female
wolf into their pedigree. Wheeldon
(unpublished data) considers a likely
scenario is that a female wolf bred with
a male coyote and their female offspring
backcrossed with male coyotes for an
undetermined number of generations,
culminating in the animals handled.
The wolf population of Isle Royale
National Park, Michigan, is not
considered to be an important factor in
the recovery of wolves in the WGL. The
Park population is small and isolated
and lacks genetic uniqueness (Wayne et
al. 1991, pp. 47–49). For genetic reasons
and constraints on expansion due to the
island’s small size, this wolf population
does not contribute significantly
towards meeting numerical recovery
criteria; however, long-term research on
this wolf population has added a great
deal to our knowledge of the species.
The wolf population on Isle Royale has
ranged from 12 to 50 wolves since 1959,
and was 16 wolves in the winter of
2010–2011 (Vucetich and Peterson
2011, p. 3).
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Summary for Wisconsin and Michigan
The two-State wolf population,
excluding Isle Royale wolves, has
exceeded 100 wolves since late-winter
1993–94 and has exceeded 200 wolves
since late-winter 1995–96. Therefore,
the combined wolf population for
Wisconsin and Michigan has exceeded
the second recovery criterion of the
1992 Revised Recovery Plan for a
nonisolated wolf population, since
1999. Furthermore, the two-State
population has exceeded the recovery
criterion for an isolated second
population since 2001.
Other Areas In and Near the Western
Great Lakes DPS
No surveys have been conducted to
document the number of wolves present
in North Dakota or South Dakota, but an
increasing number of wolves has
apparently been detected in the eastern
portions of these States. The eastern
boundaries of North Dakota and South
Dakota are approximately 19 and 81 mi
(30 and 130 km), respectively, from
occupied habitat in Minnesota.
Biologists who are familiar with wolves
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
in these States, however, generally agree
that the wolves found there are
primarily lone dispersers, although
there were reports of pups being seen in
the Turtle Mountains of North Dakota,
in 1994 (Collins in litt. 1998).
Other records include an adult male
shot near Devil’s Lake, North Dakota, in
2002, another adult male shot in
Richland County in extreme
southeastern North Dakota in 2003 (Fain
in litt. 2006), and a vehicle-killed adult
male found near Sturgis, South Dakota,
in 2006 (Larson in litt. 2006). In contrast
to the other South Dakota wolves of the
last 25 years, the animal found near
Sturgis was genetically identified as
having come from the Greater
Yellowstone area (Fain in litt. 2006).
Most recently, a wolf was shot in
Roberts County, South Dakota, in
January 2009 (reportedly running with
two or three other wolves) (Prieksat in
litt. 2009), and another wolf was found
dead in a foothold trap that was set as
part of an ongoing USDA Wildlife
Service’s coyote control operation in
southeastern Eddy County, North
Dakota (Bicknell in litt. 2009). See
Delineating the Boundaries of the WGL
DPS in this rule for a detailed
discussion of movement of wolves.
Wolf dispersal is expected to continue
as wolves travel away from the more
saturated habitats in the core range into
peripheral areas where wolves are
extremely sparse or absent. Unless they
return to the primary range and join or
start a pack there, they are unlikely to
contribute to long-term maintenance of
WGL wolf populations.
Although it is possible for these
dispersers to encounter and mate with
a mature wolf outside the primary
range, the lack of large expanses of
unfragmented habitat make it unlikely
that wolf packs will persist in these
peripheral areas; lack of contiguous
habitat is expected to seriously impede
further expansion. The only exception is
the northern LP of Michigan, where
several studies indicate that a persistent
wolf population may develop (Gehring
and Potter 2005, p. 1242; Potvin 2003,
pp. 29–30), albeit dependent on
occasional to frequent immigration of
UP wolves. Despite the constraints on
further expansion described here,
however, current wolf populations in
Minnesota, Wisconsin, and the UP of
Michigan have already greatly exceeded
the recovery levels defined in the 1992
Revised Recovery Plan, and
maintenance of these numbers is not
contingent on recruitment of wolves
from areas outside the primary range
that has been established for the WGL.
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
81679
Summary of Wolf Recovery in the
Western Great Lakes Region
Wolves in the WGL DPS greatly
exceed the recovery criteria (USFWS
1992, pp. 24–26) for (1) a secure wolf
population in Minnesota, and (2) a
second population outside Minnesota
and Isle Royale consisting of 100 wolves
for 5 successive years. Based on the
criteria set by the Eastern Wolf Recovery
Team in 1992 and reaffirmed in 1997
and 1998 (Peterson in litt. 1997, in litt.
1998), the DPS contains sufficient wolf
numbers and distribution to ensure their
long-term survival within the DPS.
The maintenance and expansion of
the Minnesota wolf population has
maximized the preservation of the
genetic diversity that remained in the
WGL DPS when its wolves were first
protected in 1974. Furthermore, the
Wisconsin-Michigan wolf population
has exceeded the numerical recovery
criterion even for a completely isolated
second population. Therefore, even in
the unlikely event that this two-State
population was to become totally
isolated and wolf immigration from
Minnesota and Ontario completely
ceased, it would still remain a viable
wolf population for the foreseeable
future, as defined by the Revised
Recovery Plan (USFWS 1992, pp. 25–
26). Finally, each of the wolf
populations in Wisconsin and Michigan
has exceeded 200 animals for 11 and 10
years, respectively, so if either were
somehow to become isolated, they
would remain viable, and each State has
committed to manage its wolf
population at or above viable
population levels. The wolf’s numeric
and distributional recovery criteria in
the WGL have been met.
Have the historical wolves of the
western great lakes region been
restored?
Leonard and Wayne (2008, p. 3) have
stated that Great Lakes wolves have not
been restored based on absence of
certain historical mtDNA haplotypes
from the current population, an
estimated historical population size far
greater than the current population size,
and the admixture (similar to
hybridization, but does not imply the
generation in which the mixing
occurred) of what they have identified
as coyote and western wolf haplotypes
in the current population.
The spatial representativeness of both
the historical and recent samples
reported by Leonard and Wayne (2008)
has been questioned by Mech (2009).
For example, 16 recent but no historical
samples from Minnesota were included
in the study. Leonard and Wayne (2009)
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
81680
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
responded that they did not believe that
genetic differences were likely to be
pronounced at the geographic scale
discussed by Mech and Paul (2008) and
Mech (2009).
The current population of wolves in
Minnesota, Wisconsin, and Michigan is
derived from expansion of the remnant
population in northeastern Minnesota
(Fain et al. 2010, p. 12), supplemented
by western gray wolves (Mech and
Frenzel 1971; Mech 2010, p. 135), and
in the case of UP Michigan, with
possible contributions from wolves from
southern Ontario (Fain et al. 2010, p.
12).
Subsequent studies with larger
samples of the current wolf population
find, despite acknowledged influence of
western gray wolves, the current
population is generally representative of
the historical population (Fain et al.
2010, p. 14; Wheeldon et al. 2010).
¨
Koblmuller et al. (2009, pp. 10–11)
found ‘‘comparatively slight’’
differentiation at autosomal
microsatellite DNA loci between
historical and current Great Lakes
wolves. Wheeldon and White (2009, p.
4) present microsatellite DNA evidence
that the hybridization processes noted
by Leonard and Wayne (2008) were
taking place over a century ago, so that
the current population is comparable to
the historical population with respect to
admixture. They believe hybridization
between eastern wolves and western
wolves in the western Great Lakes
region occurred prior to significant
human effects on population size or
habitat (Fain et al. 2010, p. 14).
According to Fain et al. (2010, p. 14),
the current population of wolves in the
western Great Lakes ‘‘represents an
ancient component of the northeast
ecosystem and have been established
throughout the region for thousands of
years.’’
The loss of mtDNA haplotypes found
in the historical but not the current
western Great Lakes wolf population
reported by Leonard and Wayne (2008,
pp. 2–3), and the loss of allelic diversity
(Fain et al. 2010, p. 11), indicate that a
genetic bottleneck occurred when
wolves were nearly extirpated from the
western Great Lakes region and during
the period of slow recovery that
immediately followed. Despite these
‘‘founder effects’’ on the genetic
composition of the western Great Lakes
population, various measures of genetic
diversity remain comparable to other
¨
wolf populations (Koblmuller et al.
2009; Fain et al. 2010, p. 12; Wheeldon
et al. 2010), at least partially owing to
contributions from western gray wolves.
Wolves in the WGL region display a
healthy level of heterozygosity (Fain et
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
al. 2010, p. 12), and show no evidence
that a genetic bottleneck may have
¨
influenced genetic diversity (Koblmuller
et al. 2009, p. 1). Schwartz and Vucetich
(2009, p. 2) have stated that ‘‘By all
accounts, the return of wolves to the
Great Lakes region has been successful
* * * they are doing superbly—both in
terms of population viability and
ecological function.’’ Cronin and Mech
(2009, p. 2) state, ‘‘It is generally
acknowledged that the Great Lakes wolf
population is fit, with abundant genetic
variation’’ (Cronin and Mech 2009, p. 2).
When the Service revised the
endangered species list in 1978 to
include the species Canis lupus in the
lower 48 States and Mexico, regulatory
protections were applied to all gray
wolves in the lower 48 States, including
all subspecies of gray wolves. That rule
classified the Minnesota gray wolf
population as a threatened ‘‘species’’
and gray wolves elsewhere in the lower
48 States and Mexico as another
‘‘species’’ with endangered status. This
reclassification was undertaken because
of uncertainty about the taxonomic
validity of some of the previously listed
subspecies and because we recognized
that wolf populations were historically
connected, and that subspecies
boundaries were thus malleable.
This listing arrangement [of four
subspecies] has not been satisfactory because
the taxonomy of wolves is out of date, wolves
may wander outside of recognized
subspecific boundaries, and some wolves
from unlisted subspecies may occur in
certain parts of the lower 48 States. In any
case, the Service wishes to recognize that the
entire species Canis lupus is Endangered or
Threatened to the south of Canada, and
considers that this matter can be handled
most conveniently by listing only the species
name.’’ (43 FR 9607).
Since then, except for the short
periods during which wolves were
delisted, all wolves in the WGL have
been protected under that 1978 listing.
The recovery of all wolves in the WGL
was guided first by the 1978 Recovery
Plan and then by the 1992 revised
Recovery Plan for the Eastern Timber
Wolf. The wolves that were the subject
of those documents are the wolves that
have been recovered in the WGL. The
debate regarding the C. lupus
nomenclature that was identified in the
1974 and 1978 listings and in the
recovery plans continues to date in the
scientific community. Regardless of this
debate regarding nomenclature, those
listings allowed the wolf population
that remained in northern Minnesota to
flourish and reestablish the population
throughout the core range we have
today in Minnesota, Wisconsin, and the
UP of Michigan. It is clear that the
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
existing wolves in the WGL are the
descendants of the wolves that were
listed in 1978; the wolves that were the
subject of the recovery plans; the wolves
that have met recovery goals; and the
wolves that will be managed by States,
Tribes, and other Federal agencies after
delisting.
Summary of Comments and
Recommendations
In the proposed rule published on
May 5, 2011 (76 FR 26806), we
requested that all interested parties
submit written comments on the
proposal by July 5, 2011. We also
contacted appropriate Federal and State
agencies, scientific experts and
organizations, and other interested
parties and invited them to comment on
the proposal. Newspaper notices
inviting general public comment were
published in the Bangor Daily News
(Maine), Duluth News-Tribune
(Minnesota), Lansing State Journal
(Michigan), Marquette Mining Journal
(Michigan), Milwaukee Journal Sentinel
(Wisconsin), Minneapolis Star Tribune
(Minnesota), Portland Press Herald
(Maine), and Wausau Daily Herald
(Wisconsin). We held a public hearing
on May 18, 2011, in Ashland,
Wisconsin, and one on June 8, 2011, in
Augusta, Maine. We also held two
public information meetings, one in
Grand Rapids, Minnesota, on June 14,
2011, and the other in Marquette,
Michigan on June 16, 2011.
On August 25, 2011, we published a
notice in the Federal Register (76 FR
53379) reopening the public comment
period on the May 5, 2011, proposal. We
reopened the comment period to allow
for additional public review and the
inclusion of any new information,
specifically concerning North American
wolf taxonomy. That notice also
informed the public that we were
considering issuing separate final rules
for our final determinations on the
proposed delisting of the Western Great
Lakes DPS and the proposed
determination regarding all or portions
of the 29 States considered to be outside
the historical range of the gray wolf. The
second comment period closed on
September 26, 2011.
During the first comment period for
the proposed rule, we received 713
unique comments directly addressing
the proposed delisting of gray wolves in
the WGL DPS. During the second
comment period for the proposed rule,
we received 124 unique comments
directly addressing the proposed
delisting of gray wolves in the WGL
DPS. These comments included verbal
and written comments received at the
public hearings. Comments were
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
submitted by 24 nongovernmental
organizations representing a variety of
interest groups including preservation,
conservation, animal welfare,
agriculture or livestock, and sportsmen’s
organizations. Two Federal agency
representatives provided comments, six
State agency representatives provided
comments, and one elected official
provided a comment. Six comments
were received from Native American
Tribes or tribal government agencies or
organizations.
In accordance with our peer review
policy published on July 1, 1994 (59 FR
34270), we solicited expert opinion
from four knowledgeable individuals
with scientific expertise that included
familiarity with wolves and their
habitat, biological needs, and threats.
We received responses from three of the
peer reviewers.
We reviewed all comments received
from the peer reviewers for substantive
issues and new information regarding
delisting wolves in the western Great
Lakes. The peer reviewers concurred
with our conclusion that delisting
wolves in the WGL DPS is warranted
and provided additional information,
clarifications, and suggestions to
improve the final rule.
Comments received are addressed in
the following summary and
incorporated into the final rule as
appropriate.
Comments
(1) Comment: We received numerous
comments, including from peer
reviewers, regarding wolf taxonomy,
primarily with regards to whether C.
lycaon should be recognized as a
separate species from C. lupus.
Our Response: The extensive
information submitted during the
comment periods and recent
publications on the subject and the
widely diverging views expressed in the
pertinent scientific studies underscore
the enduring debate regarding the
taxonomy of North American wolves—
a debate that may not be resolved for
some time (see Wolf Taxonomy in the
Western Great Lakes Region for a full
discussion). Although there is not a
significant number of new publications
that have become available since we
published our proposal in May 2011,
the substance of those new publications
and the substantive comments we
received have led us to reconsider our
proposed decision.
Based on a reevaluation of the
available scientific information and the
evolving and ongoing scientific debate,
we reconsidered our position, as
expressed in the proposed rule (76 FR
26086), that the gray wolf subspecies
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
Canis lupus lycaon should be elevated
to the full species Canis lycaon and that
the population of wolves in the WGL is
a mix of the two full species, Canis
lupus and Canis lycaon. While there are
varying scientific opinions on the
taxonomic history of North American
wolves, Canis lupus is the species that
has been recognized in the WGL for a
long time and throughout this technical
debate, and there is significant
information indicating that continuing
to recognize Canis lupus as the species
in the WGL is appropriate (see Wolf
Taxonomy in the Western Great Lakes
Region). Having reviewed and assessed
all of the available scientific
information, including, in particular,
the comments received on the proposed
rule and the information that has
become available since the proposed
rule was published, we have decided
the better conclusion in to retain our
previous taxonomic recognition of
wolves in the WGL as gray wolves
(Canis lupus). Therefore, in this final
rule we consider all wolves in the WGL
DPS to be gray wolves (Canis lupus) and
are delisting them as such.
(2) Comment: We received numerous
requests from diverse interest groups
and individuals asking that we
subdivide our final determination on
delisting the WGL DPS from the final
determination on the rest of the
proposed actions for the eastern United
States.
Our Response: We are separating our
determination on the delisting of the
Western Great Lakes DPS from the
determination on our proposal regarding
all or portions of the 29 eastern States
we considered to be outside the
historical range of the gray wolf. This
rule finalizes our determination for the
WGL DPS. A subsequent decision will
be made for the rest of the eastern
United States.
(3) Comment: We received numerous
comments from diverse interest groups
and individuals stating that the Service
should treat wolves in the western Great
Lakes area as a single, connected
population and analyze them as such.
Others commented that the wolves that
occupy the WGL DPS, regardless of
scientific species classification, were
and continue to be the same wolves that
were protected under the Act over 30
years ago. The wolves that are in the
WGL DPS now are what was listed,
what met the recovery goals, and what
should be delisted.
Our Response: In this final rule we
consider all wolves in the WGL DPS to
be members of a single species, the gray
wolf (Canis lupus) and are delisting
them as such. When the Service revised
the endangered species list in 1978 to
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
81681
include the species Canis lupus in the
lower 48 States and Mexico, regulatory
protections were applied to all gray
wolves in the lower 48 States, including
all subspecies of gray wolves. The wolf
population in Minnesota was listed
separately as a threatened species, while
the rest of the lower 48 States and
Mexico were listed as endangered. The
recovery of all wolves in the WGL was
guided first by the 1978 Recovery Plan
and then by the 1992 revised Recovery
Plan for the Eastern Timber Wolf. The
wolves that were the subject of those
documents are the wolves that have
been recovered in the WGL. The debate
regarding the C. lupus nomenclature
that was identified in the 1974 and 1978
listings and in the recovery plans
continues to date in the scientific
community. Regardless of this debate
regarding nomenclature, those listings
allowed the wolf population that
remained in northern Minnesota to
flourish and reestablish the population
throughout the core range we have
today in Minnesota, Wisconsin, and the
UP of Michigan. The existing wolves in
the WGL are the descendants of wolves
in the Minnesota C. lupus population
that was protected in the 1978 listing;
the wolves that were the subject of the
recovery plans; the wolves that have
met recovery goals; and the wolves that
will be managed by States, Tribes, and
other Federal agencies after delisting.
(4) Comment: The Service must
analyze how hybridization with eastern
wolves is affecting the viability of gray
wolves.
Our Response: In light of the ongoing
scientific debate, and the lack of clear
resolution concerning the taxonomy of
wolves in the western Great Lakes, we
are at this time continuing to recognize
C. lupus as the only species that occurs
in the WGL. The wolves that occupy the
WGL DPS have long been accepted as
gray wolves, C. lupus, and until greater
scientific consensus is reached
regarding whether to revise this
taxonomic classification, the better
conclusion is to continue to recognize
them as gray wolves. See Wolf
Taxonomy in the Western Great Lakes
Region for a full discussion.
(5) Comment: If two species of wolves
exist in the WGL, those two species
need to be evaluated separately to
determine if each has independently
been recovered; or the Service must
determine whether the gray wolves (C.
lupus) in the WGL, independent of C.
lycaon, have met the numerical recovery
criteria in the Eastern Timber Wolf
Recovery Plan. Others express that
because the WGL population is
admixed, the Service cannot determine
if the gray wolf (C. lupus) itself has been
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
81682
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
recovered. We also received comments
stating that the boundaries of the WGL
DPS must be based on the gray wolf
alone, not on the two species combined.
Our Response: In light of the ongoing
scientific debate, and the lack of clear
resolution concerning the taxonomy of
wolves in the western Great Lakes, we
are at this time continuing to recognize
C. lupus as the only species that occurs
in the WGL. The wolves that occupy the
WGL DPS have long been accepted as
gray wolves, C. lupus, and until greater
scientific consensus is reached
regarding whether to revise this
taxonomic classification, it is most
logical to continue to recognize them as
gray wolves. See Wolf Taxonomy in the
Western Great Lakes Region for a full
discussion.
(6) Comment: A few commenters
stated that wolves have not achieved
recovery because disease, illegal killing,
and other human-caused mortality, or
inadequate regulatory mechanisms still
threaten wolves in the WGL. Others
stated that the Service has not provided
a complete analysis of threats to wolves
in the WGL.
Our Response: Our detailed review of
the past, current, and likely future
threats to wolves within the WGL DPS
identified human-caused mortality of all
forms to constitute the majority of
documented wolf deaths. However, the
wolf populations in Wisconsin and
Michigan have continued to expand in
numbers and the Minnesota wolf
population is at least maintaining itself
at well over the population goal
recommended in the 1992 Recovery
Plan and at about twice the minimum
level established in the 2001 Minnesota
Wolf Plan. Healthy wolf populations
clearly can withstand a high level of
mortality, from human and other causes,
and remain viable. We believe that, for
purposes of this delisting decision, the
numerical growth and range expansion
shown by WGL DPS wolves indicate
that adequate control of human-caused
mortality already exists since the
species is being maintained at healthy
levels.
With regard to disease, several
diseases have had noticeable impacts on
wolf population growth in the Great
Lakes region in the past. Despite these
and other diseases and parasites, the
overall trend for wolf populations in the
WGL DPS continues to be upward. Wolf
management plans for Minnesota,
Michigan, and Wisconsin include
disease monitoring components that we
expect will identify future disease and
parasite problems in time to allow
corrective action to avoid a significant
decline in overall population viability.
Disease may eventually limit overall
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
wolf carrying capacity and contribute to
annual fluctuations in wolf abundance,
but at current and foreseeable
population levels, diseases are not likely
to affect viability or put wolves at risk
again of becoming endangered or
threatened.
We conducted a thorough analysis of
the existing and likely future threats to
wolves, giving specific consideration to
the five categories of threats set forth in
section 4(a)(1) of the Act—(1) habitat
destruction or degradation or a
reduction in the range of the gray wolf;
(2) utilization by humans; (3) disease,
parasites, or predatory actions by other
animals or humans; (4) State, Tribal,
and Federal regulatory measures; and
(5) other threats (see Summary of
Factors Affecting the Species). Based on
our consideration of these factors
individually and in combination, we
concluded the Western Great Lakes wolf
population is neither in danger of
extinction nor likely to become so in the
foreseeable future, in all or a significant
portion of the population’s range.
(7) Comment: A number of comments
expressed opposition to delisting,
making statements such as ‘‘wolves
should always be protected’’ by the Act
and ‘‘why do wolves have to be
delisted.’’
Our Response: The Act provides the
Federal Government with authority to
protect and recover threatened and
endangered species. When a species has
been recovered to the extent that it no
longer meets the definition of
‘‘threatened’’ or ‘‘endangered,’’ the Act
provides that it should be removed from
the Federal List of Endangered and
Threatened Wildlife and Plants and its
management be returned to the
appropriate States and tribes (in cases
where treaties identify such authorities
for tribes). The goal of the Act is to
recover listed species and then to delist
them when they no longer qualify as
threatened or endangered, thereby
allowing the Service to focus its efforts
on the many other species that do
qualify as threatened and endangered.
The WGL gray wolf DPS no longer
meets the definition of a threatened or
endangered species, as it has achieved
long-standing recovery criteria by
greatly expanding in numbers and
geographic range and threats to its longterm viability have been reduced or
eliminated. Therefore, the Act requires
delisting the species, but it also requires
that we continue to monitor the status
of the species for a minimum of 5 years
after delisting, and we can list it again
if the monitoring results show that to be
necessary.
(8) Comment: The WGL DPS should
be reclassified to threatened instead of
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
delisted as this would allow Wisconsin
and Michigan to implement depredation
control programs while maintaining the
Act’s protections for wolves.
Our Response: We believe the gray
wolf has achieved recovery in the WGL
DPS and our five-factor analysis
indicates that it is no longer endangered
or threatened. Therefore, it should be
delisted with management returning to
the States and tribes.
(9) Comment: The Service should
encourage North Dakota to revise its
classification of the wolf and adopt a
wolf management plan for the State.
Our Response: The core of the range
for the western Great Lakes population
of gray wolves is in Minnesota,
Wisconsin, and Michigan. Wolf
management plans are only needed for
these three States for the Service to be
assured that WGL wolves will be
managed in such a manner that they are
not likely to become an endangered
species in the foreseeable future. If
North Dakota or other States within the
WGL DPS wish to develop wolf
management plans, the Service will
provide technical assistance and
guidance as requested.
(10) Comment: A couple of
commenters stated that the Service
improperly designated the WGL DPS for
the purpose of delisting, further stating
that the DPS tool is intended to be used
to protect a population segment without
having to list the entire species.
Our Response: In this rule we
recognize that the Minnesota gray wolf
population listed as a species in 1978
has functioned effectively as a DPS ever
since the DPS provision was added to
the Act later in 1978. Under the Act, the
Service is authorized to reevaluate that
functional DPS listing and revise it to
meet the criteria in the DPS policy and
to reflect the ‘‘best available biological
data’’ (see Western Great Lakes Distinct
Population Segment). We are not
designating a previously unidentified
DPS, but are revising a preexisting
listing of Canis lupus in Minnesota that
functions as a DPS. Our reevaluation of
the Minnesota listing demonstrates that
a gray wolf DPS including only
Minnesota (per the 1978 listing) would
not meet the criteria in the DPS policy,
because it would not be discrete ‘‘* * *
in relation to the remainder of the
species to which it belongs’’ (61 FR
4725, February 7, 1996). The Minnesota
wolf population has expanded well
beyond State boundaries and is
connected to the wolf population in
Wisconsin and Michigan, as evidenced
by frequent movements of wolves
among the States (Van Deelen 2009, p.
140; Treves at al. 2009, pp. 192–195)
and genetic analyses that demonstrate
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
the Wisconsin and Michigan wolves are
mostly from the same genetic mix as
Minnesota wolves (Wheeldon and
White 2009, p. 4; Fain et al. 2010).
Therefore, we are delineating the
boundaries of the expanded Minnesota
population segment to meet the criteria
in the DPS policy and to reflect the
current geographic location of the
population.
Moreover, even if we were identifying
a new DPS at this time, we interpret the
Act to allow DPSs to be used for both
listing and delisting species. Section
4(a)(1) of the Act directs the Secretary
of the Interior to determine whether
‘‘any species’’ is endangered or
threatened. Numerous sections of the
Act refer to adding and removing
‘‘species’’ from the list of threatened or
endangered plants and animals. Section
3(16) defines ‘‘species’’ to include any
subspecies ‘‘and any distinct population
segment of any species of vertebrate fish
or wildlife’’ Therefore, the Act
authorizes us to revise the List of
Endangered and Threatened Wildlife
and Plants to list, reclassify, and delist
species, subspecies, and DPSs of
vertebrate species. Furthermore, our
‘‘Policy Regarding the Recognition of
Distinct Vertebrate Population Segments
under the Endangered Species Act’’
states that the policy is intended for
‘‘the purposes of listing, delisting, and
reclassifying species under the
Endangered Species Act * * *.’’ (61 FR
4722, Feb. 7, 1996), and that it ‘‘guides
the evaluation of distinct vertebrate
population segments for the purposes of
listing, delisting, and reclassifying
under the Act.’’ (61 FR 4725).
On December 12, 2008, the Solicitor
of the Department of the Interior issued
a formal opinion, ‘‘U.S. Fish and
Wildlife Service Authority Under
Section 4(c)(1) of the Endangered
Species Act to Revise Lists of
Endangered and Threatened Species to
‘Reflect Recent Determinations’ ’’ (U.S.
DOI 2008). This opinion represents the
views of the Department of the Interior
and fully supports the Department’s
position that it is authorized in a single
action to identify a DPS within a larger
listed entity, determine that the DPS is
neither endangered nor threatened, and
then revise the List of Endangered and
Threatened Wildlife to reflect those
determinations. The opinion also notes
that, although the term ‘‘delist’’ is not
used in the Act, it is used extensively
in the regulations implementing the
section 4 listing provisions of the Act,
such as 50 CFR 424.11(d). As explained
in footnote 8 to the Solicitor’s opinion,
‘‘As used by FWS, ‘‘delisting’’ applies
broadly to any action that revises the
lists either to remove an already-listed
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
entity from the appropriate list in its
entirety, or to reduce the geographic or
taxonomic scope of a listing to exclude
a group of organisms previously
included as part of an already-listed
entity.’’ The complete text of the
Solicitor’s formal opinion can be found
at https://www.fws.gov/midwest/wolf/.
Therefore, identification and delisting of
a DPS is permissible.
(11) Comment: Two commenters
stated that, when drawing the
boundaries of the DPS, the Service must
ensure that all significant portions of the
range within the DPS support viable
wolf populations. The boundaries
should include, at most, core areas in
which a population has fully recovered.
Our Response: We have analyzed
whether the species is threatened or
endangered in a significant portion of its
range in the WGL DPS (see Is the
Species Threatened or Endangered in a
Significant Portion of Its Range?). We
believe all significant portions of the
species’ range within the DPS support
viable wolf populations and that the
gray wolf has achieved recovery
throughout the WGL DPS and is no
longer threatened or endangered.
Therefore, it should be delisted with
management returning to the States and
tribes.
We have delineated the DPS to be
closely tied to the biological wolf
population in the area, and to be
consistent with the two relevant court
rulings (Defenders of Wildlife v. Norton,
354 F. Supp. 2d 1156 (D. Or. 2005);
National Wildlife Federation v. Norton,
386 F. Supp. 2d 553 (D. Vt. 2005)). Wolf
biology makes it unreasonable to define
a wolf population, and hence a wolf
DPS, as solely the area where wolf packs
are present at viable levels. Any area
that hosts wolf packs also is producing
a substantial number of dispersing
wolves, some of which return after short
absences, while others travel farther and
some never return. Delineation of a wolf
population must recognize and account
for this dispersal behavior to some
degree. We believe our DPS delineation
is appropriately based on the biological
features of the species and the nature of
a wolf population by being centered on
the areas occupied by the core
population, but also including a
surrounding area that encompasses a
reasonable portion of the areas visited
by core population wolves making
longer distance movements from their
natal areas. We have included nearby
areas that are likely to be visited by
wolves that have dispersed from the
core recovery areas because we believe
these wolves should be considered part
of that biological population while they
are within a reasonable distance from
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
81683
the core areas. The areas of potentially
suitable habitat that are currently
unoccupied are relatively small, and
even if occupied in the future, will not
make a significant contribution to the
long-term viability of the gray wolf
population in the DPS or in the United
States, and thus are not considered to be
a significant portion of the species
range.
A critical component of delineating
the boundaries of a DPS is gaining an
understanding of the population/
metapopulation that is being designated
as a DPS. Wolf biology clearly shows
that temporary and permanent
movements beyond the pack’s territory
are a key element of wolf population
dynamics, and as such, these
movements must be considered when
delineating a boundary for a DPS.
Furthermore, a biologically based DPS
boundary cannot follow the edge of the
fully occupied core areas, as this
comment seems to advocate. Individual
wolves would be constantly moving
back and forth across such a boundary,
and pack territories may form on both
sides of the line in some years, and
might disappear from one or both sides
in subsequent years, depending on a
number of physical, biological, and
societal factors. We determined that the
DPS boundary should recognize and
accommodate the normal behavior of
the metapopulation members.
(12) Comment: A few commenters
suggested specific revisions to the DPS
boundaries, such as including or not
including all of the Dakotas or not
including the northern Lower Peninsula
of Michigan.
Our Response: We considered the best
available scientific data on wolf
distributions and movements in
delineating the boundaries of the
Western Great Lakes DPS. We
considered several options, among them
drawing a tight line around the core
Great Lakes wolf population or drawing
a very large circle that included the core
population as well as all areas visited by
known dispersers. In the end, however,
we determined that drawing the
boundary line to include the core
recovered wolf population in the Great
Lakes Region, plus a wolf movement
zone around the core population that
includes areas visited by dispersers
known to contribute to the core
population, was the most biologically
supported alternative. The
determination was the result of a
thorough review of biological data and
the regulatory guidance. Additionally,
the delineation of the DPS boundary
was supported by the peer-reviewers.
(13) Comment: Corridors that allow
safe movement of wolves among the
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
81684
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
Great Lakes States must be maintained,
and the benefits of these corridors must
not be undermined by escalated lethal
control of wolves.
Our Response: Wolves are effective
dispersers (Forbes and Boyd 1997), and
existing habitat linkages among
Minnesota, Wisconsin, Michigan, and
Canada allow long-distance movements.
Long-distance movements of wolves
through human-dominated landscapes
in Minnesota and Wisconsin suggest
highways and roads are not barriers
(Mech et al. 1995, p. 368; Merrill and
Mech 2000, pp. 429–431). Wolves are
capable of traveling through crop and
range land (Licht and Fritts 1994, pp.
75, 77; Wydeven et al. 1998, pp. 777)
and can cross ice-covered lakes and
rivers (Mech 1966, accessed at https://
www.cr.nps.gov/history/online_books/
fauna7/fauna2a.htm, not paginated) and
unfrozen rivers during the summer (Van
Camp and Gluckie 1979, pp. 236–237).
The Minnesota, Wisconsin, and
Michigan State management plans all
include maintaining habitat linkages
and dispersal corridors as a
management component. In Minnesota,
most of the occupied wolf range is
contiguous; that is, most packs occur
adjacent to or very near other packs. In
addition, all wolves in Minnesota are
connected with the much larger
population inhabiting southern Canada
(MN DNR 2001, p. 27). The dispersal
corridor between Minnesota and
Wisconsin (within and immediately to
the south of management Zone 4)
contains large land areas in public
ownership (the Nemadji, St. Croix State
Forests, Chengwatana State Forest, and
St. Croix State Park) that are contiguous
with large areas of county forest land in
Wisconsin. Because of the habitat
security of the public land base that is
adjacent to Wisconsin between the Twin
Cities and Duluth, wolf dispersal
corridors between Minnesota and
Wisconsin are well protected. The MN
DNR will work in cooperation with the
WI DNR on assessments of the effects of
future development on dispersal in the
interstate area (MN DNR 2001, p. 2).
The Wisconsin management plan (WI
DNR 1999, p. 23) promotes cooperative
habitat management with public land
management agencies, industrial forests,
and other private landowners, including
protection of dispersal corridors on
private, tribal, and public land to
promote continued wolf movement to
and from Michigan and Minnesota, as
well as among Wisconsin packs.
Furthermore, the Plan states that
protection of corridor habitat should be
a factor in considering acquisition of
public land for other conservation
purposes.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
The MI management plan recognized
the importance of continued movement
of wolves within and among the states
and Canada to help ensure the long-term
viability of the wolf population. As a
component of their management plan,
the MI DNR will cooperate with Federal,
State and tribal agencies and private
landowners to identify and protect wolf
habitat linkage zones (MI DNR 2008, pp.
39–40). The wolf management plans
currently in place for Minnesota,
Wisconsin, and Michigan will be more
than sufficient to retain viable wolf
populations in each State. These State
plans provide a very high level of
assurance that wolf populations in these
three States will not decline to
nonviable levels in the foreseeable
future.
(14) Comment: Several commenters
stated that the Service must ensure that
State wolf management strategies
accommodate tribal interests within
reservation boundaries as well as honor
the tribal role and authority in wolf
management in the ceded territories.
Furthermore, the Federal trust
responsibility, as it pertains to wolf
management, must be continued after
delisting.
Our Response: The Service and the
Department of the Interior recognize the
unique status of federally recognized
tribes, their right to self-governance, and
their inherent sovereign powers over
their members and territory. The
Department, the Service, the Bureau of
Indian Affairs (BIA), and other Federal
agencies, as appropriate, will take the
needed steps to ensure that tribal
authority and sovereignty within
reservation boundaries are respected as
the States implement their wolf
management plans and revise those
plans in the future. Furthermore, there
may be tribal activities or interests
associated with the wolf encompassed
within the tribes’ retained rights to
hunt, fish, and gather in treaty-ceded
territories. The Department is available
to assist in the exercise of those rights.
If biological assistance is needed, the
Service may provide it via our field
offices. The Service will remain
involved in the post-delisting
monitoring of the gray wolf, but all
Service management and protection
authority under the Act will end with
this delisting. Legal assistance may be
provided to the tribes by the Department
of the Interior, and the BIA will be
involved, when needed.
(15) Comment: One commenter stated
that the delisting process has
highlighted the need for improved
relationships between Tribes and the
Service on wolf management issues.
Several issues were highlighted: (a) The
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
proposed rule states that ‘‘Tribal
representatives declined to participate’’
in the development of a wolf
management strategy for the lower 48
States. In fact, most Tribes in the
country were given no opportunity to
participate in this process, and the few
intertribal organizations that had any
opportunity were invited only after the
process was already under way. (b)
Many of the references to tribal
management perspectives used in the
proposal were 8–13 years old,
disregarding the fact that tribal
perspectives may change over time,
possibly misrepresenting current tribal
positions. (c) The section that discusses
the Service’s government-to-government
relationship with the Tribes notes that
the Service will ‘‘fully consider all of
the comments on the proposed rule that
are submitted by Tribes and Tribal
members during the public comment
period,’’ reflecting again the Service’s
failure to correctly recognize the proper
nature of the Service-Tribal
relationship.
Our Response: As discussed in the
proposed rule, the Service embarked on
a structured decisionmaking process in
2008 as a means of developing a more
integrated and comprehensive strategy
for gray wolf conservation in the lower
48 States and Mexico. The overall intent
of the process was to identify
appropriate wolf entities (i.e., listing
units) for full status review, anticipating
that such review would lead to either
confirmation or revision of the existing
gray wolf listing. We first conducted
several iterations of the process in an
internal Service effort to develop a
viable framework for considering the
scientific and policy questions that
drive decisionmaking for wolves.
Following our development of a
satisfactory decisionmaking framework,
we convened a workshop in August
2010 to generate and assess alternative
taxonomic and population units at
various scales and in various
configurations, including the 1978
listing as the status quo alternative. The
outcomes from the workshop provided
input to our continuing effort to
formulate a comprehensive vision of
wolf conservation, which evolved into
the proposed national wolf strategy
discussed in the proposal. This strategy
was a broad outline, the components of
which are in various stages of execution.
The process used to develop the
proposed national wolf strategy evolved
as we proceeded through our task, and
different parties were engaged at
different times.
Although the Midwest Tribes and
Inter-Tribal Natural Resource
Management Agencies were not
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
participants at the August 2010
workshop, we worked hard to involve
them in developing a proposal that was
specific to the Midwest area. In doing
so, to make sure that our proposal
appropriately reflected the current
status of Tribal wolf management
activities, we contacted each Tribe in
the Service’s Midwest Region that we
knew to be involved in wolf
management activities in order to clarify
their management efforts to date and the
status of any Tribal wolf management
plans. We hold our government-togovernment relationship with Tribes in
very high regard and respect Tribal
sovereignty. Accordingly, all of the
comments received from Tribes and
Inter-Tribal Natural Resource
Management Agencies in response to
the proposed rule were considered in
the final rule. In addition, during the
comment period, we met with the
Chippewa Ottawa Resources Authority
Board and the Great Lakes Indian Fish
and Wildlife Commission’s Voigt InterTribal Task Force to discuss the
proposal. We also offered to meet
individually with and discuss the
proposal with any Tribe that wanted to
do so, however none accepted our offer.
(16) Comment: Post-delisting
monitoring is critical and should extend
beyond the typical 5-year period. Public
harvest will likely take 3–5 years to
implement, and this is the variable most
likely to affect wolf populations. This
variable cannot be adequately evaluated
within the 5-year PDM period.
Our Response: The Service will
implement the PDM plan for at least 5
years after delisting the WGL DPS.
During the monitoring period, if the
Service detects a change in wolf
populations or a significant increase in
threats, it can evaluate and change
monitoring methods or consider
relisting. At the end of the PDM period
the Service will conduct a final internal
review and may request reviews by the
former members of the Eastern Gray
Wolf Recovery Team and other
independent specialists, as appropriate.
If the final internal review indicates that
substantive changes have been made to
how wolves are managed, we may
extend the monitoring period to
evaluate potential impacts. Based on
those final reviews, which will be
posted on the Service’s Internet site, the
Service will decide whether to relist,
extend the monitoring period, or end
monitoring.
(17) Comment: One peer reviewer
stated that the recent scientific literature
contains a few additional pertinent
papers on gray wolf diseases and
parasites. She noted that those papers
are in agreement with the discussion
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
points and conclusions in the proposed
rule (pp. 26112–26114).
Our Response: We have incorporated
information from those recent scientific
papers into our analysis of disease as a
potential threat (see the discussion
under C. Disease or Predation). That
information does not alter our
determination that diseases are not
likely to affect the viability of wolves or
put wolves in the WGL at risk.
(18) Comment: Several commenters
expressed concern regarding whether
the States would implement a public
harvest or recreational hunting after
wolves are federally delisted. Others
commented that they support a public
harvest or recreational hunting. A
number provided suggestions on how or
specifically where such a public harvest
should be implemented, if it is.
Our Response: Unregulated killing
was the primary threat to the species
historically. The State management
plans that will be implemented after
delisting provide protection from
unregulated killing. It is not the
Service’s position to decide whether a
regulated harvest in and of itself is an
appropriate management tool. Instead
the Service is concerned with whether
the use of that tool might reduce the
number of wolves in such a way that
they would again be considered a
threatened or endangered species under
the Act. A regulated harvest of wolves
can be carried out in a manner that
would not threaten their continued
existence.
(19) Comment: A couple of
commenters stated that the recovery
criteria have not been achieved because
either the wolf population data are
wrong, or because the WisconsinMichigan wolf population is not a
second population as is required by the
recovery criteria found in the 1992
Recovery Plan.
Our Response: We are fully satisfied
that the wolf population estimates
provided by the Minnesota, Wisconsin,
and Michigan DNRs demonstrate that
the numerical recovery criteria have
been achieved for far longer than the 5
years recommended in the Federal
Recovery Plan. The methods used by WI
and MI DNRs result in a conservative
count of the wolves that are alive at the
late-winter annual low point of the wolf
population. The method used by the
Minnesota DNR for its much larger wolf
population is less precise, but even the
lower bound of its 90 percent
confidence interval (CI) exceeded the
Federal Recovery Plan’s Minnesota goal
of 1,250–1,440 wolves back as far as the
1988–89 survey (Fuller et al. 1992, p.
50) and the CI lower bound has been
well above that goal since then (Erb and
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
81685
Benson 2004, Table 1). Therefore, we
see no problem with using these
Minnesota population estimates.
Members of the Recovery Team have
also expressed confidence in the
population estimates of all three States
(Peterson in litt. 1999a, in litt. 1999b).
The 1992 Federal Recovery Plan
describes two scenarios that would
satisfy its goal for a second viable wolf
population. One scenario deals with the
development of an isolated wolf
population; such a population must be
composed of at least 200 wolves over
five successive years. The second
scenario is a population that is located
within 100 miles of another viable wolf
population; such a population must
consist of only 100 wolves for five
consecutive years (USFWS 1992, pp.
25–26). The Recovery Plan discusses the
conservation tradeoffs of completely
separate populations versus adjacent
populations, and it specifically states
that a wolf population larger than 100
wolves ‘‘closely tied to the Minnesota
population’’ will be considered a viable
population despite its small size,
because of immigration of wolves from
Minnesota (USFWS 1992, pp. 24–25).
Although this Recovery Plan was
written prior to the common acceptance
and use of the conservation biology term
‘‘metapopulation,’’ this clearly was the
concept being discussed and advocated
in the Federal Recovery Plan. The
second scenario describes what has
occurred in the WGL DPS, and,
therefore, the wolves in Wisconsin and
Michigan qualify as a second population
(see Recovery Criteria for a full
discussion).
(20) Comment: Delisting in the WGL
will prevent wolves from further
expanding into areas of their previous
range. The Service cannot delist wolves
in one portion of their range when the
species remains endangered throughout
the remainder of its historical range, and
where viable habitat for the species
exists such that further recovery within
its historical range can be promoted.
Our Response: Delisting the Western
Great Lakes DPS does not discourage
wolf conservation in other parts of their
range. The Act defines ‘‘conservation’’
as ‘‘the use of all methods and
procedures which are necessary to bring
any endangered species or threatened
species to the point at which the
measures provided pursuant to this
chapter are no longer necessary.’’ 16
U.S.C. 1532(3). The States, tribes, and
conservation groups have all played a
key role in the recovery of the WGL wolf
population and now, because the wolf
population is recovered and healthy,
continued conservation efforts under
the Act are no longer necessary within
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
81686
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
the DPS. The assertion that delisting the
WGL DPS is inconsistent with the Act’s
conservation requirement is based on an
apparent confusion of the term
‘‘conservation’’ with ‘‘restoration.’’ A
species is conserved when it no longer
meets the Act’s definitions of
endangered species or threatened
species and, at such time, the species
should be delisted. This does not
require the range-wide restoration of the
gray wolf to all areas that it historically
inhabited before it may be delisted in
the WGL region—an area that is
inhabited by a healthy, recovered wolf
population.
Because this final rule does not alter
the listing status of wolves under the
Act outside of the DPS, it does not
hinder the Service’s or States’ ability to
implement reintroduction and recovery
programs in other areas of the country.
The commenters’ focus on the alleged
inability of wolves within the DPS to
disperse to other areas is misdirected
because it takes an overly narrow view
of wolf recovery possibilities. This final
rule in itself does not foreclose further
wolf recovery in other areas of suitable
habitat via reintroduction programs.
Indeed, gray wolf populations in
Wyoming, central Idaho, and the
southwestern United States did not
develop from dispersers, but from wolf
reintroductions that were planned and
carried out by the Service and partner
agencies and organizations. Continued
wolf recovery in areas outside of the
Western Great Lakes DPS is not
prevented by delisting the Western
Great Lakes DPS.
(21) Comment: Numerous
commenters indicated that our delisting
proposal was based on unspecified
political considerations, pressure from
the livestock industry, exaggerated fears
for human safety, pressure from deer/
bear hunters and furbearer trappers, and
pressure from States. We were asked by
other commenters to consider the value
of wolves for keeping deer numbers in
check, to maintaining healthy ungulate
populations, for maintaining native
vegetation and other species of wildlife,
and in balancing nature. Others thought
we should consider the economic
benefits provided by a large wolf
population. We also received numerous
comments indicating that wolves should
be delisted because of fear for public
safety, increased wolf-human conflicts,
reduced funding to control depredating
wolves, and/or decreasing public
tolerance for wolves.
Our Response: The Act requires that
listing and delisting decisions be based
entirely on whether a species is
endangered or threatened due to one or
more categories of threats (section
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
4(a)(1)) and that we make this
determination ‘‘solely on the basis of the
best scientific and commercial data
available.’’ In compliance with the Act,
the other nonscientific considerations
and factors described above have not
been used in making this decision. The
WGL gray wolf DPS no longer meets the
definition of a threatened or endangered
species, and has achieved the recovery
criteria established in the Eastern
Timber Wolf Recovery Plan (Service
1992) by greatly expanding in numbers
and geographic range, and threats to its
long long-term viability have been
reduced or eliminated.
(22) Comment: Several comments
recommended that specific changes be
made to the three State wolf
management plans or that the State
management plans are not ‘‘protective
enough’’ of wolves.
Our Response: We have reviewed the
2001 Minnesota Plan, the 1999 and 2006
Updated Wisconsin Plan, and the 1997
and 2008 revised Michigan Plan. We
reviewed these plans to determine if
they will provide sufficient protection
and reduce threats. We are primarily
concerned with the outcome of the
plan’s implementation. Once a species
is delisted, the details of its
management are a State or tribal
responsibility; the Federal responsibility
is to monitor the plan’s implementation
and the species’ response for at least 5
years to ensure that the plan’s outcome
is as expected. We have concluded that
each plan provides adequate protection
for wolves, and will keep threats at a
sufficiently low level, so that the WGL
DPS wolves will not become threatened
or endangered in the foreseeable future.
Suggestions for changes to the State
wolf management plans should be
directed to the respective State
management agency for consideration.
(23) Comment: Several comments
expressed distrust for State wolf
protection, based on past State programs
aimed at wolf eradication.
Our Response: We acknowledge the
past involvement of State and Federal
government agencies in intensive, and
largely successful, programs to eradicate
wolves. However, we believe that public
sentiment and agency mandates have
changed dramatically since the 1960s
and earlier (see Public Attitudes Toward
the Wolf). While wolf eradication might
still be the wish of a small number of
individuals, we believe there is broad
support among the public and within
governmental agencies to allow wolves
to occupy our landscape, with some
degree of management imposed to
maintain control of the level of wolfhuman conflicts. Based on existing State
laws and State management plans, we
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
will rely on the States to provide
sufficient protection to wolves until and
unless it is shown they are unwilling or
unable to do so.
(24) Comment: The delisting decision
is based on the assumption that the
State wolf management plans will be
fully implemented and funded after
Federal delisting.
Our Response: We are required to
evaluate the likely future threats that a
delisted wolf population will
experience. We rely heavily on the State
wolf management plans for our
assessment of the degree of protection
and monitoring that will occur after
Federal delisting. Because these plans
have received the necessary approvals
within the State governments, we
believe it is reasonable to assume the
plans will be funded and implemented
largely as written. Wisconsin and
Michigan DNRs have led the efforts to
restore wolves to their States for several
decades. Based on their proven
leadership in Midwest wolf recovery,
we see no reason to doubt the
continuing commitment of these State
agencies to wolf conservation.
We recognize that State wolf plans
can be changed by the respective DNR
or State legislature, creating some
uncertainty regarding plan
implementation. However, given the
high public visibility of wolf
management, the extent of public
interest and involvement in the
development and updating of the States’
plans, the vast amount of scientific data
available regarding wolf management,
and the status monitoring that we will
be maintaining for the next 5 years, we
believe it is reasonable and proper to
assume that the three State wolf plans
will not be significantly changed, nor
will their implementation be critically
underfunded, in a manner that would
jeopardize the viability of any State’s
wolf population. If this assumption
turns out to be incorrect, we have the
ability to extend the monitoring period
or relist the species, including an
emergency relisting, if necessary.
(25) Comment: Human-caused
mortality poses too high a risk to delist
the wolf. The wolf cannot be delisted
‘‘until this threat has been adequately
controlled.’’
Our Response: Our detailed review of
the past, current, and likely future
threats to wolves within the WGL DPS
identified human-caused mortality of all
forms to constitute the majority of
documented wolf deaths. However, the
wolf populations in Wisconsin and
Michigan have continued to expand in
numbers and the Minnesota wolf
population is at least maintaining itself
at well over the population goal
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
recommended in the 1992 Recovery
Plan and at about twice the minimum
level established in the 2001 Minnesota
Wolf Plan. Healthy wolf populations
clearly can withstand a high level of
mortality, from human and other causes,
and remain viable. Although the
commenters do not provide any
clarification on what is meant by
‘‘adequately controlled’’ we believe that,
for purposes of this delisting decision,
the numerical growth and range
expansion shown by WGL DPS wolves
indicate that ‘‘adequate control’’ already
exists since the species is being
maintained at healthy levels.
Summary of Changes From Proposed
Rule
In this final rule, we make two
substantive changes from the proposal.
First, we are separating our
determination on the delisting of the
Western Great Lakes DPS from the
determination on our proposal regarding
all or portions of the 29 States we
considered to be outside the historical
range of the gray wolf. This rule
finalizes our determination for the WGL
DPS. A subsequent decision will be
made for the rest of the eastern United
States.
In this final rule, we also amend our
taxonomic interpretation of wolves in
the WGL. In the proposed rule, we
presented and proposed to recognize
recent taxonomic information indicating
that the gray wolf subspecies Canis
lupus lycaon should be elevated to the
full species C. lycaon. We believed the
best available scientific information
supported recognition of the eastern
wolf, C. lycaon, as a species and that
this species had intercrossed with C.
lupus in the western Great Lakes region
to constitute a population composed of
C. lupus, C. lycaon, and their hybrids.
During the public comment period on
the proposal, we received comments
from diverse interest groups and
individuals (including scientific
researchers, State natural resource
agencies, sportsmen’s groups,
cattlemen’s groups, and conservation
groups) highlighting the ongoing debate
regarding the taxonomy of North
American wolves. Some of those
commenters questioned the position
that C. lycaon be recognized as a species
(rather than a subspecies); others stated
that, in light of ongoing research and
recent papers that present varying
taxonomic alternatives, it is premature
to accept C. lycaon as a separate species.
To allow for further consideration of the
taxonomy issue, on August 26, 2011, we
reopened the public comment period on
the proposal to allow for additional
public review and comment specifically
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
on the recognition of C. lycaon as a
separate species. At that time we made
available to the public a manuscript
prepared by Service employees that is
currently undergoing review for
publication (Chambers et al., in prep.).
The manuscript provides a review of the
available scientific literature to assess
the taxonomic standing of wolves in
North America. Our recognition of C.
lycaon as a separate species in the
proposal was, in part, based on
information summarized in that
manuscript. During the reopened public
comment period, we again received
numerous comments focused on
taxonomy.
Many of the comments we received
during both comment periods came
from leading researchers in the field of
canid biology and genetics, including
many of the scientists responsible for
the research upon which we based the
decision in our proposal. Many of the
scientists who commented regarding
taxonomy during the first comment
period submitted additional comments
after reviewing the Chambers et al. (in
prep.) manuscript. Several recent
publications on the subject were also
submitted (e.g., Mech 2011, Mech et al.
in press, vonHoldt et al. 2011).
One particular comment letter was
signed by eight leading researchers in
this field (Weeldon et al. in litt. 2011),
many of whom also submitted
individual comments on the proposal.
In that letter they acknowledge their
differing views on wolf taxonomy, yet
express that they all disagree with the
Service’s conclusion in the proposal
that two separate species of wolves
inhabit the WGL. Those scientists state
that research and data collection
regarding whether two separate species
of wolves inhabit the WGL and whether
gray wolves (Canis lupus) historically
occupied portions of the eastern United
States is ongoing, and that such research
will continue to elucidate the taxonomic
history of wolves in North America.
L. David Mech, preeminent wolf
researcher and peer reviewer for the
proposal, submitted comments stating
that the proposal to delist wolves in the
WGL is well supported by the data,
except for the data regarding taxonomy
(Mech in litt. 2011). He states:
‘‘Although it is true that at the writing
of the proposed rule, it seemed like
considerable evidence had accumulated
supporting the existence of the separate
species, Canis lycaon, or the eastern
wolf, the vonHoldt et al. (2011) article
published since adds enough doubt as
to question that proposition. At the
least, the vonHoldt et al. (2011) article
evinces that there is not consensus by
the pertinent scientific community
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
81687
about the existence of C. lycaon and
therefore about the original range of C.
lupus.’’
The Service also received a number of
comments from conservation groups
that, while supporting the delisting of
wolves in the WGL, asserted that the
Service’s proposal to recognize C.
lycaon as a full species was not
supported by the best available science.
The Natural Resources Defense Council
(in litt 2011) cite that ‘‘the Service’s
decision to recognize a separate species
of wolf, C. lycaon, in this region is not
supported by the best available science’’
and ‘‘while the issue of wolf taxonomy
has long been debated, the existence of
an eastern wolf, C. lycaon, as a separate
species is not fully supported by the
scientific community. Additionally, the
taxonomy of wolves in this region is the
subject of current and active research.
As such, it is premature to declare the
existence of C. lycaon as a distinct
species.’’ Defenders of Wildlife (in litt.
2011) state that ‘‘a definitive conclusion
cannot be made [regarding the
taxonomic status of the eastern wolf] at
this time.’’ The National Wildlife
Federation (in litt. 2011) asserts that
‘‘given the significant taxonomic debate
that is currently underway among
respected scientists’’ and ‘‘because the
scientific community remains unsettled,
the taxonomic revision proposed in this
rule is premature.’’
The State natural resource agencies in
the WGL also expressed that the debate
regarding wolf taxonomy is unsettled.
The MN DNR (in litt. 2011) states
‘‘several competing theories exist
surrounding the ongoing controversy
over wolf taxonomy in the Great Lakes
region. There is no general consensus
regarding these theories, and * * * it
will continue to be of great debate in the
scientific community.’’ They further
contend that vonHoldt et al. (2011)
‘‘which contradicts other recent reports,
exemplifies the limitations of drawing
final conclusions from the relatively
new, rapidly evolving, and competing
theories from the science of molecular
genetics. We recognize the ongoing
controversy over wolf taxonomy in the
western Great Lakes region and suggest
that the Service has prematurely
accepted only one of several competing
alternatives to the taxonomic
classification of wolves.’’ The WI DNR
(Stepp in litt. 2011) asserts that
‘‘scientists continue to disagree whether
the eastern wolf is a separate species
from gray wolves’’ while the MI DNR (in
litt. 2011) states ‘‘we recognize that the
science regarding which species of
wolves occur in the Western Great Lakes
is not settled, but we also recognize that
wolf conservation cannot be put on hold
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
81688
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
until every scientific question has a
consensus answer.’’
Numerous other groups also
commented on the issue of recognizing
C. lycaon as a separate species. Safari
Club International (in litt. 2011) states
‘‘as is evidenced by the myriad
comments offered by experts in wolf
biology and taxonomy that are either
published in the scientific literature or
were submitted in response to the
previous comment opportunity, the
question of a separate taxonomic species
classification for a new species of
wolves in the Western Great Lakes
(WGL) is highly disputed and
controversial at best.’’ Both the Sierra
Club (in litt. 2011) and the Michigan
Environmental Council (in litt. 2011)
declare that ‘‘there is still a significant
lack of clarity within the scientific
community regarding the existence of
Canis lycaon’’ while the Center for
Biological Diversity (in litt. 2011) states
‘‘the evidence shows that declaring the
eastern wolf a distinct species is not
supported by the best available
science.’’ The Society for Conservation
Biology (in litt. 2011) contends that ‘‘the
proposed rule’s use of Canis lycaon to
designate wolves in the northeastern
United States is inconsistent with
currently recognized scientific
nomenclature’’ and ‘‘given this
continued scientific controversy.* * *’’
The Humane Society of the United
States (in litt. 2011) asserts that the
Service’s proposal ‘‘is based on
unsettled science with respect to the
recognition of a new species of wolf, the
eastern wolf’’ and the Service’s
conclusion regarding the eastern wolf
‘‘is a matter of continuing scientific
debate.’’
The extensive information submitted
during the comment periods and recent
publications on the subject and the
widely diverging views expressed in the
pertinent scientific studies underscore
the enduring debate regarding the
taxonomy of North American wolves—
a debate that may not be resolved for
some time (see Wolf Taxonomy in the
Western Great Lakes Region for a full
discussion). Although there is not a
significant number of new publications
that have become available since we
published our proposal in May 2011,
the substance of those new publications
and the substantive comments we
received have led us to reconsider our
proposed decision.
Based on a reevaluation of the
available scientific information and the
evolving and ongoing scientific debate,
we reconsidered our position, as
expressed in the proposed rule (76 FR
26086), that the gray wolf subspecies
Canis lupus lycaon should be elevated
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
to the full species Canis lycaon and that
the population of wolves in the WGL is
a mix of the two full species, Canis
lupus and Canis lycaon. While there are
varying scientific opinions on the
taxonomic history of North American
wolves, for a long time and throughout
this technical debate, Canis lupus is the
species that has been recognized in the
WGL, and there is significant
information indicating that continuing
to recognize C. lupus as the species in
the WGL is appropriate (see Wolf
Taxonomy in the Western Great Lakes
Region). Having reviewed and assessed
all of the available scientific
information, including, in particular,
the comments received on the proposed
rule and the information that has
become available since the proposed
rule was published, we have decided
the better conclusion to draw at this
time is our previous taxonomic
recognition that all wolves in the WGL
area are gray wolves (Canis lupus).
Therefore, in this final rule we consider
all wolves in the WGL DPS to be gray
wolves (Canis lupus) and are delisting
them as such.
Summary of Factors Affecting the
Species
Section 4 of the Act and its
implementing regulations (50 CFR part
424) set forth the procedures for listing
species, reclassifying species, or
removing species from listed status.
‘‘Species’’ is defined by the Act as
including any species or subspecies of
fish or wildlife or plants, and any
distinct vertebrate population segment
of fish or wildlife that interbreeds when
mature (16 U.S.C. 1532(16)). Once the
‘‘species’’ is identified, we then evaluate
whether that species may be endangered
or threatened because of one or more of
the five factors described in section
4(a)(1) of the Act. We must consider
these same five factors in delisting a
species. We may delist a species
according to 50 CFR 424.11(d) if the best
available scientific and commercial data
indicate that the species is neither
endangered nor threatened because (1)
the species is extinct, (2) the species has
recovered and is no longer endangered
or threatened, or (3) the original
scientific data used at the time the
species was classified were in error.
A recovered species is one that no
longer meets the Act’s definition of
threatened or endangered. The analysis
for a delisting due to recovery must be
based on the five factors outlined in
section 4(a)(1) of the Act. This analysis
must include an evaluation of threats
that existed at the time of listing, those
that currently exist, and those that could
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
potentially affect the species once the
protections of the Act are removed.
In the context of the Act, the term
‘‘threatened species’’ means any species
or subspecies or, for vertebrates, Distinct
Population Segment (DPS) that is likely
to become an endangered species within
the foreseeable future throughout all or
a significant portion of its range. The
term ‘‘endangered species’’ means any
species that is in danger of extinction
throughout all or a significant portion of
its range. The Act does not define the
term ‘‘foreseeable future.’’ For the
purpose of this rule, we define the
‘‘foreseeable future’’ to be the extent to
which, given the amount and substance
of available data, we can anticipate
events or effects, or reliably extrapolate
threat trends that relate to the status of
the WGL DPS.
It took a considerable length of time
for public attitudes and regulations to
result in a social climate that promoted
and allowed for wolf recovery in the
WGL DPS. The length of time over
which this shift occurred, and the
ensuing stability in those attitudes,
gives us confidence that this social
climate will persist. Also, the States
have had a solid history of cooperating
and assisting in wolf recovery and have
made a commitment, through legislative
actions, to continue these activities. We
believe this commitment will continue.
When evaluating the available
information, with respect to foreseeable
future, we take into account reduced
confidence as we forecast further into
the future.
A. The Present or Threatened
Destruction, Modification, or
Curtailment of its Habitat or Range
A common misconception is that
wolves inhabit only remote pristine
forests or mountainous areas, where
human developments and other
activities have produced negligible
change to the natural landscape. Their
extirpation south of Canada and Alaska,
except for the heavily forested portions
of northeastern Minnesota, reinforced
this popular belief. However, the
primary reason wolves survived in those
areas was not because of habitat
conditions, but, rather, because remote
areas were sufficiently free of the
human persecution that elsewhere
killed wolves faster than the species
could reproduce (Mech 1995a, p. 271).
In the western Great Lakes region,
wolves in the densely forested
northeastern corner of Minnesota have
expanded into the more agricultural
portions of central and northwestern
Minnesota, northern and central
Wisconsin, and the entire UP of
Michigan. Habitats currently being used
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
by wolves span the broad range from the
mixed hardwood-coniferous forest
wilderness area of northern Minnesota,
through sparsely settled but similar
habitats in Michigan’s UP and northern
Wisconsin, and into more intensively
cultivated and livestock-producing
portions of central and northwestern
Minnesota and central Wisconsin.
Wolf research and the expansion of
wolf range over the last three decades
have shown that wolves can
successfully occupy a wide range of
habitats, and they are not dependent on
wilderness areas for their survival. In
the past, for instance, wolf populations
occupied nearly every type of habitat
north of mid-Mexico that contained
large ungulate prey species, including
bison, elk, white-tailed deer, mule deer,
moose, and woodland caribou; thus,
wolves historically occupied the entire
Midwest. Inadequate prey density or
high levels of human-caused mortality
appear to be the only factors that limit
wolf distribution (Mech 1995a, p 271;
1995b, p. 544).
Suitable Habitat Within the Western
Great Lakes DPS
Various researchers have investigated
habitat suitability for wolves in the
central and eastern portions of the
United States. In recent years, most of
these efforts have focused on using a
combination of human density, density
of agricultural lands, deer density or
deer biomass, and road density, or have
used road density alone to identify areas
where wolf populations are likely to
persist or become established
(Mladenoff et al. 1995, pp. 284–285;
1997, pp. 23–27; 1998, pp. 1–8, 1999;
pp. 39–43; Harrison and Chapin 1997, p.
3; 1998, p. 769–770; Wydeven et al.
2001a, pp. 110–113; Erb and Benson
2004, p. 2; Potvin et al. 2005, pp. 1661–
1668; Mladenoff et al. 2009, pp. 132–
135).
To a large extent, road density has
been adopted as the best predictor of
habitat suitability in the Midwest due to
the connection between roads and
human-related wolf mortality. Several
studies demonstrated that wolves
generally did not maintain breeding
packs in areas with a road density
greater than about 0.9 to 1.1 linear miles
per sq mi (0.6 to 0.7 km per sq km)
(Thiel 1985, pp. 404–406; Jensen et al.
1986, pp. 364–366; Mech et al. 1988, pp.
85–87; Fuller et al. 1992, pp. 48–51).
Work by Mladenoff and associates
indicated that colonizing wolves in
Wisconsin preferred areas where road
densities were less than 0.7 mi per sq mi
(0.45 km per sq km) (Mladenoff et al.
1995, p. 289). However, recent work in
the UP of Michigan indicates that, in
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
some areas with low road densities, low
deer density appears to limit wolf
occupancy (Potvin et al. 2005, pp.
1667–1668) and may prevent
recolonization of portions of the UP. In
Minnesota, a combination of road
density and human density is used by
MN DNR to model suitable habitat.
Areas with a human density up to 8
people per sq km are suitable if they
also have a road density less than 0.5
km per sq km. Areas with a human
density of less than 4 people per sq km
are suitable if they have road densities
up to 0.7 km per sq km (Erb and Benson
2004, Table 1).
Road density is a useful parameter
because it is easily measured and
mapped, and because it correlates
directly and indirectly with various
forms of other human-related wolf
mortality factors. A rural area with more
roads generally has a greater human
density, more vehicular traffic, greater
access by hunters and trappers, more
farms and residences, and more
domestic animals. As a result, there is
a greater likelihood that wolves in such
an area will encounter humans,
domestic animals, and various human
activities. These encounters may result
in wolves being hit by motor vehicles,
being controlled by government agents
after becoming involved in depredations
on domestic animals, being shot
intentionally by unauthorized
individuals, being trapped or shot
accidentally, or contracting diseases
from domestic dogs (Mech et al. 1988,
pp. 86–87; Mech and Goyal 1993, p.
332; Mladenoff et al. 1995, pp. 282,
291). Based on mortality data from
radio-collared Wisconsin wolves from
1979 to 1999, natural causes of death
predominate (57 percent of mortalities)
in areas with road densities below 1.35
mi per sq mi (0.84 km per sq km), but
human-related factors produced 71
percent of the wolf deaths in areas with
higher road densities (Wydeven et al.
2001a, pp. 112–113).
Some researchers have used a road
density of 1 mi per sq mi (0.6 km per
sq km) of land area as an upper
threshold for suitable wolf habitat.
However, the common practice in more
recent studies is to use road density to
predict probabilities of persistent wolf
pack presence in an area. Areas with
road densities less than 0.7 mi per sq mi
(0.45 km per sq km) are estimated to
have a greater than 50 percent
probability of wolf pack colonization
and persistent presence, and areas
where road density exceeded 1 mi per
sq mi (0.6 km per sq km) have less than
a 10 percent probability of occupancy
(Mladenoff et al. 1995. pp. 288–289;
Mladenoff and Sickley 1998, p. 5;
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
81689
Mladenoff et al. 1999, pp. 40–41).
Wisconsin researchers view areas with
greater than 50 percent probability as
‘‘primary wolf habitat,’’ areas with 10 to
50 percent probability as ‘‘secondary
wolf habitat,’’ and areas with less than
10 percent probability as unsuitable
habitat (WI DNR 1997, pp. 47–48).
The territories of packs that do occur
in areas of high road density, and hence
with low expected probabilities of
occupancy, are generally near broad
areas of more suitable habitat that are
likely serving as a source of wolves,
thereby assisting in maintaining wolf
presence in the higher road density and,
therefore, less-suitable areas (Mech
1989, pp. 387–388; Wydeven et al.
2001a, p.112). The predictive ability of
this model was questioned (Mech
2006a, 2006b) and responded to
(Mladenoff et al. 2006), and an updated
analysis of Wisconsin pack locations
and habitat has been completed
(Mladenoff et al. 2009). This new model
maintains that road density is still an
important indicator of suitable wolf
habitat; however, lack of agricultural
land is also a strong predictor of habitat
wolves occupy.
It appears that essentially all suitable
habitat in Minnesota is now occupied,
range expansion has slowed or possibly
ceased, and the wolf population within
the State has stabilized (Erb and Benson
2004, p. 7; Erb and Don Carlos 2009, pp.
57, 60). This suitable habitat closely
matches the areas designated as Wolf
Management Zones 1 through 4 in the
Revised Recovery Plan (USFWS 1992, p.
72), which are identical in area to
Minnesota Wolf Management Zone A
(see Figure 2, below; MN DNR 2001,
Appendix III).
Recent surveys for Wisconsin wolves
and wolf packs show that wolves have
now recolonized the areas predicted by
habitat models to have low, moderate,
and high probability of occupancy
(primary and secondary wolf habitat).
The late-winter 2008–09 Wisconsin wolf
survey identified packs occurring
throughout the central Wisconsin forest
area (Wolf Management Zone 2, Figure
3) and across the northern forest zone
(Zone 1, Figure 3), with highest pack
densities in the northwest and northcentral forest; pack densities are lower,
but increasing, in the northeastern
corner of the State (Wydeven and
Wiedenhoeft 2009, Figure 1).
Michigan wolf surveys in winter
2009–2010 continue to show wolf pairs
or packs (defined by Michigan DNR as
two or more wolves traveling together)
in every UP county except Keweenaw
County (Huntzinger et al. 2005, p. 6;
Roell 2011, pers. comm.), which
probably lacks a suitable ungulate prey
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
81690
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
base during winter months (Potvin et al.
2005, p. 1665).
Habitat suitability studies in the
Upper Midwest indicate that the only
large areas of suitable or potentially
suitable habitat areas that are currently
unoccupied by wolves are located in the
northern LP of Michigan (Mladenoff et
al. 1997, p. 23; Mladenoff et al. 1999, p.
39; Potvin 2003, pp. 44–45; Gehring and
Potter 2005, p. 1239). One published
Michigan study (Gehring and Potter
2005, p. 1239) estimates that these areas
could host 46 to 89 wolves; a graduate
thesis estimates that 110–480 wolves
could exist in the northern LP (Potvin
2003, p. 39). The northern LP is
separated from the UP by the Straits of
Mackinac, whose 4-mile (6.4-km) width
freezes during mid- and late-winter in
some years. In recent years there have
been several documented occurrences of
wolves in the northern LP, but until
2010, there had been no indication of
persistence beyond several months.
Prior to those occurrences, the last
recorded wolf in the LP was in 1910.
In the first instance a radio-collared
female wolf from the eastern UP was
trapped and killed by a coyote trapper
in Presque Isle County in late October
2004. In late November 2004, tracks
from two wolves were verified in the
same northern LP county. Follow-up
winter surveys by the DNR in early 2005
failed to find additional wolf tracks in
the northern LP (Huntzinger et al. 2005,
p. 7); additional surveys conducted in
2006–10 also failed to find evidence of
continued northern LP wolf presence
(Roell et al. 2009, p. 5; Roell 2010, pers.
comm.). A video of a single wolf was
taken near Mackinac City in Cheboygan
County in May 2009, and another trailcamera video-recorded a wolf in
Presque Isle County in July 2009. These
two sightings may have been the same
animal (Roell 2009, pers. comm.). In
2010, USDA Wildlife Services and MI
DNR staff confirmed a single breeding
pair with pups in Cheboygan County in
the northern LP (MI DNR 2010).
These northern LP patches of
potentially suitable habitat contain a
great deal of private land, are small in
comparison to the occupied habitat on
the UP and in Minnesota and
Wisconsin, and are intermixed with
agricultural and higher road density
areas (Gehring and Potter 2005, p. 1240).
Therefore, continuing wolf immigration
from the UP may be necessary to
maintain a future northern LP
population. The Gehring and Potter
study (2005, p. 1239) predicted 850 sq
mi (2,198 sq km) of suitable habitat
(areas with greater than a 50 percent
probability of wolf occupancy) in the
northern LP. Potvin (2003, p. 21), using
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
deer density in addition to road density,
believes there are about 3,090 sq mi
(8,000 sq km) of suitable habitat in the
northern LP. Gehring and Potter (2005,
p. 1239) exclude from their calculations
those northern LP low-road-density
patches that are less than 19 sq mi (50
sq km), while Potvin (2003, pp. 10–15)
does not limit habitat patch size in his
calculations. Both of these area
estimates are well below the minimum
area described in the Revised Recovery
Plan, which states that 10,000 sq mi
(25,600 sq km) of contiguous suitable
habitat is needed for a viable isolated
gray wolf population, and half that area
(5,000 sq mi or 12,800 sq km) is needed
to maintain a viable wolf population
that is subject to wolf immigration from
a nearby population (USFWS 1992, pp.
25–26).
Based on the above-described studies
and the guidance of the 1992 Revised
Recovery Plan, the Service has
concluded that suitable habitat for
wolves in the WGL DPS can be
determined by considering four factors:
road density, human density, prey base,
and size. An adequate prey base is an
absolute requirement, but in much of
the WGL DPS the white-tailed deer
density is well above adequate levels,
causing the other factors to become the
determinants of suitable habitat. Prey
base is primarily of concern in the UP
where severe winter conditions cause
deer to move away from some lakeshore
areas, making otherwise suitable areas
locally and seasonally unsuitable. Road
density and human density frequently
are highly correlated; therefore, road
density is the best single predictor of
habitat suitability. However, areas with
higher road density may still be suitable
if the human density is very low, so a
consideration of both factors is
sometimes useful (Erb and Benson 2004,
p. 2). Finally, although the territory of
individual wolf packs can be relatively
small, packs are not likely to persist as
a viable population if they occupy a
small isolated island of otherwise
unsuitable habitat.
Based on the information discussed
above, we conclude that Minnesota
Wolf Management Zone A (Federal Wolf
Management Zones 1–4, Figure 2),
Wisconsin Wolf Zones 1 and 2 (Figure
3), and the UP of Michigan contain a
sufficient amount of suitable wolf
habitat. The other areas within the DPS
are unsuitable habitat, or are potentially
habitat that is too small or too
fragmented to be suitable for
maintaining a viable wolf population.
Wolf Populations on Federal Lands
National forests, and the prey species
found in their various habitats, have
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
been important to wolf conservation and
recovery in the core areas of the WGL
DPS. There are five national forests in
Minnesota, Wisconsin, and Michigan
(Superior, Chippewa, ChequamegonNicolet, Ottawa, and Hiawatha National
Forests) with wolf packs that
exclusively or partially reside on them.
Their wolf populations range from
approximately 484 on the Superior
National Forest in northeastern
Minnesota, to an estimated 182 on the
UP’s Ottawa National Forest, 164 on the
Chequamegon-Nicolet National Forest
in northeastern Wisconsin, and another
estimated 49 on the Hiawatha National
Forest in the eastern UP (Delphey 2009,
pers. comm.; Eklund 2009, pers. comm.;
Roell 2011, pers. comm., Wydeven
2011, pers. comm.).
Voyageurs National Park, along
Minnesota’s northern border, has a land
base of nearly 340 sq mi (882 sq km).
As of the last survey in 2008, there were
31 to 46 wolves within 7 to 9 packs that
exclusively or partially reside within
the park, and at least 5 packs are located
wholly inside the Park boundaries
(Ethier et al. 2008, p. 5). The 2008
estimates fall within the range of wolf
estimates for the Park from the 1990s
(Gogan et al. 2004) and early 2000s (Fox
et al. 2001, pp. 6–7).
Within the boundaries of the WGL
DPS, we currently manage seven units
within the National Wildlife Refuge
System with significant wolf activity.
Primary among these are Agassiz
National Wildlife Refuge (NWR),
Tamarac NWR, and Rice Lake NWR in
Minnesota; Seney NWR in the UP of
Michigan; and Necedah NWR in central
Wisconsin. Agassiz NWR has had as
many as 20 wolves in 2 to 3 packs in
recent years. Although in 1999 mange
and illegal shootings reduced them to a
single pack of 5 wolves and a separate
lone wolf, since 2001, two packs with a
total of 10 to 12 wolves have been using
the Refuge. About 60 percent of the
packs’ territories are located on the
Refuge or on an adjacent State-owned
wildlife management area (Huschle in
litt. 2005).
Data collected by Agassiz NWR staff
during winter wolf sign surveys
conducted in cooperation with the MN
DNR during both the winters of 2007–
08 and 2008–09 support the above wolf
totals. Winter track data from 2007–08
suggest that one pack on Agassiz had a
minimum size of five and one had a
minimum size of six. The following
winter’s survey information suggested a
minimum pack size of five for both
packs (Knutson 2009, pers. comm.).
Two packs of wolves that currently
include about eight and five members,
respectively, use Tamarac NWR and the
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
territory of a third occurs partly on the
Refuge (Brininger 2009, pers. comm.).
The size of the one pack using Rice Lake
NWR, in Minnesota, has been reported
at six to nine in previous years; in 2009
a maximum of three wolves was
confirmed on the Refuge (McDowell
2009, pers. comm.), although total pack
size may be greater.
Other single or paired wolves pass
through the Refuge frequently (Stefanski
2004, pers. comm.; McDowell in litt.
2005). Seney NWR has 3 packs,
representing 8–10 wolves, which
partially reside on the Refuge (Roell
2010, pers. comm.). In 2010, two packs
of six wolves each and at least one loner
were detected on Necedah NWR
(Wydeven et al. 2010, p. 41). Over the
past 10 years, Sherburne and Crane
Meadows NWR Complex in central
Minnesota have had intermittent, but
reliable, observations and signs of
individual wolves each year. To date, no
established packs have been
documented on either of those Refuges.
The closest established packs are within
15 mi (24 km) of Crane Meadows NWR
at Camp Ripley Military Installation and
30 mi (48 km) north of Sherburne NWR
at Mille Lacs State Wildlife Management
Area (Berkley 2009, pers. comm.).
Suitable Habitat Ownership and
Protection
In Minnesota, public lands, including
national forests, a national park,
national wildlife refuges, tax-forfeit
lands (managed mostly by counties),
State forests, State wildlife management
areas, and State parks, encompass
approximately 42 percent of current
wolf range. American Indians and
Tribes own 3 percent, an additional
1,535 sq mi (2,470 sq km), in
Minnesota’s wolf range (see Erb and
Benson 2004, Table 1). In its 2001
Minnesota Wolf Management Plan, MN
DNR states that it ‘‘will continue to
identify and manage currently occupied
and potential wolf habitat areas to
benefit wolves and their prey on public
and private land, in cooperation with
landowners and other management
agencies’’ (MN DNR 2001, p. 25). MN
DNR will monitor deer and moose
habitat and, when necessary and
appropriate, improve habitat for these
species. MN DNR maintains that several
large public land units of State parks
and State forests along the Wisconsin
border will likely ensure that the
connection between the two States’ wolf
populations will remain open to wolf
movements. Nevertheless, MN DNR
stated that it would cooperate with
Wisconsin DNR to incorporate the
effects of future development ‘‘into
long-term viability analyses of wolf
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
populations and dispersal in the
interstate area’’ (MN DNR 2001, p. 27).
The MN DNR Divisions of Forestry
and Wildlife directly administer
approximately 5,330 sq mi (13,805 sq
km) of land in Minnesota’s wolf range.
The DNR has set goals of enlarging and
protecting its forested land base by, in
part, ‘‘minimizing the loss and
fragmentation of private forest lands’’
(MN DNR 2000, p. 20) and by
connecting forest habitats with natural
corridors (MN DNR 2000, p. 21). It plans
to achieve these goals and objectives via
several strategies, including the
development of (Ecological) Subsection
Forest Resource Management Plans
(SFRMP) and to expand its focus on
corridor management and planning.
In 2005, the Forest Stewardship
Council (FSC) certified that 4.84 million
acres (1.96 million hectares) of Stateadministered forest land are ‘‘well
managed’’ (FSC 2005); the Sustainable
Forestry Initiative (SFI) also certified
that MN DNR was managing these lands
to meet its standards. For the FSC
certification, independent certifiers
assessed forest management against
FSC’s Lakes States Regional Standard,
which includes a requirement to
maximize habitat connectivity to the
extent possible at the landscape level
(FSC 2005, p. 22).
Efforts to maximize habitat
connectivity in the range of wolves
would complement measures the MN
DNR described in its State wolf plan
(MN DNR 2001, pp. 26–27). The Service
will review certification evaluation
reports issued by FSC to assess MN
DNR’s ongoing efforts in this area as
part of its post-delisting monitoring.
Counties manage approximately 3,860
sq mi (9,997 sq km) of tax forfeit land
in Minnesota’s wolf range (MN DNR
unpublished data). We are aware of no
specific measures that any county in
Minnesota takes to conserve wolves. If
most of the tax-forfeit lands are
maintained for use as timber lands or
natural areas, however, and if regional
prey levels are maintained, management
specifically for wolves on these lands
will not be necessary. MN DNR manages
ungulate populations ‘‘on a regional
basis to ensure sustainable harvests for
hunters, sufficient numbers for aesthetic
and nonconsumptive use, and to
minimize damage to natural
communities and conflicts with humans
such as depredation of agricultural
crops’’ (MN DNR 2001, p. 17).
Moreover, although counties may sell
tax-forfeit lands subject to Minnesota
State law, they generally manage these
lands to ensure that they will retain
their productivity as forests into the
future. For example, Crow Wing
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
81691
County’s mission for its forest lands
includes the commitment to ‘‘sustain a
healthy, diverse, and productive forest
for future generations to come.’’ In
addition, at least four counties in
Minnesota’s wolf range—Beltrami,
Carlton, Koochiching, and St. Louis—
are certified by SFI, and four others
(Aitkin, Cass, Itasca, and Lake) have
been certified by FSC. About ten private
companies with industrial forest lands
in Minnesota’s wolf range have also
been certified by FSC.
There are no legal or regulatory
requirements for the protection of wolf
habitat, per se, on private lands in
Minnesota. Land management activities
such as timber harvest and prescribed
burning carried out by public agencies
and by private land owners in
Minnesota’s wolf range incidentally and
significantly improves habitat for deer,
the primary prey for wolves in the State.
The impact of these measures is
apparent from the continuing high deer
densities in Minnesota’s wolf range. The
State’s second largest deer harvest
occurred in 2006, and approximately
one-half of the Minnesota deer harvest
is in the Forest Zone, which
encompasses most of the occupied wolf
range in the State (MN DNR 2009, Table
1).
Given the extensive public ownership
and management of land within
Minnesota’s wolf range, as well as the
beneficial habitat management expected
from tribal lands, we believe suitable
habitat, and especially an adequate wild
prey base, will remain available to the
State’s wolf population for the
foreseeable future. Management of
private lands for timber production will
provide additional habitat suitable for
wolves and white-tailed deer.
Similarly, current lands in northern
and central Wisconsin that are judged to
be primary and secondary wolf habitat
are well protected from significant
adverse development and habitat
degradation due to public ownership or
protective management that preserves
the habitat and wolf prey base. Primary
habitat (that is, areas with greater than
50 percent probability of wolf pack
occupancy; Wydeven et al. 1999, pp.
47–48) totals 5,812 sq mi (15,053 sq
km). The 1999 Wisconsin wolf plan
listed land ownership of primary and
secondary wolf habitat (Wydeven et al.
1999, p. 48). In 2006, Sickley (2006,
pers. comm.) provided an update of the
data with more accurate land ownership
data. That data show that about 55
percent of primary habitat was in public
land including, Federal, State, or county
ownership, and 7 percent was on tribal
land. County lands, mostly county
forests, comprised 29 percent of the
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
81692
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
primary habitat, and Federal lands,
mostly the Chequamegon–Nicolet
National Forest, included another 17
percent.
Most tribal land (7 percent of primary
habitat), while not public land, will
likely remain as suitable deer and wolf
habitat for the foreseeable future. State
forest ownership protects 10 percent.
Private industrial forest lands
comprised another 10 percent of the
primary habitat, although some of these
lands have been subdivided for second
or vacation home sites, reducing this
acreage in recent years. The remaining
29 percent is in other forms of private
ownership and is vulnerable to loss
from the primary habitat category to an
unknown extent (Sickley in litt. 2006,
unpublished data updating Table C2 of
WI DNR 1999, p. 48).
Areas judged to be secondary wolf
habitat by WI DNR (10 to 50 percent
probability of occupancy by wolf packs;
Wydeven et al. 1999, pp. 47–48) were
somewhat more developed or
fragmented habitats and were less well
protected overall, because only 43
percent were in public ownership and 5
percent were in Native American
reservations. Public land that
maintained secure habitat included
county (17 percent) and national (18
percent) forests ownership protecting
the largest segments, and State land
protected 7 percent. Private industrial
forest ownership provided protection to
5 percent, and the remaining 47 percent
was in other forms of private ownership
(Sickley in litt. 2006).
County forest lands represent the
single largest category of primary wolf
habitat in Wisconsin. Wisconsin Statute
28.11 guides the administration of
county forests, and directs management
for production of forest products
together with recreational opportunities,
wildlife, watershed protection, and
stabilization of stream flow. This Statute
also provides a significant disincentive
to conversion for other uses. Any
proposed withdrawal of county forest
lands for other uses must meet a
standard of a higher and better use for
the citizens of Wisconsin, and be
approved by two-thirds of the County
Board. As a result of this requirement,
withdrawals are infrequent, and the
county forest land base is actually
increasing.
This analysis shows that nearly threequarters of the primary habitat in
Wisconsin receives substantial
protection due to ownership or
management for sustainable timber
production. Over half of the secondary
habitat is similarly protected. Portions
of the primary habitat in northeastern
Wisconsin remained sparsely populated
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
with wolf packs until recently, but are
filling in lately (Wydeven et al. 2010,
Fig. 2, p. 66), although still allowing for
some continuing wolf population
expansion. In general, we believe this
degree of habitat protection is more than
adequate to support a viable wolf
population in Wisconsin for the
foreseeable future.
In the UP of Michigan, State and
Federal ownership comprises 2.0 and
2.1 million acres respectively,
representing 19.3 percent and 20.1
percent of the land surface of the UP.
The Federal ownership is composed of
87 percent national forest, 8 percent
national park, and 5 percent national
wildlife refuge. The management of
these three categories of Federal land is
discussed elsewhere, but clearly will
benefit wolves and their prey.
State lands on the UP are 94 percent
State forest land, 6 percent State park,
and less than 1 percent in fishing and
boating access areas and State game
areas. Part 525, Sustainable Forestry on
State Forestlands, of the Michigan
Natural Resources and Environmental
Protection Act, 1994 PA 451, as
amended, directs State forestland
management in Michigan. It requires the
MI DNR to manage the State forests in
a manner consistent with sustainable
forestry, to prepare and implement a
management plan, and to seek and
maintain a third party certification that
the lands are managed in a sustainable
fashion (MI DNR 2005c, p. 1).
Much of the private land on the UP
is managed or protected in a manner
that will maintain forest cover and
provide suitable habitat for wolves and
white-tailed deer. Nearly 1.9 million
acres (0.8 million hectares) of large-tract
industrial forest lands and another 1.9
million acres (0.8 million hectares) of
smaller private forest land are enrolled
in the Commercial Forest Act (CFA).
These 3.7 million acres (1.5 million
hectares) are managed for long-term
sustainable timber production under
forest management plans written by
certified foresters; in return, the
landowners benefit from a reduction in
property taxes. In addition, nearly
37,000 acres on the UP are owned by
The Nature Conservancy, and continue
to be managed to restore and preserve
native plant and animal communities.
Therefore, these private land
management practices currently are
preserving an additional 36 percent of
the UP as suitable habitat for wolves
and their prey species.
In total, 39 percent of the UP is
federally and State-owned land whose
management will benefit wolf
conservation for the foreseeable future,
and another 36 percent is private forest
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
land that is being managed, largely
under the incentives of the CFA, in a
way that provides suitable habitat and
prey for wolf populations. Therefore, a
minimum of nearly three-quarters of the
UP should continue to be suitable for
wolf conservation, and we do not
envision UP habitat loss or degradation
as a problem for wolf population
viability in the foreseeable future.
Hearne et al. (2003), determined that
a viable wolf population (one having
less than 10 percent chance of
extinction over 100 years), should
consist of at least 175 to 225 wolves (p.
170), and they modeled various likely
scenarios of habitat conditions in the UP
of Michigan and northern Wisconsin
through the year 2020 to determine
whether future conditions would
support a wolf population of that size.
Most scenarios of future habitat
conditions resulted in viable wolf
populations in each State through 2020.
When the model analyzed the future
conditions in the two States combined,
all scenarios produced a viable wolf
population through 2020. Their
scenarios included increases in human
population density, changes in land
ownership that may result in decreased
habitat suitability, and increased road
density (pp. 101–151).
The large areas of unsuitable habitat
in the eastern Dakotas; the northern
portions of Iowa, Illinois, Indiana, and
Ohio; and the southern areas of
Minnesota, Wisconsin, and Michigan; as
well as the relatively small areas of
unoccupied potentially suitable habitat,
will not contribute to the viability of
wolves in the WGL DPS. Therefore, we
have determined that the existing and
likely future threats to wolves outside
the currently occupied areas, and
especially to wolves outside of
Minnesota, Wisconsin, and the UP, do
not rise to the level that they threaten
the long-term viability of wolf
populations in Minnesota, Wisconsin,
and the UP of Michigan.
In summary, wolves currently occupy
the vast majority of the suitable habitat
in the WGL DPS, and that habitat is
adequately protected for the foreseeable
future. Unoccupied areas that have the
characteristics of suitable habitat exist
in small and fragmented parcels and are
not likely to develop viable wolf
populations. Threats to those habitat
areas will not adversely impact the
recovered wolf metapopulation in the
DPS.
Prey
Wolf density is heavily dependent on
prey availability (for example, expressed
as ungulate biomass, Fuller et al. 2003,
pp. 170–171), but prey availability is not
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
likely to threaten wolves in the WGL
DPS. Conservation of primary wolf prey
in the WGL DPS, white-tailed deer and
moose, is clearly a high priority for State
conservation agencies. As Minnesota
DNR points out in its wolf management
plan (MN DNR 2001, p. 25), it manages
ungulates to ensure a harvestable
surplus for hunters, nonconsumptive
users, and to minimize conflicts with
humans. To ensure a harvestable
surplus for hunters, MN DNR must
account for all sources of natural
mortality, including loss to wolves, and
adjust hunter harvest levels when
necessary. For example, after severe
winters in the 1990’s, MN DNR
modified hunter harvest levels to allow
for the recovery of the local deer
population (MN DNR 2001, p. 25). In
addition to regulation of human harvest
of deer and moose, MN DNR also plans
to continue to monitor and improve
habitat for these species.
Land management carried out by
other public agencies and by private
land owners in Minnesota’s wolf range,
including timber harvest and prescribed
fire, incidentally and significantly
improves habitat for deer, the primary
prey for wolves in the State. The success
of these measures is apparent from the
continuing high deer densities in the
Forest Zone of Minnesota, and the fact
that the State’s five largest deer harvests
have occurred in the last 6 years, with
a deer harvest averaging 241,000 deer
over the last 5 years. Approximately
one-half of the Minnesota deer harvest
is in the Forest Zone, which
encompasses most of the occupied wolf
range in the State (Cornicelli 2008, pp.
208–209). There is no indication that
harvest of deer and moose or
management of their habitat will
significantly depress abundance of these
species in Minnesota’s core wolf range.
Therefore, lack of prey availability is not
likely to pose a threat to wolves in the
foreseeable future in the State.
The deer populations in Wisconsin
and the UP of Michigan declined
somewhat from historically high levels
in recent years. Wisconsin’s preseason
deer population has exceeded 1 million
animals since 1984 (WI DNR undated a;
Rolley 2007, p. 6; Rolley 2008, p. 6), and
hunter harvest has exceeded 400,000
deer in 10 of the last 12 years (WI DNR
2010, p. 57). Across northern Wisconsin
wolf range (Zone 1), winter deer density
in northern deer management units
averaged from 22–30 deer per sq mi
(8.5–11.6 deer per sq km) between
2001–07, but declined to 17–18 deer per
sq mi (6.6–6.9 deer per sq km) in 2009
and 2010. In Central Forest wolf range
(Zone 2), winter deer density in deer
management units averaged 29–50 deer
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
per sq mi (11.2–19.3 deer per sq km)
from 2001 to 2007, and was 35 deer per
sq mi (13.5 deer per sq km) in 2009, and
26 deer per sq mi (10.0 deer per sq km)
in 2010 (WI DNR data).
Michigan’s 2009 October forecast for
the deer population was approximately
1.8 million deer, with about 312,800
residing in the UP; the 2010 estimates
projected a slightly higher UP deer
population (Doepker 2010, pers. comm.;
Rudolph 2010, pers. comm.). Because of
severe winter conditions (persistent,
deep snow) in the UP, deer populations
can change dramatically from year to
year. Recently (2010) the MI DNR
finalized a new deer management plan,
to address ecological, social, and
regulatory shifts. An objective of this
plan is to manage deer at the
appropriate scale, considering impacts
of deer on the landscape and on other
species, in addition to population size
(MI DNR 2010, p. 20). Additionally, the
Michigan wolf management plan
addresses maintaining a sustainable
population of wolf prey (MI DNR 2008,
p. 36). Short of a major, and unlikely,
shift in deer management and harvest
strategies, there will be no shortage of
prey for Wisconsin and Michigan
wolves for the foreseeable future.
Summary of Factor A
The wolf population in the WGL DPS
currently occupies all the suitable
habitat area identified for recovery in
the Midwest in the 1978 Recovery Plan
and 1992 Revised Recovery Plan and
most of the potentially suitable habitat
in the WGL DPS. As discussed above
under Suitable Habitat Ownership and
Protection, much of the important wolf
habitat in the DPS is in public
ownership, and the suitable habitat in
the DPS is adequately protected for the
foreseeable future. We therefore
conclude that destruction, modification,
or curtailment of the species’ habitat or
range does not pose a significant threat
to wolves within this DPS.
B. Overutilization for Commercial,
Recreational, Scientific, or Educational
Purposes
Threats to wolves resulting from uses
for scientific or educational purposes
are not likely to increase substantially
following delisting of the WGL DPS, and
any increased use for these purposes
will be regulated and monitored by the
States and Tribes in the core recovery
areas. Since their listing under the Act,
no wolves have been legally killed or
removed from the wild in any of the
nine States included in the WGL DPS
for either commercial or recreational
purposes. Some wolves may have been
illegally killed for commercial use of the
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
81693
pelts and other parts, but illegal
commercial trafficking in wolf pelts or
parts and illegal capture of wolves for
commercial breeding purposes happens
rarely. State wolf management plans for
Minnesota, Wisconsin, and Michigan
help ensure that wolves will not be
killed for commercial or recreational
purposes for many years following
Federal delisting, so these forms of
mortality will not likely emerge as new
threats upon delisting. See Factor D for
a detailed discussion of State wolf
management plans, and for applicable
regulations in States without wolf
management plans.
We do not expect the use of wolves
for scientific purposes to increase in
proportion to total wolf numbers in the
WGL DPS after delisting. While listed,
the intentional or incidental killing, or
capture and permanent confinement, of
endangered or threatened wolves for
scientific purposes has only legally
occurred under permits or subpermits
issued by the Service (under section
10(a)(1)(A)) or by a State agency
operating under a cooperative
agreement with the Service pursuant to
section 6 of the Act (50 CFR 17.21(c)(5)
and 17.31(b)). Although exact figures are
not available, throughout the
conterminous 48 States, such permanent
removals of wolves from the wild have
been very limited and probably
comprise an average of not more than
two animals per year since the species
was first listed as endangered. In the
WGL DPS, these animals were either
taken from the Minnesota wolf
population during long-term research
activities (about 15 wolves) or were
accidental takings as a result of research
activities in Wisconsin (5 to 6
mortalities and 1 long-term
confinement) and in Michigan (4
mortalities) (Berg in litt. 1998; Mech in
litt. 1998; Roell in litt. 2004; Roell in
litt. 2005a; Roell 2011, pers. comm.;
Wydeven 2009, pers. comm.).
The Minnesota DNR plans to
encourage the study of wolves with
radio-telemetry after delisting, with an
emphasis on areas where they expect
wolf–human conflicts and where wolves
are expanding their range (MN DNR
2001, p. 19). Similarly, Wisconsin and
Michigan DNRs plan to continue to trap
wolves for radio-collaring, examination,
and health monitoring for the
foreseeable future (WI DNR 1999, pp.
19–21; MI DNR 2008a, pp. 31–32; WI
DNR 2006a, p. 14). The continued
handling of wild wolves for research,
including the administration of drugs,
may result in some accidental deaths of
wolves. We believe that capture and
radio-telemetry-related injuries or
mortalities will not increase
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
81694
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
significantly above the level observed to
date in proportion to wolf abundance;
adverse effects to wolves associated
with such activities have been minimal
and would not constitute a threat to
wolves in the WGL DPS.
No wolves have been legally removed
from the wild for educational purposes
in recent years. Wolves that have been
used for such purposes are the captivereared offspring of wolves that were
already in captivity for other reasons,
and this is not likely to change as a
result of Federal delisting. We do not
expect taking for educational purposes
to constitute any threat to Midwest wolf
populations in the DPS for the
foreseeable future.
See Factor E for a discussion of
Taking of Wolves by Native Americans
for Certain Purposes. See the
Depredation Control sections under
Factor D for discussion of other past,
current, and potential future forms of
intentional and accidental take by
humans, including depredation control,
public safety, and under public harvest.
While public harvest may include
recreational harvest, it is likely that
public harvest will also serve as a
management tool, so it is discussed in
Factor D.
Summary of Factor B
Taking wolves for scientific or
educational purposes in the other States
in the WGL DPS may not be regulated
or closely monitored in the future, but
the threat to wolves in those States will
not be significant to the long-term
viability of the wolf population in the
WGL DPS. The potential limited
commercial and recreational harvest
that may occur in the DPS will be
regulated by State and/or Tribal
conservation agencies and is discussed
under Factor D. Therefore, we conclude
that overutilization for commercial,
recreational, scientific, or educational
purposes will not pose a significant
threat to wolves in the WGL DPS.
C. Disease or Predation
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Disease
Many diseases and parasites have
been reported for the wolf, and several
of them have had significant impacts
during the recovery of the species in the
48 conterminous States (Brand et al.
1995, p. 419; WI DNR 1999, p. 61). If not
monitored and controlled by States,
these diseases and parasites, and
perhaps others, may threaten wolf
populations in the future. Thus, to avoid
a future decline caused by diseases or
parasites, States and their partners will
have to diligently monitor the
prevalence of these pathogens in order
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
to effectively respond to significant
outbreaks.
Canine parvovirus (CPV) is a
relatively new disease that infects
wolves, domestic dogs, foxes, coyotes,
skunks, and raccoons. Recognized in the
United States in 1977 in domestic dogs,
it appeared in Minnesota wolves (based
upon retrospective serologic evidence)
live-trapped as early as 1977 (Mech et
al. 1986, p. 105). Minnesota wolves,
however, may have been exposed to the
virus as early as 1973 (Mech and Goyal
1995, p. 568). Serologic evidence of wolf
exposure to CPV peaked at 95 percent
for a group of Minnesota wolves livetrapped in 1989 (Mech and Goyal 1993,
p. 331). In a captive colony of
Minnesota wolves, pup and yearling
mortality from CPV was 92 percent of
the animals that showed indications of
active CPV infections in 1983 (Mech
and Fritts 1987, p. 6), demonstrating the
substantial impacts this disease can
have on young wolves. It is believed
that the population impacts of CPV
occur via diarrhea-induced dehydration
leading to abnormally high pup
mortality (WI DNR 1999, p. 61). CPV has
been detected in nearly every wolf
population in North America including
Alaska (Bailey et al. 1995, p. 443), and
exposure in wolves is now believed to
be almost universal.
There is no evidence that CPV has
caused a population decline or has had
a significant impact on the recovery of
the Minnesota wolf population. Mech
and Goyal (1995, p. 566, Table 1, p. 568,
Fig. 3), however, found that high CPV
prevalence in the wolves of the Superior
National Forest in Minnesota occurred
during the same years in which wolf
pup numbers were low. Because the
wolf population did not decline during
the study period, they concluded that
CPV-caused pup mortality was
compensatory, that is, it replaced deaths
that would have occurred from other
causes, especially starvation of pups.
They theorized that CPV prevalence
affects the amount of population
increase and that a wolf population will
decline when 76 percent of the adult
wolves consistently test positive for
CPV exposure. Their data indicate that
CPV prevalence in adult wolves in their
study area increased by an annual
average of 4 percent during 1979–93 and
was at least 80 percent during the last
5 years of their study (Mech and Goyal
1995, pp. 566, 568).
Additional data gathered since 1995
suggests that CPV reduced pup survival
both in the Superior National Forest and
statewide, between 1984 and 2004;
however, statewide there is some
evidence of a slight increase in pup
survival since about 1995. These
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
conclusions are based on an inverse
relationship between pup numbers in
summer captures and seroprevalence of
CPV antibodies in summer-captured
adult wolves (Mech et al. 2008, pp. 827–
830).
In a more recent study, Mech and
Goyal (2011) looked more specifically at
CPV influence on the Superior National
Forest population by evaluating five 7year periods to determine when CPV
had its greatest effects. They found the
strongest effect on wolf pup survival
was from 1981 to 1993, and that after
that time, little effect was seen despite
the continued seroprevalence of CPV
antibodies (Mech and Goyal 2011, pp.
28–29). They conclude that, after CPV
became endemic in the population, the
population developed immunity and
was able to withstand severe effects
from the disease (Mech and Goyal 2011,
pp. 28–29). The observed population
effects in the Superior National Forest
population are consistent with results
for studies in smaller, isolated
populations in Wisconsin and on Isle
Royale, Michigan (Wydeven et al. 1995;
Peterson et al. 1998), but indicate that
CPV also had only a temporary
population effect in a larger population.
The WI DNR and the WI DNR Wildlife
Health, in conjunction with the U.S.
Geological Survey National Wildlife
Health Center in Madison, Wisconsin,
(formerly the National Wildlife Health
Laboratory) have an extensive dataset on
the incidence of wolf diseases,
beginning in 1981. Canine parvovirus
exposure was evident in 5 of 6 wolves
tested in 1981, and probably stalled
wolf population growth in Wisconsin
during the early and mid-1980s when
numbers there declined or were static;
at that time 75 percent of the 32 wolves
tested were positive for CPV. During the
following years of population increase
(1988–96), only 35 percent of the 63
wolves tested were positive for CPV (WI
DNR 1999, p. 62). More recent exposure
rates for CPV continue to be high in
Wisconsin wolves, with annual rates
ranging from 60 to 100 percent among
wild wolves handled from 2001 through
mid-2006. Part of the reason for high
exposure percentages is likely an
increased emphasis in sampling pups
and Central Forest wolves starting in
2001, so comparisons of post- and pre2001 data are of limited value.
CPV appears not to be a significant
cause of mortality, as only a single wolf
(male pup) is known to have died from
CPV during this period (Wydeven and
Wiedenhoeft 2002, p. 8 Table 4; 2003a,
pp. 11–12 Table 4; 2004a, pp. 11–12
Table 5; 2005, pp. 19–20 Table 4; 2006,
pp. 23–25 Table 4; 2009, Table 2;
Wydeven et al. 2007, pp. 12–14; 2008,
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
pp. 19–21). While the difficulty of
discovering CPV-killed pups must be
considered, and it is possible that CPVcaused pup mortality is being
underestimated, the continuing increase
of the Wisconsin wolf population
indicates that CPV mortality is no longer
impeding wolf population growth in the
State. It may be that many Wisconsin
wolves have developed some degree of
resistance to CPV, and this disease is no
longer a significant threat in the State.
Similar to Wisconsin wolves,
serological testing of Michigan wolves
captured from 1992 through 2001 (most
recent available data) shows that the
majority of UP wolves have been
exposed to CPV. Fifty-six percent of 16
wolves captured from 1992 to 1999 and
83 percent of 23 wolves captured in
2001 showed antibody titers at levels
established as indicative of previous
CPV exposure that may provide
protection from future infection from
CPV (Beheler in litt. undated, in litt.
2004). There are no data showing any
CPV-caused wolf mortality or
population impacts to the wolf
population on the UP, but few wolf
pups are handled in the UP (Hammill in
litt. 2002, Beyer in litt. 2006a), so low
levels of CPV-caused pup mortality may
go undetected there. Mortality data are
primarily collected from collared
wolves, which until 2004 received CPV
inoculations. Therefore, mortality data
for the UP should be interpreted
cautiously.
Sarcoptic mange is caused by a mite
(Sarcoptes scabiei) infection of the skin.
The irritation caused by the feeding and
burrowing mites results in scratching
and then severe fur loss, which in turn
can lead to mortality from exposure
during severe winter weather. The mites
are spread from wolf to wolf by direct
body contact or by common use of
‘‘rubs’’ by infested and uninfested
animals. Thus, mange is frequently
passed from infested females to their
young pups, and from older pack
members to their pack mates. In a longterm Alberta, Canada, wolf study, higher
wolf densities were correlated with
increased incidence of mange, and pup
survival decreased as the incidence of
mange increased (Brand et al. 1995, p.
428).
From 1991 to 1996, 27 percent of livetrapped Wisconsin wolves exhibited
symptoms of mange. During the winter
of 1992–93, 58 percent showed
symptoms, and a concurrent decline in
the Wisconsin wolf population was
attributed to mange-induced mortality
(WI DNR 1999, p. 61). Seven Wisconsin
wolves died from mange from 1993
through October 15, 1998, and severe
fur loss affected five other wolves that
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
died from other causes. During that
period, mange was the third largest
cause of death in Wisconsin wolves,
behind trauma (usually vehicle
collisions) and shooting (Thomas in litt.
1998). Largely as a result of mange, pup
survival was only 16 percent in 1993,
compared to a normal 30 percent
survival rate from birth to 1 year of age
(WI DNR 1999, p. 61).
Mange continues to occur on wolves
in Wisconsin. From 2003 through 2007,
researchers reported that 25 percent of
live-trapped wolves showed signs of
mange, but that figure declined to 11
percent of wolves handled in 2009 and
2010. Mortality data from closely
monitored radio-collared wolves
provides a relatively unbiased estimate
of mortality factors, especially those
linked to disease or illegal actions,
because nearly all carcasses are located
within a few days of deaths. Diseased
wolves suffering from hypothermia or
nearing death generally crawl into dense
cover and may go undiscovered if they
are not radio-tracked (Wydeven et al.
2001b, p. 14). Data from those closely
monitored radio-collared wolves show
that mange mortality ranged from 22
percent of deaths in 2006 and 12
percent in 2007 to 21 percent of deaths
in 2008 (Wydeven in litt. 2009), 15
percent in 2009 (Wydeven et al. 2010,
p. 13), and 6 percent in 2010 (Wydeven
et al. 2011, p. 2).
Mange mortality does appear to be
stabilizing or perhaps declining in
Wisconsin. Not all mangy wolves
succumb; other observations showed
that some mangy wolves are able to
survive the winter (Wydeven et al.
2001b, p. 14). Mange has been detected
in Wisconsin wolves every year since
1991 when only 45 to 52 wolves
occurred in the State, and may have
slowed the growth of the wolf
population in the early 1990s (Wydeven
et al. 2009c), but despite its constant
presence as an occasional mortality
factor, the wolf population grew to its
present (2011) level of 782 or more
wolves.
The survival of pups during their first
winter is believed to be strongly affected
by mange. The highest to date wolf
mortality (30 percent of radio-collared
wolves; Wydeven and Wiedenhoeft
2004a, p. 12) from mange in Wisconsin
occurred in 2003 and may have had
more severe effects on pup survival than
in previous years. The prevalence of the
disease may have contributed to the
relatively small population increase in
2003 (2.4 percent in 2003 as compared
to the average 18 percent to that point
since 1985). However, mange has not
caused a decline in the State’s wolf
population, and even though the rate of
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
81695
population increase has slowed in
recent years, the wolf population
continues to increase despite the
continued prevalence of mange in
Wisconsin wolves. Although mange
mortality may not be the primary
limiting factor for wolf population
growth in the State, the impacts of
mange in Wisconsin need to be closely
monitored, as identified and addressed
in the Wisconsin wolf management plan
(WI DNR 1999, p. 21; 2006a, p. 14).
Disease monitoring in Wisconsin has
identified a second form of mange in the
wild wolf population—demodectic
mange (Wydeven and Wiedenhoeft
2008, p. 8). Demodectic mange mites are
relatively common in domestic dogs,
where symptoms are often minor. The
WI DNR is closely monitoring wolf pups
and examining all dead wolves to
determine if this becomes a significant
new cause of wolf mortality.
Wisconsin wolves had been treated
with Ivermectin and vaccinated for CPV
and canine distemper virus (CDV) when
captured, but the practice was stopped
in 1995 to allow the wolf population to
experience more natural biotic
conditions. Since that time, Ivermectin
has been administered only to captured
wolves with severe cases of mange. In
the future, Ivermectin and vaccines will
be used sparingly on Wisconsin wolves,
but will be used to counter significant
disease outbreaks (Wydeven in litt.
1998).
Seven Michigan wolves died from
mange during 1993–1997, making it
responsible for 21 percent of all
mortalities, and constituted all of the
disease-caused deaths, during that
period (MI DNR 1997, p. 39). During
bioyears (mid-April to mid-April) 1999–
2009, mange-induced hypothermia
killed 18 radio-collared Michigan
wolves, representing 15 percent of the
total mortality during those years. From
2004 through 2010, researchers found
that 11 radio-collared wolves died from
mange in the State (Roell 2010, pers.
comm.). Before 2004, MI DNR treated all
captured wolves with Ivermectin if they
showed signs of mange. In addition, MI
DNR vaccinated all captured wolves
against CPV and CDV. These
inoculations were discontinued in 2004
to provide more natural biotic
conditions and to provide biologists
with an unbiased estimate of diseasecaused mortality rates in the population
(Roell in litt. 2005b).
Among Minnesota wolves, mange
may always have been present at low
levels and may currently infect less than
10 percent of the State’s wolves. Of the
407 wolves trapped by Wildlife Services
during 2006–2008 in response to
depredation complaints, 52 (13 percent)
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
81696
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
exhibited signs of mange (Hart 2009,
pers. comm.); the proportion of wolves
with signs of mange decreased from 17
percent in 2006 to 10 percent in 2008.
During the previous 3-year period
(2003–2005), the proportion of trapped
wolves with signs of mange was also
about 13 percent, suggesting that mange
has not increased in prevalence among
wolves in Minnesota since 2003. The
incidence of mange among wolves
targeted by Wildlife Services is likely
not representative of the prevalence of
the disease in the statewide wolf
population; wolves targeted for
depredation control appear to be more
likely to carry the disease (Hart 2009,
pers. comm.).
In a separate study, mortality data
from 12 years (1994–2005) of
monitoring radio-collared wolves in 7 to
9 packs in north-central Minnesota
show that 11 percent died from mange
(DelGiudice in litt. 2005). However, the
sample size (17 total mortalities, 2 from
mange in 1998 and 2004) is far too small
to deduce trends in mange mortality
over time. Furthermore, these data are
from mange mortalities, while the
Wildlife Services’ data are based on
mange symptoms, not mortalities. Other
data show that from 1998 to 2010 in the
Superior National Forest, 7 of
approximately 163 radio-collared
wolves were known to have died of
mange (Mech unpublished).
It is hypothesized that the current
incidence of mange is more widespread
than it would have otherwise been,
because the WGL wolf range
experienced a series of mild winters
beginning with the winter of 1997–1998
(Van Deelen 2005, Fig. 2). Mangeinduced mortality is chiefly a result of
winter hypothermia, thus the less severe
winters resulted in higher survival of
mangy wolves, and increased spread of
mange to additional wolves during the
following spring and summer. The high
wolf population, and especially higher
wolf density on the landscape, may also
be contributing to the increasing
occurrence of mange in the WGL wolf
population.
Lyme disease, caused by the
spirochete Borrelia burgdorferi, is
another relatively recently recognized
disease, first documented in New
England in 1975, although it may have
occurred in Wisconsin as early as 1969.
It is spread by ticks that pass the
infection to their hosts when feeding.
Host species include humans, horses,
dogs, white-tailed deer, white-footed
mice, eastern chipmunks, coyotes, and
wolves. The prevalence of Lyme disease
exposure in Wisconsin wolves averaged
70 percent of live-trapped animals in
1988–91, dropped to 37 percent during
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
1992–97 and was back up to 56 percent
(32 of 57 tested) in 2002–04 (Wydeven
and Wiedenhoeft 2004b, pp. 23–24
Table 7; 2005, pp. 23–24 Table 7).
Clinical symptoms have not been
reported in wolves, but infected dogs
can experience debilitating conditions,
and abortion and fetal mortality have
been reported in infected humans and
horses. It is possible that individual
wolves may be debilitated by Lyme
disease, perhaps contributing to their
mortality; however, Lyme disease is not
believed to be a significant factor
affecting wolf populations (Kreeger
2003, p. 212).
The dog louse (Trichodectes canis)
has been detected in wolves in Ontario,
Saskatchewan, Alaska, Minnesota, and
Wisconsin (Mech et al 1985, pp. 404–
405; Kreeger 2003, p. 208; Paul in litt.
2005). Dogs are probably the source of
the initial infections, and subsequently
wild canids transfer lice by direct
contact with other wolves, particularly
between females and pups. Severe
infestations result in irritated and raw
skin, substantial hair loss, particularly
in the groin. However, in contrast to
mange, lice infestations generally result
in loss of guard hairs but not the
insulating under fur, thus, hypothermia
is less likely to occur and much less
likely to be fatal (Brand et al. 1995, p.
426). Even though observed in nearly 4
percent in a sample of 391 Minnesota
wolves in 2003–05 (Paul in litt. 2005),
dog lice infestations have not been
confirmed as a cause of wolf mortality,
and are not expected to have a
significant impact even at a local scale.
Canine distemper virus (CDV) is an
acute disease of carnivores that has been
known in Europe since the sixteenth
century and is now infecting dogs
worldwide (Kreeger 2003, p. 209). CDV
generally infects dog pups when they
are only a few months old, so mortality
in wild wolf populations might be
difficult to detect (Brand et al 1995, pp.
420–421). CDV mortality among wild
wolves has been documented in two
littermate pups and an adult male in
Manitoba (Carbyn 1982, pp. 111–112;
Stronen et al. 2011, p. 224), in two
Alaskan yearling wolves (Peterson et al.
1984, p. 31), and in two Wisconsin
wolves (an adult in 1985 and a pup in
2002) (Thomas in litt. 2006; Wydeven
and Wiedenhoeft 2003b, p. 20). Carbyn
(1982, pp. 113–116) concluded that CDV
was a contributor to a 50 percent
decline of the wolf population in Riding
Mountain National Park (Manitoba,
Canada) in the mid-1970s; current
prevalence of CDV in that population is
similar to that reported in the past
(Stronen et al. 2011, pp. 223–226).
Almberg et al. (2009, pp. 8–9) correlate
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
high wolf pup mortality in Yellowstone
National Park in 1999 and 2005 with
serologic evidence of high CDV
exposure in wolves as well as other
canids. They detected CDV in three wolf
carcasses in 2008, indicating that
distemper deaths also may have
occurred during that year. In this and a
related paper (Almberg et al. 2010, p.
2072), the authors predict periodic
short-term declines from CDV, but no
long-term threat to the wolf population
from maintenance of this virus among
multiple hosts in the Yellowstone
ecosystem.
Serological evidence indicates that
exposure to CDV is high among some
Midwest wolves—29 percent in
northern Wisconsin wolves and 79
percent in central Wisconsin wolves in
2002–04 (Wydeven and Wiedenhoeft
2004b, pp. 23–24 Table 7; 2005, pp. 23–
24 Table 7). However, the continued
strong recruitment in Wisconsin and
elsewhere in North American wolf
populations indicates that distemper is
not likely a significant cause of
mortality (Brand et al. 1995, p. 421).
Other diseases and parasites,
including rabies, canine heartworm,
blastomycosis, bacterial myocarditis,
granulomatous pneumonia, brucellosis,
leptospirosis, bovine tuberculosis,
hookworm, coccidiosis, and canine
hepatitis have been documented in wild
wolves, but their impacts on future wild
wolf populations are not likely to be
significant (Brand et al. 1995, pp. 419–
429; Hassett in litt. 2003; Johnson 1995,
pp. 431, 436–438; Mech and Kurtz 1999,
pp. 305–306; Thomas in litt. 1998,
Thomas in litt. 2006, WI DNR 1999, p.
61; Kreeger 2003, pp. 202–214).
Continuing wolf range expansion,
however, likely will provide new
avenues for exposure to several of these
diseases, especially canine heartworm,
raccoon rabies, and bovine tuberculosis
(Thomas in litt. 2000, in litt. 2006),
further emphasizing the need for disease
monitoring programs.
In addition, the possibility of new
diseases developing and existing
diseases, such as chronic wasting
disease (CWD), West Nile Virus (WNV)
and canine influenza (Crawford et al.
2005, 482–485), moving across species
barriers or spreading from domestic
dogs to wolves must all be taken into
account, and monitoring programs will
need to address such threats. Currently
there is no evidence that CWD can
directly affect canids (Thomas in litt.
2006; Wild et al. 2010, p. 87). Wisconsin
wolves have been tested for WNV at
necropsy since the first spread of the
virus across the State: To date, all
results have been negative. Although
experimental infection of dogs produced
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
no ill effects, WNV is reported to have
killed two captive wolf pups, so young
wolves may be at some risk (Thomas in
litt. 2006).
In aggregate, diseases and parasites
were the cause of 21 percent of the
diagnosed mortalities of radio-collared
wolves in Michigan from 1999 through
2004 (Beyer 2005, unpublished data)
and 27 percent of the diagnosed
mortalities of radio-collared wolves in
Wisconsin from October 1979 through
December 2009 (Wydeven et al. 2010, p.
45). In recent years (2006–10), disease
has been the cause of death for 14
percent (10 of 70 dead wolves) of the
diagnosed mortalities of radio-collared
wolves in Wisconsin and 3 to 7 percent
of all wolves (radio-collared and not
collared) found dead in the State (72 to
94 wolves). During that time period,
disease was the cause of death of 12
percent (5 of 43) of the diagnosed
mortalities of radio-collared wolves in
Michigan, and of 3 percent (6 of 199) of
the total known wolf mortalities in
Minnesota.
Many of the diseases and parasites are
known to be spread by wolf-to-wolf
contact. Therefore, the incidence of
mange, CPV, CDV, and canine
heartworm may increase as wolf
densities increase in the more recently
colonized areas (Thomas in litt. 2006).
Because wolf densities generally are
relatively stable following the first few
years of colonization, wolf-to-wolf
contacts will not likely lead to a
continuing increase in disease
prevalence in areas that have been
occupied for several years or more and
are largely saturated with wolf packs
(Mech in litt. 1998).
Disease and parasite impacts may
increase because several wolf diseases
and parasites are carried and spread by
domestic dogs. This transfer of
pathogens from domestic dogs to wild
wolves may increase as wolves continue
to colonize non-wilderness areas (Mech
in litt. 1998). Heartworm, CPV, and
rabies are the main concerns (Thomas in
litt. 1998), but dogs may become
significant vectors for other diseases
with potentially serious impacts on
wolves in the future (Crawford et al.
2005, pp. 482–485). However, to date
wolf populations in Wisconsin and
Michigan have continued their
expansion into areas with increased
contacts with dogs and have shown no
adverse pathogen impacts since the
mid-1980s impacts from CPV.
Disease and parasite impacts are a
recognized concern of the Minnesota,
Michigan, and Wisconsin DNRs. The
Michigan Gray Wolf Recovery and
Management Plan states that necropsies
will be conducted on all dead wolves,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
and that all live wolves that are handled
will be examined, with blood, skin, and
fecal samples taken to provide disease
information. The Michigan Plan states
that the Michigan DNR will continue to
monitor the prevalence and impact of
disease on wolf health following Federal
delisting (MI DNR 2008, pp. 32, 40–42).
Similarly, the Wisconsin Wolf
Management Plan states that as long as
the wolf is State-listed as a threatened
or endangered species, the WI DNR will
conduct necropsies of dead wolves and
test a sample of live-captured wolves for
diseases and parasites, with a goal of
screening 10 percent of the State wolf
population for diseases annually.
However, the plan anticipates that
following State delisting (which
occurred on August 1, 2004), disease
monitoring will be scaled back because
the percentage of the wolf population
that is live-trapped each year will
decline. Disease monitoring of captured
wolves currently is focusing on diseases
known to be causing noteworthy
mortality, such as mange, and other
diseases for which data are judged to be
sparse, such as Lyme disease and
ehrlichiosis (Wydeven and Wiedenhoeft
2006, p. 8). The State will continue to
test for disease and parasite loads
through periodic necropsy and scat
analyses. The 2006 update to the 1999
plan also recommends that all wolves
live-trapped for other studies should
have their health monitored and
reported to the WI DNR wildlife health
specialists (WI DNR 1999, p.21; 2006c,
p. 14). Furthermore, the 2006 update
identifies a need for ‘‘continued health
monitoring to document significant
disease events that may impact the wolf
population and to identify new diseases
in the population….’’ (WI DNR 2006a, p.
24).
The Minnesota Wolf Management
Plan states that MN DNR ‘‘will
collaborate with other investigators and
continue monitoring disease incidence,
where necessary, by examination of
wolf carcasses obtained through
depredation control programs, and also
through blood or tissue physiology work
conducted by the MN DNR and the U.S.
Geological Survey. The DNR will also
keep records of documented and
suspected incidence of sarcoptic mange
(MN DNR 2001, p. 32).’’ In addition, it
will initiate ‘‘(R)egular collection of
pertinent tissues of live captured or
dead wolves’’ and periodically assess
wolf health ‘‘when circumstances
indicate that diseases or parasites may
be adversely affecting portions of the
wolf population (MN DNR 2001, p. 19).’’
Unlike Michigan and Wisconsin,
Minnesota has not established
minimum goals for the proportion of its
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
81697
wolves that will be assessed for disease
nor does it plan to treat any wolves,
although it does not rule out these
measures. Minnesota’s less intensive
approach to disease monitoring and
management seems warranted in light of
its much greater abundance of wolves
than in the other two States.
In areas within the WGL DPS, but
outside Minnesota, Wisconsin, and
Michigan, we lack data on the incidence
of diseases or parasites in transient
wolves. However, the boundary of the
WGL DPS is laid out in a manner such
that the vast majority of, and perhaps
all, wolves that will occur in the DPS in
the foreseeable future will have
originated from the Minnesota–
Wisconsin–Michigan wolf
metapopulation. Therefore, they will be
carrying the ‘‘normal’’ complement of
Midwestern wolf parasites, diseases,
and disease resistance with them. For
this reason, any new pairs, packs, or
populations that develop within the
DPS are likely to experience the same
low to moderate adverse impacts from
pathogens that have been occurring in
the core recovery areas.
The most likely exceptions to this
generalization would arise from
exposure to sources of novel diseases or
more virulent forms that are being
spread by other canid species that might
be encountered by wolves dispersing
into currently unoccupied areas of the
DPS. To increase the likelihood of
detecting such novel or more virulent
diseases and thereby reduce the risk that
they might pose to the core of the
metapopulation after delisting, we will
encourage these States and Tribes to
provide wolf carcasses or suitable
tissue, as appropriate, to the USGS
National Wildlife Health Center or the
Service’s National Wildlife Forensics
Laboratory for necropsy. This practice
should provide an early indication of
new or increasing pathogen threats
before they reach the core of the
metapopulation or impact future
transient wolves to those areas.
Disease Summary
We believe that several diseases have
had noticeable impacts on wolf
population growth in the Great Lakes
region in the past. These impacts have
been both direct, resulting in mortality
of individual wolves, and indirect, by
reducing longevity and fecundity of
individuals or entire packs or
populations. Canine parvovirus stalled
wolf population growth in Wisconsin in
the early and mid-1980s and has been
implicated in the decline in the mid1980s of the isolated Isle Royale wolf
population in Michigan, and in
attenuating wolf population growth in
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
81698
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Minnesota (Mech in litt. 2006).
Sarcoptic mange has affected wolf
recovery in Michigan’s UP and in
Wisconsin over the last 12 years, and it
is recognized as a continuing issue.
Despite these and other diseases and
parasites, the overall trend for wolf
populations in the WGL DPS continues
to be upward. Wolf management plans
for Minnesota, Michigan, and Wisconsin
include disease monitoring components
that we expect will identify future
disease and parasite problems in time to
allow corrective action to avoid a
significant decline in overall population
viability. We conclude that diseases and
parasites will not prevent continued
population growth or the maintenance
of viable wolf populations in the DPS.
Delisting of wolves in the WGL DPS will
not significantly change the incidence
or impacts of disease and parasites on
these wolves. Disease may eventually
limit overall wolf carrying capacity and
contribute to annual fluctuations in wolf
abundance, but at current and
foreseeable population levels, diseases
are not likely to affect viability or place
wolves at risk of again becoming
endangered or threatened. Therefore, we
conclude that diseases and parasites do
not pose a significant threat to wolves
in the WGL DPS
Natural Predation
No wild animals habitually prey on
wolves. Large prey such as deer, elk, or
moose (Mech and Nelson 1989, pp. 207–
208; Smith et al. 2001, p. 3), or other
predators, such as mountain lions
(Puma concolor), grizzly bears (Ursus
arctos horribilis), or black bears (Ursus
americanus) where they are extant
(USFWS 2005, p. 3; Ballard et al. 2003,
pp. 260–264), occasionally kill wolves,
but such events have rarely been
documented. Coyotes have also
attempted to attack wolf pups (Ballard
et al. 2003, p. 267), and along with bears
and various medium-sized predators
could pose a risk to wolf pups if adult
wolves are not present. Predation and
death by prey species are small
components of wolf mortality and will
not likely increase with delisting.
Wolves frequently are killed by other
wolves, most commonly when packs
encounter and attack a dispersing wolf
as an intruder or when two packs
encounter each other along a territorial
boundary (Mech 1994, p. 201). This
form of mortality is likely to increase as
more of the available wolf habitat
becomes saturated with wolf pack
territories, as is the case in northeastern
Minnesota, but such a trend is not yet
evident from Wisconsin or Michigan
data. From October 1979 through June
1998, researchers found that 7 (12
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
percent) of the mortalities of radiocollared Wisconsin wolves resulted
from wolves killing wolves, and 8 of 73
(11 percent) mortalities were from this
cause during 2000–05 (Wydeven 1998,
p. 16 Table 4; Wydeven and
Wiedenhoeft 2001, p. 8 Table 5; 2002,
pp. 8–9 Table 4; 2003a, pp. 11–12 Table
4; 2004a, pp. 11–12 Table 5, 2005, p. 21
Table 5).
Among radio-collared wolves dying
from known causes between October
1979 and December 2009, overall rate of
intraspecific strife was 17 of 151
mortalities or 11 percent (Wydeven et
al. 2010, p. 45). Gogan et al. (2004, p.
7) studied 31 radio-collared wolves in
northern Minnesota from 1987 to 1991
and found that 4 (13 percent) were
killed by other wolves, representing 29
percent of the total mortality of radiocollared wolves. Intra-specific strife
caused 50 percent of mortality within
Voyageurs National Park and 20 percent
of the mortality of wolves adjacent to
the Park (Gogan et al. 2004, p. 22). The
DelGiudice data (in litt. 2005) show a 17
percent mortality rate from other wolves
in another study area in north-central
Minnesota from 1994 to 2005. This
behavior is normal in healthy wolf
populations and is an expected outcome
of dispersal conflicts and territorial
defense, as well as occasional intra-pack
strife. This form of mortality is
something with which the species has
evolved, and it should not pose a threat
to wolf populations in the WGL DPS
once delisted.
Human-Caused Mortality
Because our concern about humancaused mortality is its overall effect on
wolf mortality, the following discussion
addresses the major human causes of
wolf mortality, including illegal killing,
depredation control, and vehicle
collisions.
Humans have functioned as highly
effective predators of the wolf in North
America for several hundred years.
European settlers in the Midwest
attempted to eliminate the wolf entirely
in earlier times, and the U.S. Congress
passed a wolf bounty that covered the
Northwest Territories in 1817. Bounties
on wolves subsequently became the
norm for States across the species’
range. In Michigan, an 1838 wolf bounty
became the ninth law passed by the
First Michigan Legislature; this bounty
remained in place until 1960. A
Wisconsin bounty was instituted in
1865 and was repealed about the time
wolves were extirpated from the State in
1957. Minnesota maintained a wolf
bounty until 1965.
Subsequent to the gray wolf’s listing
as a federally endangered species, the
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Act and State endangered species
statutes prohibited the killing of wolves
except under very limited
circumstances, such as in defense of
human life, for scientific or
conservation purposes, or under special
regulations intended to reduce wolf
depredations of livestock or other
domestic animals. The resultant
reduction in human-caused wolf
mortality is the main cause of the wolf’s
reestablishment in large parts of its
historical range. It is clear, however,
that illegal killing of wolves has
continued in the form of intentional
mortality and incidental deaths.
Illegal killing of wolves occurs for a
number of reasons. Some of these
killings are accidental (for example,
wolves are hit by vehicles, mistaken for
coyotes and shot, or caught in traps set
for other animals); some of these
accidental killings are reported to State,
Tribal, and Federal authorities. It is
likely that most illegal killings,
however, are intentional and are never
reported to government authorities.
Because they generally occur in remote
locations and the evidence is easily
concealed, we lack reliable estimates of
annual rates of intentional illegal
killings.
In Wisconsin, all forms of humancaused mortality accounted for 56
percent of the diagnosed deaths of
radio-collared wolves from October
1979 through December 2009 (Wydeven
et al. 2010, p. 45). Thirty-four percent of
the diagnosed mortalities, and 62
percent of the human-caused
mortalities, were from illegal killing
(mainly shootings). Another 9 percent of
all the diagnosed mortalities (15 percent
of the human-caused mortalities)
resulted from vehicle collisions. (These
percentages and those in the following
paragraphs exclude seven radio-collared
Wisconsin wolves that were killed in
depredation control actions by USDA—
APHIS—Wildlife Services. The wolf
depredation control programs in the
Midwest are discussed separately under
Depredation Control, below.) Data from
2006 through 2010 (68 diagnosed
mortalities of radio-collared wolves)
show the mortality percentages for
illegal kills to be similar, with 35
percent of the diagnosed mortalities
being illegally killed. The mortality
percentage for vehicle collisions during
this time period remained constant (13
percent) (Wydeven et al. 2007, p. 10;
and Wydeven and Wiedenhoeft 2008,
Summary). In 2010, mortality data from
actively monitored wolves show that, of
wolves that died, 38 percent were killed
illegally (all shootings); 12 percent were
euthanized for human safety concerns; 6
percent of the deaths were disease
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
related; 6 percent died from apparent
old age, 6 percent, from intraspecific
strife, and 12 percent, from vehicle
collisions; and the causes for 19 percent
of the deaths were unknown (Wydeven
et al. 2011, p. 2).
During the periods that wolves were
federally delisted (from March 2007
through September 2008 and from April
through early July 2009), 92 wolves
were killed for depredation control,
including 8 legally shot by private
landowners (Wydeven and Wiedenhoeft
2008, p. 8; Wydeven et al. 2009b, p. 6;
Wydeven et al. 2010, p. 13).
As the Wisconsin population has
increased in numbers and range, vehicle
collisions have increased as a
percentage of radio-collared wolf
mortalities. During the October 1979
through June 1992 period, only 1 of 27
(4 percent) known mortalities was from
that cause; but from July 1992 through
June 1998, vehicle collisions caused 5 of
the 26 (19 percent) known mortalities
(Wydeven 1998, p. 6). From 2002
through 2004, of 45 known mortalities,
7 (16 percent) were from that cause
(Wydeven and Wiedenhoeft 2003a, pp.
11–12 Table 4; 2004a, pp. 11–12 Table
5; 2005, pp. 19–20 Table 4); and from
2005 through 2009, of 459 known
mortalities, 126 (27 percent) were from
that cause (Wydeven and Wiedenhoeft
2005, p. 20; Wydeven and Wiedenhoeft
2006, p. 20; Wydeven et al. 2007a, p.7;
Wydeven et al. 2007b, p.10; Wydeven
and Wiedenhoeft 2008, p. 7; Wydeven et
al. 2009a, pp. 19–21; Wydeven and
Wiedenhoeft 2009, Table 3; Wydeven et
al. 2010, Table 7).
A comparison over time for diagnosed
mortalities of radio-collared Wisconsin
wolves shows that 18 of 57 (32 percent)
were illegally killed from October 1979
through 1998, while 12 of 42 (29
percent) were illegally killed from 2002
through 2004, and 24 of 72 (33 percent)
were illegally killed from 2005 to March
2007 (WI DNR 1999, p. 63; Wydeven
and Wiedenhoeft 2003a, pp. 11–12
Table 4; 2004a, pp. 11–12 Table 4; 2005.
pp. 19–20 Table 4; Wydeven et al.
2006a, p. 6; 2006b, p. 8; 2007, pp. 6–7;
2008a, p. 10). In 2006, prior to the
Federal delisting the following year, 17
of 72 wolves found dead in the State
were killed illegally. Among nine radiocollared wolves that had died in 2006,
six (67 percent) were illegally killed. In
2007, after Federal delisting, 10 of 90
dead wolves found in the State were
illegally killed, and 3 (19 percent) of the
radio-collared wolves found dead were
illegally killed. In 2008, 14 of 94 dead
wolves found in Wisconsin were
illegally killed, and 4 (28 percent) of 14
radio-collared wolves found dead were
illegal kills. In 2009, when wolves were
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
again federally listed for most of the
year, 20 of the 72 dead wolves found in
Wisconsin were illegally killed, and 8
(62 percent) of 13 radio-collared wolves
found dead were illegal kills. In 2010,
when wolves continued to be federally
listed, 15 of 72 dead wolves were
illegally killed, and 7 (44 percent) of 16
radio-collared wolves were illegally
killed.
Thus the number of known illegally
killed wolves declined slightly from 17
in 2006, to 10 in 2007 and 14 in 2008,
increased to 20 in 2009, and declined to
15 in 2010. Among radio-collared
wolves found dead, illegal killing
represented 67 percent of all mortality
in 2006, 19 percent in 2007, 23 percent
in 2008, 62 percent in 2009, and 44
percent in 2010 (Wydeven et al. 2010,
p. 13; Wydeven et al. 2011, p. 2).
In the UP of Michigan, human-caused
mortalities accounted for 75 percent of
the diagnosed mortalities, based upon
34 wolves recovered from 1960 to 1997,
including mostly non-radio-collared
wolves. Twenty-eight percent of all the
diagnosed mortalities and 38 percent of
the human-caused mortalities were from
shooting. In the UP during that period,
about one-third of all the known
mortalities were from vehicle collisions
(MI DNR 1997, pp. 5–6). During the
1998 Michigan deer hunting season,
three radio-collared wolves were shot
and killed, resulting in one arrest and
conviction (Hammill in litt. 1999,
Michigan DNR 1999). During the
subsequent 3 years, eight additional
wolves were killed in Michigan by
gunshot, and the cut-off radio-collar
from a ninth animal was located, but the
animal was never found. These
incidents resulted in six guilty pleas,
with three cases remaining open to date.
Data collected from radio-collared
wolves from the 1999 to 2009 bioyears
(mid-April to mid-April) show that
human-caused mortalities still account
for the majority of the wolf mortalities
(66 percent) in Michigan. Deaths from
vehicular collisions were about 18
percent of total mortality (27 percent of
the human-caused mortality) and
showed no trend over this 11-year
period. Deaths from illegal killing
constituted 39 percent of all mortalities
(60 percent of the human-caused
mortality) over the period. From 1999
through 2001, illegal killings were 31
percent of the mortalities, but this
increased to 42 percent during the 2002
through 2004 bioyears and to 40 percent
during bioyears 2005 through 2010
(Roell 2010, pers. comm.).
Most Michigan residents place a high
priority on wolf management actions
that address public concerns for human
safety (Beyer et al. 2006). Quick and
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
81699
professional responses to wolf conflicts
have been important for wolf recovery
(Ruid et al. 2009, p. 280). In most cases,
people can take simple, sensible
measures to avoid those situations and
protect themselves against harm. Other
cases may warrant higher levels of
concern and professional assistance.
Michigan DNR solved most wolf-human
conflicts using nonlethal methods (Roell
2010, pers. comm.). However, in a few
incidents lethal control was warranted
and carried out under Federal
regulations (50 CFR 17.21, which allows
the take of an endangered species when
there is a ‘‘demonstrable but
nonimmediate threat’’ to protect human
safety, or to euthanize a sick or injured
wolf, but only if it is not reasonably
possible to translocate the animal alive),
or while wolves were not federally
protected (Roell 2010 et al., p. 9). Since
2004 the Michigan DNR and USDA–
Wildlife Services have killed 13 animals
(12 involving human safety and 1 sick
wolf) under the authority of this
regulation (Roell 2010 et al., p. 9). Two
others were killed for human safety
concerns while wolves were federally
delisted (Roell 2010, pers. comm.).
North-central Minnesota data from 16
diagnosed mortalities of radio-collared
wolves over a 12-year period (1994–
2005) show that human-causes resulted
in 69 percent of the diagnosed
mortalities. This includes 1 wolf
accidentally snared, 2 vehicle collisions,
and 8 (50 percent of all diagnosed
mortalities) that were shot (DelGiudice
in litt. 2005). However, this data set of
only 16 mortalities over 12 years is too
small for reliable comparison to
Wisconsin and Michigan data.
A smaller mortality dataset is
available from a 1987–91 study of
wolves in, and adjacent to, Minnesota’s
Voyageurs National Park, along the
Canadian border. Of 10 diagnosed
mortalities, illegal killing outside the
Park was responsible for a minimum of
60 percent of the deaths (Gogan et al.
2004, p. 22). Furthermore, in the
Superior National Forest from 1998 to
2010, of approximately 163 radiocollared wolves, 6 were known to have
been killed illegally by humans (Mech
unpublished).
Two Minnesota studies provide some
limited insight into the extent of
human-caused wolf mortality before and
after the species’ listing. On the basis of
bounty data from a period that predated
wolf protection under the Act by 20
years, Stenlund (1955, p. 33) found an
annual human-caused mortality rate of
41 percent. Fuller (1989, pp. 23–24)
provided 1980–86 data from a northcentral Minnesota study area and found
an annual human-caused mortality rate
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
81700
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
of 29 percent, a figure that includes 2
percent mortality from legal depredation
control actions. Drawing conclusions
from comparisons of these two studies,
however, is difficult due to the
confounding effects of habitat quality,
exposure to humans, prey density,
differing time periods, and vast
differences in study design. Although
these figures provide support for the
contention that human-caused mortality
decreased after the wolf became
protected under the Act, it is not
possible at this time to determine if
human-caused mortality (apart from
mortalities from depredation control)
has significantly changed over the
nearly 35-year period that the gray wolf
has been listed as threatened or
endangered.
Wolves were largely eliminated from
the Dakotas in the 1920s and 1930s and
were rarely reported from the mid-1940s
through the late 1970s. Ten wolves were
killed in these two States from 1981 to
1992 (Licht and Fritts 1994, pp. 76–77).
Seven more were killed in North Dakota
since 1992, with four of these
mortalities occurring in 2002 and 2003;
in 2001, one wolf was killed in Harding
County in extreme northwestern South
Dakota. The number of reported
sightings of wolves in North Dakota is
increasing. From 1993 to 1998, six wolf
depredation reports were investigated in
North Dakota, and adequate signs were
found to verify the presence of wolves
in two of the cases. A den with pups
was also documented in extreme northcentral North Dakota near the Canadian
border in 1994. From 1999 to 2003,
residents of North Dakota reported 16
wolf sightings or depredation incidents
to USDA–APHIS–Wildlife Services, and
9 of these incidents were verified.
Additionally, one North Dakota wolf
sighting was confirmed in early 2004,
two wolf depredation incidents were
verified north of Garrison in late 2005,
and one wolf was found dead in Eddy
County in 2009. USDA–APHIS–Wildlife
Services also confirmed a wolf sighting
along the Minnesota border near Gary,
South Dakota, in 1996, and a trapper
with the South Dakota Game, Fish, and
Parks Department sighted a lone wolf in
the western Black Hills in 2002.
Several other unconfirmed sightings
have been reported from these States,
including two reports in South Dakota
in 2003. Wolves killed in North and
South Dakota were most often shot by
hunters after being mistaken for coyotes,
or were killed by vehicles. The 2001
mortality in South Dakota and one of
the 2003 mortalities in North Dakota
were caused by M–44 devices that had
been legally set in response to
complaints about coyotes.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
In and around the core recovery areas
in the Midwest, a continuing increase in
wolf mortalities from vehicle collisions,
both in actual numbers and as a percent
of total diagnosed mortalities, is
expected as wolves continue their
colonization of areas with more human
developments and a denser network of
roads and vehicle traffic. In addition,
the growing wolf populations in
Wisconsin and Michigan are producing
greater numbers of dispersing
individuals each year, and this also will
contribute to increasing numbers of
wolf–vehicle collisions. This increase in
accidental deaths would be unaffected
by a removal of wolves in the WGL DPS
from the protections of the Act.
In those areas of the WGL DPS that
are beyond the areas currently occupied
by wolf packs in Minnesota, Wisconsin,
and Michigan, we expect that humancaused wolf mortality in the form of
vehicle collisions, shooting, and
trapping have been removing all, or
nearly all, the wolves that disperse into
these areas. We expect this to continue
after Federal delisting. Road densities
are high in these areas, with numerous
interstate highways and other freeways
and high-speed thoroughfares that are
extremely hazardous to wolves
attempting to move across them.
Shooting and trapping of wolves also is
likely to continue as a threat to wolves
in these areas for several reasons.
Especially outside of Minnesota,
Wisconsin, and Michigan, hunters will
not expect to encounter wolves, and
may easily mistake them for coyotes
from a distance, resulting in
unintentional shootings.
It is important to note that, despite the
difficulty in measuring the extent of
illegal killing of wolves, all sources of
wolf mortality, including legal (for
example, depredation control) and
illegal human-caused mortality, have
not been of sufficient magnitude to stop
the continuing growth of the wolf
population in Wisconsin and Michigan,
nor to cause a wolf population decline
in Minnesota. This indicates that total
wolf mortality does not threaten the
continued viability of the wolf
population in these three States, or in
the WGL DPS.
Human-caused Mortality Summary
The high reproductive potential of
wolves allows wolf populations to
withstand relatively high mortality
rates, including human-caused
mortality. The principle of
compensatory mortality was previously
believed to occur in wolf populations.
This means that human-caused
mortality is not simply added to
‘‘natural’’ mortality, but rather replaces
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
a portion of it. Thus, the addition of
intentional killing of wolves to a wolf
population was thought to reduce the
mortality rates from other causes on the
population (for example, Fuller et al.
2003). Creel and Rotella (2010)
reexamined this concept with regards to
wolves. They found that, contrary to the
previously held belief, wolf population
growth declined as human-caused
mortality increased (Creel and Rotella
2010, p. 3). Their study concludes that
wolves can be harvested within limits,
but that human-caused mortality was
strongly additive in total mortality
(Creel and Rotella 2010, p. 6).
Minnesota, Wisconsin, and Michigan,
however, have committed to continue to
regulate human-caused mortality so that
it does not reduce the WGL wolf
population below recovery levels. The
wolf populations in Minnesota,
Wisconsin, and Michigan will stop
growing when they have saturated the
suitable habitat and are curtailed in less
suitable areas by natural mortality
(disease, starvation, and intraspecific
aggression), depredation management,
incidental mortality (for example, road
kill), illegal killing, and other means. At
that time, we should expect to see
population declines in some years
followed by short-term increases in
other years, resulting from fluctuations
in birth and mortality rates. Adequate
wolf monitoring programs, as described
in the Michigan, Wisconsin, and
Minnesota wolf management plans, are
likely to identify high mortality rates or
low birth rates that warrant corrective
action by the management agencies (see
Regulatory Mechanisms in Minnesota,
Wisconsin, and Michigan, below). The
goals of all three State wolf management
plans are to maintain wolf populations
well above the numbers recommended
in the Recovery Plan for the Eastern
Timber Wolf to ensure long-term viable
wolf populations. The State
management plans recommend a
minimum wolf population of 1,600 in
Minnesota, 250 in Wisconsin (with a
management goal of 350), and 200 in
Michigan.
Despite human-caused mortalities of
wolves in Minnesota, Wisconsin, and
Michigan, these wolf populations have
continued to increase in both numbers
and range. As long as other mortality
factors do not increase significantly and
monitoring is adequate to document,
and if necessary counteract (see PostDelisting Monitoring, below), the effects
of excessive human-caused mortality
should that occur, the MinnesotaWisconsin-Michigan wolf population
will not decline to nonviable levels in
the foreseeable future as a result of
human-caused killing or other forms of
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
predation. Therefore, we conclude that
predation, including all forms of
human-caused mortality, does not pose
a significant threat to wolves in the
WGL DPS.
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
D. The Inadequacy of Existing
Regulatory Mechanisms
The inadequacy of existing regulatory
mechanisms is one of five factors that,
under the Endangered Species Act (Act),
may result in a determination as to
whether a species should be listed or
not. In analyzing whether the existing
regulatory mechanisms are adequate,
the Service reviews relevant Federal,
State, and tribal laws, plans, regulations,
memoranda of understanding,
cooperative agreements and other such
factors that influence conservation of
the species in question, including
analyzing the extent to which those
mechanisms can be relied upon. Other
examples include State governmental
actions enforced under a State statute or
constitution, or Federal action under
statute.
Strongest weight is given to statutes
and their implementing regulations, and
management direction that stems from
those laws and regulations. Some other
agreements are more voluntary in
nature; in those cases we analyze the
specific facts to determine the extent to
which it can be relied on in the future,
including how it addresses threats to the
species. We consider all pertinent
information, including the efforts and
conservation practices of State
governments, whether or not these are
enforceable by law. Regulatory
mechanisms, if they exist, may preclude
the need for listing if such mechanisms
are judged to adequately address the
threat to the species such that listing is
not warranted. Conversely, threats on
the landscape are exacerbated when not
addressed by existing regulatory
mechanisms, or when the existing
mechanisms are not adequate (or not
adequately implemented or enforced).
The following sections discuss the
adequacy of regulatory mechanisms that
would be implemented if the WGL DPS
were delisted, that is, removed from the
List of Endangered and Threatened
Wildlife. For the reasons described in
the following section, the Service has
determined that regulatory mechanisms
that will be in place following delisting
will be adequate to ensure that this DPS
of wolves remains robust.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
Regulatory Mechanisms in Minnesota,
Wisconsin, and Michigan
State Wolf Management Planning
During the 2000 legislative session,
the Minnesota Legislature passed wolf
management provisions addressing wolf
protection, taking of wolves, and
directing MN DNR to prepare a wolf
management plan. The MN DNR revised
a 1999 draft wolf management plan to
reflect the legislative action of 2000, and
completed the Minnesota Wolf
Management Plan (MN Plan) in early
2001 (MN DNR 2001, pp. 8–9).
The Wisconsin Natural Resources
Board (NRB) approved the Wisconsin
Wolf Management Plan in October 1999
(WI Plan). In 2004 and 2005 the
Wisconsin Wolf Science Advisory
Committee and the Wisconsin Wolf
Stakeholders group reviewed the 1999
Plan, and the Science Advisory
Committee subsequently developed
updates and recommended
modifications to the 1999 Plan. The WI
DNR presented the Plan updates and
modifications to the Wisconsin NRB on
June 28, 2006, and the NRB approved
them at that time, with the
understanding that some numbers
would be updated and an additional
reference document would be added
(Holtz in litt. 2006). The updates were
completed and received final NRB
approval on November 28, 2006 (WI
DNR 2006a, p. 1).
In late 1997, the Michigan Wolf
Recovery and Management Plan (MI
Plan) was completed and received the
necessary State approvals. It primarily
focused on wolf recovery, rather than
long-term management of a large wolf
population and the conflicts that result
as a consequence of successful wolf
restoration. In 2006 the MI DNR
convened a Michigan Wolf Management
Roundtable committee (Roundtable) to
provide guiding principles to the DNR
on changes and revisions to the 1997
Plan and to guide management of
Michigan wolves and wolf-related
issues following Federal delisting of the
species. The MI DNR relied heavily on
those guiding principles as it drafted a
new wolf management plan. The
Roundtable was composed of
representatives from 20 Michigan
stakeholder interests in wolf recovery
and management, and its membership is
roughly equal in numbers from the UP
and the LP. During 2006, the
Roundtable provided its
‘‘Recommended Guiding Principles for
Wolf Management in Michigan’’ to the
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
81701
DNR in November (Michigan Wolf
Management Roundtable 2006. p. 2).
Based on those Roundtable
recommendations, a revised Michigan
Wolf Management Plan was completed
in July 2008 (MI DNR 2008a). The
complete text of the Wisconsin,
Michigan, and Minnesota wolf plans
can be found on our Web site (see FOR
FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT).
The Minnesota Wolf Management Plan
The Minnesota Plan is based, in part,
on the recommendations of a State wolf
management roundtable (MN DNR 2001,
Appendix V) and on a State wolf
management law enacted in 2000 (MN
DNR 2001, Appendix I). This law and
the Minnesota Game and Fish Laws
constitute the basis of the State’s
authority to manage wolves. The Plan’s
stated goal is ‘‘to ensure the long-term
survival of wolves in Minnesota while
addressing wolf-human conflicts that
inevitably result when wolves and
people live in the same vicinity’’ (MN
DNR 2001, p. 2). It establishes a
minimum goal of 1,600 wolves in the
State. Key components of the plan are
population monitoring and
management, management of wolf
depredation of domestic animals,
management of wolf prey, enforcement
of laws regulating take of wolves, public
education, and increased staffing to
accomplish these actions. Following
Federal delisting, Minnesota DNR’s
management of wolves would differ
from their current management while
wolves were listed as threatened under
the Act. Most of these differences deal
with the control of wolves that attack or
threaten domestic animals.
The Minnesota Plan divides the State
into two wolf management zones—
Zones A and B (see Figure 2 below).
Zone A corresponds to Federal Wolf
Management Zones 1 through 4
(approximately 30,000 sq mi (77,700 sq
km) in northeastern Minnesota) in the
Service’s Recovery Plan for the Eastern
Timber Wolf, whereas Zone B
constitutes Zone 5 in that recovery plan
(MN DNR 2001, pp. 19–20 and
Appendix III; USFWS 1992, p. 72).
Within Zone A, wolves would receive
strong protection by the State, unless
they were involved in attacks on
domestic animals. The rules governing
the take of wolves to protect domestic
animals in Zone B would be less
protective than in Zone A (see Postdelisting Depredation Control in
Minnesota below).
BILLING CODE 4310–55–P
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
BILLING CODE 4310–55–C
The MN DNR plans to allow wolf
numbers and distribution to naturally
expand, with no maximum population
goal, and if any winter population
estimate is below 1,600 wolves, it would
take actions to ‘‘assure recovery’’ to
1,600 wolves (MN DNR 2001 p. 19). The
MN DNR plans to continue to monitor
wolves in Minnesota to determine
whether such intervention is necessary.
The MN DNR plans to conduct another
statewide population survey in the
winter of 2012–13 and at subsequent 5year intervals. In addition to these
statewide population surveys, MN DNR
annually reviews data on depredation
incident frequency and locations
provided by Wildlife Services and
winter track survey indices (see Erb
2008) to help ascertain annual trends in
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
wolf population or range (MN DNR
2001, pp. 18–19). The agency is
currently evaluating alternatives to its
current methodology with the potential
to improve the efficiency and accuracy
of its statewide population estimates
(Stark 2009a, pers. comm.).
Minnesota (MN DNR 2001, pp. 21–24,
27–28) plans to reduce or control illegal
mortality of wolves through education,
increased enforcement of the State’s
wolf laws and regulations, discouraging
new road access in some areas, and
maintaining a depredation control
program that includes compensation for
livestock losses. The MN DNR plans to
use a variety of methods to encourage
and support education of the public
about the effects of wolves on livestock,
wild ungulate populations, and human
activities and the history and ecology of
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
wolves in the State (MN DNR 2001, pp.
29–30). These are all measures that have
been in effect for years in Minnesota,
although increased enforcement of State
laws against take of wolves would
replace enforcement of the Act’s take
prohibitions. Financial compensation
for livestock losses has increased to the
full market value of the animal,
replacing previous caps of $400 and
$750 per animal (MN DNR 2001, p. 24).
We do not expect the State’s efforts to
result in the reduction of illegal take of
wolves from existing levels, but we
believe these measures will be crucial in
ensuring that illegal mortality does not
significantly increase after Federal
delisting.
The likelihood of illegal take
increases in relation to road density and
human population density, but
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
ER28DE11.001
81702
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
changing attitudes towards wolves may
allow them to survive in areas where
road and human densities were
previously thought to be too high (Fuller
et al. 2003, p. 181). The MN DNR does
not plan to reduce current levels of road
access, but would encourage managers
of land areas large enough to sustain one
or more wolf packs to ‘‘be cautious
about adding new road access that could
exceed a density of one mile of road per
square mile of land, without considering
the potential effect on wolves’’ (MN
DNR 2001, pp. 27–28).
Under Minnesota law, the illegal
killing of a wolf is a gross misdemeanor
and is punishable by a maximum fine of
$3,000 and imprisonment for up to 1
year. The restitution value of an illegally
killed wolf is $2,000 (MN DNR 2001, p.
29). The MN DNR acknowledges that
increased enforcement of the State’s
wolf laws and regulations would be
dependent on increases in staff and
resources, additional cross-deputization
of tribal law enforcement officers, and
continued cooperation with Federal law
enforcement officers. Minnesota DNR
has designated three conservation
officers who are stationed in the State’s
wolf range as the lead officers for
implementing the wolf management
plan (MN DNR 2001, pp. 29, 32; Stark
2009a, pers. comm.).
Minnesota DNR will consider wolf
population management measures,
including public hunting and trapping
seasons and other methods, in the
future. In 2011, the State law was
changed to allow the MN DNR to
consider a public harvest season when
wolves are federally delisted, rather
than requiring that such consideration
occur no sooner than 5 years after
Federal delisting (Minnesota Statutes
97B.645 Subd. 9). With this change, the
DNR is allowed to begin the process of
determining whether Minnesotans want
a wolf harvest season. After wolves are
federally delisted, the MN DNR may
prescribe open seasons and restrictions
for taking gray wolves, but must seek
authorization from the legislature and
provide opportunity for public
comment. The legislation does not
change the way the DNR will determine
if Minnesota should have a wolf harvest
or how such a harvest would be
implemented, it only allows them to
begin the decision-making process
earlier. The Minnesota management
plan requires that population
management measures be implemented
in such a way to maintain a statewide
late-winter wolf population of at least
1,600 animals (MN DNR 2001, pp. 19–
20), well above the planning goal of
1,251 to 1,400 wolves for the State in
the Revised Recovery Plan (USFWS
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
1992, p. 28), therefore, implementing
such management measures under that
requirement would ensure the wolf’s
continued survival in Minnesota.
Depredation Control in Minnesota—
Although federally protected as a
threatened species in Minnesota (since
their 1978 reclassification), wolves that
have attacked domestic animals have
been killed by designated government
employees under the authority of a
special regulation (50 CFR 17.40(d))
under section 4(d) of the Act. However,
no control of depredating wolves was
allowed in Federal Wolf Management
Zone 1, comprising about 4,500 sq mi
(7,200 sq km) in extreme northeastern
Minnesota (USFWS 1992, p. 72). In
Federal Wolf Management Zones 2
through 5, employees or agents of the
Service (including USDA–APHIS–
Wildlife Services) have taken wolves in
response to depredations of domestic
animals within one-half mile of the
depredation site. Young-of-the-year
captured on or before August 1 must be
released. The regulations that allow for
this take (50 CFR 17.40(d)(2)(i)(B)(4)) do
not specify a maximum duration for
depredation control, but Wildlife
Services personnel have followed
internal guidelines under which they
trap for no more than 10–15 days,
except at sites with repeated or chronic
depredation, where they may trap for up
to 30 days (Paul 2004, pers. comm.).
During the period 1980–2010, the
Federal Minnesota wolf depredation
control program euthanized from 20 (in
1982) to 216 (in 1997) wolves annually.
Annual averages (and percentage of
statewide population) were 30 (2.2
percent) wolves killed from 1980 to
1984; 49 (3.0 percent), from 1985 to
1989; 115 (6.0 percent), from 1990 to
1994; 152 (6.7 percent), from 1995 to
1999; and 128 wolves (4.2 percent),
from 2000 to 2005. During 2006–2010
an average of 157 wolves were killed
each year—approximately 5.4 percent of
wolves in the State (Erb 2008; USDA–
Wildlife Services 2010, p. 3). Since
1980, the lowest annual percentage of
Minnesota wolves killed under this
program was 1.5 percent in 1982; the
highest percentage was 9.4 in 1997 (Paul
2004, pp. 2–7; 2006, p. 1). Following the
return of wolves in Minnesota to the list
of threatened species in 2009, 195 and
192 wolves were killed in 2009 and
2010, respectively, in response to
depredation of domestic animals in
Minnesota. This is the highest 2-year
consecutive total since authorization to
control depredating wolves was allowed
by special regulation under section 4(d)
of the Act while wolves were federally
listed.
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
81703
This level of wolf removal for
depredation control has not interfered
with wolf recovery in Minnesota,
although it may have slowed the
increase in wolf numbers in the State,
especially since the late-1980s, and may
be contributing to the possibly
stabilized Minnesota wolf population
suggested by the 2003–2004 and 2007–
2008 estimates (see additional
information in Minnesota Recovery).
Minnesota wolf numbers grew at an
average annual rate of nearly 4 percent
between 1989 and 1998 while the
depredation control program was taking
its highest percentages of wolves (Paul
2004, pp. 2–7).
Under a Minnesota statute, the
Minnesota Department of Agriculture
(MDA) compensates livestock owners
for full market value of livestock that
wolves have killed or severely injured.
An authorized investigator must
confirm that wolves were responsible
for the depredation. The Minnesota
statute also requires MDA to
periodically update its Best
Management Practices (BMPs) to
incorporate new practices that it finds
would reduce wolf depredation
(Minnesota Statutes 2010, Section 3.737,
subdivision 5).
Post-delisting Depredation Control in
Minnesota—When the WGL DPS is
delisted, depredation control will be
authorized under Minnesota State law
and conducted in conformance with the
Minnesota Wolf Management Plan (MN
DNR 2001). The Minnesota Plan divides
the State into Wolf Management Zones
A and B. Zone A is composed of Federal
Wolf Management Zones 1–4, covering
30,728 sq mi (79,586 sq km),
approximately the northeastern third of
the State. Zone B is identical to the
current Federal Wolf Management Zone
5, and contains the 54,603 sq mi
(141,422 sq km.) that make up the rest
of the State (MN DNR 2001, pp. 19–20
and Appendix III; USFWS 1992, p. 72).
The statewide survey conducted during
the winter of 2003–04 estimated that
there were approximately 2,570 wolves
in Zone A and 450 in Zone B (Erb in litt.
2005). As discussed in Recovery Criteria
above, the Federal planning goal is
1,251–1,400 wolves for Zones 1–4 and
no wolves in Zone 5 (USFWS 1992, p.
28).
In Zone A wolf depredation control is
limited to situations of (1) immediate
threat and (2) following verified loss of
domestic animals. In this zone, if the
DNR verifies that a wolf destroyed any
livestock, domestic animal, or pet, and
if the owner requests wolf control be
implemented, trained and certified
predator controllers may take wolves
(specific number to be determined on a
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
81704
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
case-by-case basis) within a 1-mile
radius of the depredation site
(depredation control area) for up to 60
days. In contrast, in Zone B, predator
controllers may take wolves (specific
number to be determined on a case-bycase basis) for up to 214 days after MN
DNR opens a depredation control area,
depending on the time of year. Under
State law, the DNR may open a control
area in Zone B anytime within 5 years
of a verified depredation loss upon
request of the landowner, thereby
providing more of a preventative
approach than is allowed in Zone A, in
order to head off repeat depredation
incidents (MN DNR 2001, p. 22).
State law and the Minnesota Plan will
also allow for private wolf depredation
control throughout the State. Persons
may shoot or destroy a wolf that poses
‘‘an immediate threat’’ to their livestock,
guard animals, or domestic animals on
lands that they own, lease, or occupy.
Immediate threat is defined as ‘‘in the
act of stalking, attacking, or killing.’’
This does not include trapping because
traps cannot be placed in a manner such
that they trap only wolves in the act of
stalking, attacking, or killing. Owners of
domestic pets may also kill wolves
posing an immediate threat to pets
under their supervision on lands that
they do not own or lease, although such
actions are subject to local ordinances,
trespass law, and other applicable
restrictions. The MN DNR will
investigate any private taking of wolves
in Zone A (MN DNR 2001, p. 23).
To protect their domestic animals in
Zone B, individuals do not have to wait
for an immediate threat or a depredation
incident in order to take wolves. At any
time in Zone B, persons who own, lease,
or manage lands may shoot wolves on
those lands to protect livestock,
domestic animals, or pets. They may
also employ a predator controller to trap
a wolf on their land or within 1 mile of
their land (with permission of the
landowner) to protect their livestock,
domestic animals, or pets (MN DNR
2001, p. 23–24).
The Minnesota Plan will also allow
persons to harass wolves anywhere in
the State within 500 yards of ‘‘people,
buildings, dogs, livestock, or other
domestic pets or animals.’’ Harassment
may not include physical injury to a
wolf.
Depredation control will be allowed
throughout Zone A, which includes an
area (Federal Wolf Management Zone 1)
where such control has not been
permitted under the Act’s protection.
Depredation in Zone 1, however, has
been limited to 2 to 4 reported incidents
per year, mostly of wolves killing dogs,
although Wildlife Services received one
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
livestock depredation complaint in
Zone 1 in 2008 (Hart pers. comm. 2009),
and some dog kills in this zone probably
go unreported. In 2009, there was one
probable and one verified depredation
of a dog near Ely, Minnesota, and in
2010 Wildlife Services confirmed three
dogs killed by wolves in Zone 1 (USDA–
Wildlife Services 2009, p. 3; USDA–
Wildlife Services 2010, p. 3). There are
few livestock in Zone 1; therefore, the
number of verified future depredation
incidents in that Zone is expected to be
low, resulting in a correspondingly low
number of depredating wolves being
killed there after delisting.
The final change in Zone A is the
ability for owners or lessees to respond
to situations of immediate threat by
shooting wolves in the act of stalking,
attacking, or killing livestock or other
domestic animals. We believe this is not
likely to result in the killing of many
additional wolves, as opportunities to
shoot wolves ‘‘in the act’’ will likely be
few and difficult to successfully
accomplish, a belief shared by the most
experienced wolf depredation agent in
the lower 48 States (Paul in litt. 2006,
p. 5). It is also possible that illegal
killing of wolves in Minnesota will
decrease, because the expanded options
for legal control of problem wolves may
lead to an increase in public tolerance
for wolves (Paul in litt. 2006, p. 5).
Within Zone B, State law and the
Minnesota Plan provide broad authority
to landowners and land managers to
shoot wolves at any time to protect their
livestock, pets, or other domestic
animals on land owned, leased, or
managed by the individual. Such
takings can occur in the absence of wolf
attacks on the domestic animals. Thus,
the estimated 450 wolves in Zone B
could be subject to substantial reduction
in numbers, and at the extreme, wolves
could be eliminated from Zone B.
However, there is no way to reasonably
evaluate in advance the extent to which
residents of Zone B will use this new
authority, nor how vulnerable Zone B
wolves will be. While wolves were
under State management in 2007–08,
landowners in Zone B shot six wolves
under this authority. One additional
wolf was trapped and euthanized in
Zone B by a State certified predator
controller in 2009 (Stark 2009b, pers.
comm.).
The limitation of this broad take
authority to Zone B is fully consistent
with the Recovery Plan for the Eastern
Timber Wolf’s advice that wolves
should be restored to the rest of
Minnesota but not to Zone B (Federal
Zone 5) because that area ‘‘is not
suitable for wolves’’ (USFWS 1992, p.
20). The Recovery Plan for the Eastern
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Timber Wolf envisioned that the
Minnesota numerical planning goal
would be achieved solely in Zone A
(Federal Zones 1–4) (USFWS 1992, p.
28), and that has occurred. Wolves
outside of Zone A are not necessary to
the establishment and long-term
viability of a self-sustaining wolf
population in the State, and, therefore,
there is no need to establish or maintain
a wolf population in Zone B.
Accordingly, there is no need to
maintain significant protection for
wolves in Zone B in order to maintain
a Minnesota wolf population that
continues to satisfy the Federal recovery
criteria after Federal delisting.
This expansion of depredation control
activities will not threaten the
continued survival of wolves in the
State or the long-term viability of the
wolf population in Zone A, the large
part of wolf range in Minnesota.
Significant changes in wolf depredation
control under State management will
primarily be restricted to Zone B, which
is outside of the area necessary for wolf
recovery (USFWS 1992, pp. 20, 28).
Furthermore, wolves may still persist in
Zone B despite the likely increased take
there. The Eastern Timber Wolf
Recovery Team concluded that the
changes in wolf management in the
State’s Zone A would be ‘‘minor’’ and
would not likely result in ‘‘significant
change in overall wolf numbers in Zone
A.’’ They found that, despite an
expansion of the individual depredation
control areas and an extension of the
control period to 60 days, depredation
control will remain ‘‘very localized’’ in
Zone A. The requirement that such
depredation control activities be
conducted only in response to verified
wolf depredation in Zone A played a
key role in the team’s evaluation
(Peterson in litt. 2001). While wolves
were under State management in 2007
and 2008, the number of wolves killed
for depredation control (133 wolves in
2007 and 143 wolves in 2008) remained
consistent with those killed under the
special regulation under section 4(d) of
the Act while wolves were federally
listed (105, in 2004; 134, in 2005; and
122, in 2006).
Minnesota will continue to monitor
wolf populations throughout the State
and will also monitor all depredation
control activities in Zone A (MN DNR
2001, p. 18). These and other activities
contained in their plan will be essential
in meeting their population goal of a
minimum statewide winter population
of 1,600 wolves, well above the
planning goal of 1,251 to 1,400 wolves
that the Revised Recovery Plan
identifies as sufficient to ensure the
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
wolf’s continued survival in Minnesota
(USFWS 1992, p. 28).
The Wisconsin Wolf Management Plan
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Both the Wisconsin and Michigan
Wolf Management Plans are designed to
manage and ensure the existence of wolf
populations in the States as if they are
isolated populations and are not
dependent upon immigration of wolves
from an adjacent State or Canada, while
still maintaining connections to those
other populations. We support this
approach and believe it provides strong
assurances that the wolf in both States
will remain a viable component of the
WGL DPS for the foreseeable future.
The WI Plan allows for differing
levels of protection and management
within four separate management zones
(see figure 3). The Northern Forest Zone
(Zone 1) and the Central Forest Zone
(Zone 2) now contain most of the State’s
wolf population, with approximately 6
percent of the Wisconsin wolves in
Zones 3 and 4 (Wydeven and
Wiedenhoeft 2009, Table 1). Zones 1
and 2 contain all the larger
unfragmented areas of suitable habitat
(see Wolf Range Ownership and
Protection, above), so most of the State’s
wolf packs will continue to inhabit
those parts of Wisconsin for the
foreseeable future. At the time the
Wisconsin Wolf Management Plan was
completed, it recommended immediate
reclassification from State-endangered
to State-threatened status, because
Wisconsin’s wolf population had
already exceeded its reclassification
criterion of 80 wolves for 3 years. That
State reclassification occurred in 1999,
after the population exceeded that level
for 5 years.
The Wisconsin Plan further
recommends that the State manage for a
wolf population of 350 wolves outside
of Native American reservations, and
specifies that the species should be
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
delisted by the State once the
population reaches 250 animals outside
of reservations. The species was
proposed for State delisting in late 2003,
and the State delisting process was
completed in 2004. Upon State
delisting, the species was classified as a
‘‘protected nongame species,’’ a
designation that continues State
prohibitions on sport hunting and
trapping of the species (Wydeven and
Jurewicz 2005, p. 1; WI DNR 2006b, p.
71). The Wisconsin Plan includes
criteria that would trigger State relisting
to threatened (a decline to fewer than
250 wolves for 3 years) or endangered
status (a decline to fewer than 80 wolves
for 1 year). The Wisconsin Plan will be
reviewed annually by the Wisconsin
Wolf Advisory Committee and will be
reviewed by the public every 5 years.
Recently the WI DNR began work on
updating the State’s wolf management
plan, which may include increasing the
State management goal (Wydeven and
Wiedenhoeft 2009, p. 3).
The WI Plan was updated during
2004–06 to reflect current wolf
numbers, additional knowledge, and
issues that have arisen since its 1999
completion. This update is in the form
of text changes, revisions to two
appendices, and the addition of a new
appendix to the 1999 plan, rather than
as a major revision to the plan. Several
components of the plan that are key to
our delisting evaluation are unchanged.
The State wolf management goal of 350
animals and the boundaries of the four
wolf management zones remain the
same as in the 1999 Plan. The updated
2006 Plan continues access management
on public lands and the protection of
active den sites. Protection of pack
rendezvous sites, however, is no longer
considered to be needed in areas where
wolves have become well established,
due to the transient nature of these sites
and the larger wolf population. The
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
81705
updated Plan states that rendezvous
sites may need protection in areas
where wolf colonization is still
underway or where pup survival is
extremely poor, such as in northeastern
Wisconsin (WI DNR 2006a, p. 17). The
guidelines for the wolf depredation
control program did not undergo
significant alteration during the update
process. The only substantive change to
depredation control practices is to
expand the area of depredation control
trapping in Zones 1 and 2 to 1 mi (1.6
km) outward from the depredation site,
replacing the previous 0.5 mi (0.8 km)
radius trapping zone (WI DNR 2006a,
pp. 3–4).
An important component of the WI
Plan is the annual monitoring of wolf
populations by radio collars and winter
track surveys in order to provide
comparable annual data to assess
population size and growth for at least
5 years after Federal delisting. This
monitoring will include health
monitoring of captured wolves and
necropsies of dead wolves that are
found. Wolf scat will be collected and
analyzed to monitor for canine viruses
and parasites. Health monitoring will be
part of the capture protocol for all
studies that involve the live capture of
Wisconsin wolves (WI DNR 2006a, p.
14).
Cooperative habitat management will
be promoted with public and private
landowners to maintain existing road
densities in Zones 1 and 2, protect wolf
dispersal corridors, and manage forests
for deer and beaver (WI DNR 1999, pp.
4, 22–23; 2006a, pp. 15–17).
Furthermore, in Zone 1, a year-round
prohibition on tree harvest within 330
feet (100 m) of den sites, and seasonal
restrictions to reduce disturbance
within one-half mile of dens, will be WI
DNR policy on public lands and will be
encouraged on private lands (WI DNR
1999, p. 23; 2006a, p. 17).
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
The 1999 WI Plan contains, and the
2006 update retains, other
recommendations that will provide
protection to assist in maintenance of a
viable wolf population in the State: (1)
Continue the protection of the species as
a ‘‘protected wild animal’’ with
penalties similar to those for unlawfully
killing large game species (fines of
$1,000–$2,000, loss of hunting
privileges for 3–5 years, and a possible
6-month jail sentence), (2) maintain
closure zones where coyotes cannot be
shot during deer hunting season in Zone
1, (3) legally protect wolf dens under the
Wisconsin Administrative Code, (4)
require State permits to possess a wolf
or wolf-dog hybrid, and (5) establish a
restitution value to be levied in addition
to fines and other penalties for wolves
that are illegally killed (WI DNR 1999,
pp. 21, 27–28, 30–31; 2006a, pp. 3–4).
The 2006 update of the WI Plan
continues to emphasize the need for
public education efforts that focus on
living with a recovered wolf population,
ways to manage wolves and wolf-human
conflicts, and the ecosystem role of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
wolves. The Plan continues the State
reimbursement for depredation losses
(including dogs and missing calves),
citizen stakeholder involvement in the
wolf management program, and
coordination with the Tribes in wolf
management and investigation of illegal
killings (WI DNR 1999, pp. 24, 28–29;
2006a, pp. 22–23).
Given the decline and ultimate
termination in Federal funding for wolf
monitoring that would occur upon
delisting, Wisconsin and Michigan
DNRs are seeking an effective, yet costefficient, method for detecting wolf
population changes to replace the
current labor-intensive and expensive
monitoring protocols. Both DNRs have
considered implementing a ‘‘Minnesotatype’’ wolf survey. Such methodology is
less expensive for larger wolf
populations than the intensive radio
monitoring and track survey methods
currently used by the two States, and if
the wolf population continues to grow
there will be increased need to develop
and implement a less expensive
method. However, each State conducted
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
independent field testing of the
Minnesota method several years ago and
found that method to be unsuitable for
both States’ lower wolf population
density and uneven pack distribution.
In both States the application of that
method resulted in an overestimate of
wolf abundance, possibly due to the
more patchy distribution of wolves and
packs in these States and the difficulty
in accurately delineating occupied wolf
range in areas where wolf pack density
is relatively low in comparison to
Minnesota and where agricultural lands
are interspersed with forested areas
(Wiedenhoeft 2005, pp. 11–12; Beyer in
litt. 2006b).
Both States remain interested in
developing accurate but less costly
alternate survey methods. WI DNR
might test other methods following any
Federal delisting, but the State will not
replace its traditional radio tracking/
snow tracking surveys during the 5-year
post-delisting monitoring period
(Wydeven in litt. 2006b). The 2006
update to the Wisconsin Wolf
Management Plan has not changed the
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
ER28DE11.002
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
81706
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
WI DNR’s commitment to annual wolf
population monitoring in a manner that
ensures accurate and comparable data
(WI DNR 1999, pp. 19–20), and we are
confident that adequate annual
monitoring will continue for the
foreseeable future.
Depredation Control in Wisconsin—
The rapidly expanding Wisconsin wolf
population has resulted in an increased
need for depredation control. From 1979
through 1989, there were only five cases
(an average of 0.4 per year) of verified
wolf depredations in Wisconsin.
Between 1990 and 1997, there were 27
verified depredation incidents in the
State (an average of 3.4 per year), and
82 incidents (an average of 16.4 per
year) occurred from 1998 to 2002.
Depredation incidents increased to 23
cases (including 50 domestic animals
killed and 4 injured) in 2003, 35 cases
(53 domestic animals killed, 3 injured,
and 6 missing) in 2004, and to 45 cases
(53 domestic animals killed and 11
injured) in 2005 (Wydeven and
Wiedenhoeft 2004a, pp. 2–3, 7–8 Table
3; Wydeven et al. 2005b, p. 7; Wydeven
et al. 2006b, p. 7). From 2005 to 2008,
depredation incidents continued to
increase, with 52 cases (92 domestic
animals killed (includes 50 chickens)
and 16 injured) in 2006, 60 cases (51
domestic animals killed, 18 injured, and
14 missing) in 2007, and 57 cases (67
domestic animals killed and 10 injured)
in 2008 (Wydeven et al. 2007a, p. 7;
Wydeven and Wiedenhoeft 2008, pp. 8,
25–32; Wydeven et al. 2009a, p. 6).
Similar levels of depredations
continued to occur in 2009, with 55
cases (65 domestic animals killed and
11 injured), but increased again to 81
cases (99 domestic animals killed and
20 injured) in 2010 (Wydeven et al.
2010, pp. 9–10; Wydeven et al. 2011, p.
3).
The number of farms experiencing
wolf depredations has increased from 5
farms in 2000, to 28–32 farms from 2007
to 2009, and to 47 farms in 2010, a
nearly ten-fold increase in the number
of farms experiencing depredations
during the last decade. The number of
counties with wolf depredations on
farms also grew during that time period
from 5 to 17 counties, indicating that
wolf depredation problems on farms are
continuing to expand (Wydeven in litt.
2009; Wydeven et al. 2009a, p. 23;
Wydeven et al. 2011, p. 3). Between
1995 and 2002, an average of 7 percent
of packs in Wisconsin were involved in
livestock depredations (Wydeven et al.
2004, p. 36), and between 2002 and
2010, an average of 13 percent (from 7
to 17) of the State’s packs were involved
in livestock depredation (WI DNR data).
More aggressive lethal controls possible
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
in 2007 and 2008 through State
management following a temporary
period of Federal delisting appear to
have started to stabilize levels of
livestock depredation in 2007–09, but
loss of those control methods allowed
major increases in levels of depredation
in 2010.
A significant portion of depredation
incidents in Wisconsin involve attacks
on dogs, primarily those engaged in bear
hunting activities or dogs being trained
in the field for hunting. In most cases,
these have been hunting dogs that were
being used for, or being trained for,
hunting bears, bobcats, coyotes, and
snowshoe hare (Ruid et al. 2009, pp.
285–286). It is believed that the dogs
entered the territory of a wolf pack and
may have been close to a den,
rendezvous site, or feeding location,
thus triggering an attack by wolves
defending their territory or pups. The
frequency of attacks on hunting dogs
has increased as the State’s wolf
population has grown. Between 1986
and 2010, wolves in Wisconsin killed
206 dogs and injured 80 (WI DNR data
files and summary of wolf survey
reports). Generally about 90 percent of
dogs killed were hunting hounds, and
about 50 percent of dogs injured were
pet dogs attacked near homes (Ruid et
al. 2009).
More than 80 percent of the dog kills
occurred since 2001, with an average of
17.2 dogs killed annually (range 6 to 25
dogs killed per year), and 6.8 injured
each year (range 1 to 14 dogs) during the
period 2001–10 (WI DNR files). Data on
recent depredations in 2009 and 2010
show a continued increase in wolf
attacks on dogs, with 23 dogs killed and
11 injured by 20 wolf packs (12 percent
of Wisconsin packs) in 2009, and 24
dogs killed and 14 injured by 21 wolf
packs in 2010 (Wydeven et al. 2010, pp.
51–52; Wydeven et al. 2011 p. 3). While
the WI DNR compensates dog owners
for mortalities and injuries to their dogs,
the DNR takes no action against the
depredating pack unless the attack was
on a dog that was leashed, confined, or
under the owner’s control on the
owner’s land. Instead, the DNR issues
press releases to warn bear hunters and
bear dog trainers of the areas where wolf
packs have been attacking bear dogs (WI
DNR 2008, p. 5) and provides maps and
advice to hunters on the WI DNR web
site (see https://www.dnr.state.wi.us/org/
land/er/mammals/wolf/dogdepred.htm).
In 2010, 14 wolf attacks on dogs had
occurred near homes, which was the
highest level seen of this type of
depredation (Wydeven et al. 2011, p. 3).
Post-delisting Depredation Control in
Wisconsin—Following Federal
delisting, wolf depredation control in
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
81707
Wisconsin will be carried out according
to the 2006 Updated Wisconsin Wolf
Management Plan (WI DNR 2006a, pp.
19–23), Guidelines for Conducting
Depredation Control on Wolves in
Wisconsin Following Federal Delisting
(WI DNR 2008), and any Tribal wolf
management plans or guidelines that
may be developed for reservations in
occupied wolf range. The 2006 updates
have not significantly changed the 1999
State Plan, and the State wolf
management goal of 350 wolves outside
of Indian reservations (WI DNR 2006a,
p. 3) is unchanged. Verification of wolf
depredation incidents will continue to
be conducted by USDA–APHIS–
Wildlife Services, working under a
cooperative agreement with WI DNR, or
at the request of a Tribe, depending on
the location of the suspected
depredation incident. If determined to
be a confirmed or probable depredation
by a wolf or wolves, one or more of
several options will be implemented to
address the depredation problem. These
options include technical assistance,
loss compensation to landowners,
translocating or euthanizing problem
wolves, and private landowner control
of problem wolves in some
circumstances (WI DNR 2006a, pp. 3–4,
20–22).
Technical assistance, consisting of
advice or recommendations to prevent
or reduce further wolf conflicts, will be
provided. This may also include
providing to the landowner various
forms of noninjurious behavior
modification materials, such as flashing
lights, noise makers, temporary fencing,
and fladry (a string of flags used to
contain or exclude wild animals).
Monetary compensation is also
provided for all verified and probable
losses of domestic animals and for a
portion of documented missing calves
(WI DNR 2006a, pp. 22–23).
The WI DNR compensates livestock
and pet owners for confirmed losses to
depredating wolves. The compensation
is made at full market value of the
animal (up to a limit of $2,500 for dogs)
and can include veterinarian fees for the
treatment of injured animals (WI DNR
2006c 12.54). Compensation costs have
been funded from the endangered
resources tax check-off and sales of the
endangered resources license plates.
Current Wisconsin law requires the
continuation of the compensation
payment for wolf depredation regardless
of Federal listing or delisting of the
species (WI DNR 2006c 12.50). In recent
years annual depredation compensation
payments have ranged from $68,907.88
(2007) to $203,943.51 (2010). From 1985
through December 24, 2010, the WI DNR
had spent $1,083,162.62 on
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
81708
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
reimbursement for damage caused by
wolves in the State, with 82 percent of
that total spent since 2000 (https://
dnr.wi.gov/org/land/er/mammals/wolf/
pdfs/wolf_damage_payments_2010.pdf).
For depredation incidents in
Wisconsin Zones 1 through 3, where all
wolf packs currently reside, wolves may
be trapped by Wildlife Services or WI
DNR personnel and, if feasible,
translocated and released at a point
distant from the depredation site. If
wolves are captured adjacent to an
Indian reservation or a large block of
public land, the animals may be
translocated locally to that area. As
noted above, long-distance translocating
of depredating wolves has become
increasingly difficult in Wisconsin and
is likely to be used infrequently in the
future as long as the off-reservation wolf
population is above 350 animals. In
most wolf depredation cases where
technical assistance and nonlethal
methods of behavior modification are
judged to be ineffective, wolves will be
shot or trapped and euthanized by
Wildlife Services or DNR personnel.
Trapping and euthanizing will be
conducted within a 1-mi (1.6-km) radius
of the depredation in Zones 1 and 2, and
within a 5-mi (8-km) radius in Zone 3.
There is no distance limitation for
depredation control trapping in Zone 4,
and all wolves trapped in Zone 4 will
be euthanized, rather than translocated
(WI DNR 2006a, pp. 22–23).
Following Federal delisting,
Wisconsin landowners who have had a
verified wolf depredation will be able to
obtain limited-duration permits from WI
DNR to kill a limited number of
depredating wolves on land they own or
lease, based on the size of the pack
causing the local depredations (WI DNR
2008, p. 8). Such permits would be
issued to: (1) Landowners with verified
permits on their property within the last
2 years; (2) landowners within 1 mile of
properties with verified wolf
depredations during the calendar year;
(3) landowners with vulnerable
livestock within WI DNR-designated
proactive control areas; (4) landowners
with human safety concerns on their
property, and (5) landowners with
verified harassment of livestock on their
property (WI DNR 2008, p. 8). Limits on
the number of wolves to control will be
based on the estimated number of
wolves in the pack causing depredation
problems. In addition, landowners and
lessees of land statewide will be
allowed to kill a wolf without obtaining
a permit ‘‘in the act of killing,
wounding, or biting a domestic animal,’’
the incident must be reported to a
conservation warden within 24 hours
and the landowners are required to turn
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
any dead wolves over to the WI DNR
(WI DNR 2006a, pp. 22–23; WI DNR
2008, p. 6). During the 19 months in
2007 and 2008 when wolves were
federally delisted, 5 wolves were shot in
the act of depredations on domestic
animals, and 2 wolves were shot by 1
landowner out of 67 permits issued.
One wolf was shot in the act of attack
on domestic animals during 2 months
when wolves were delisted in 2009.
The updated Wisconsin Plan also
envisions the possibility of intensive
control management actions in subzones of the larger wolf management
zones (WI DNR 2006a, pp. 22–23).
Triggering actions and type of controls
planned for these ‘‘proactive control
areas’’ are listed in recent versions of
the WI DNR depredation control
guidelines (WI DNR 2008, pp. 7–9).
Controls on these actions would be
considered on a case-by-case basis to
address specific problems, and would
likely be carried out only in areas that
lack suitable habitat, have extensive
agricultural lands with little forest
interspersion, in urban or suburban
settings, and only when the State wolf
population is well above the
management goal of 350 wolves outside
Indian reservations in late-winter
surveys. The use of intensive population
management in small areas will be
adapted as experience is gained with
implementing and evaluating localized
control actions (Wydeven 2006, pers.
comm.).
We have evaluated future lethal
depredation control based upon verified
depredation incidents over the last
decade and the impacts of the
implementation of similar lethal control
of depredating wolves under 50 CFR
17.40(d) for Minnesota, § 17.40(o) for
Wisconsin and Michigan, and section
10(a)(1)(A) of the Act for Wisconsin and
Michigan. Under those authorities, WI
DNR and Wildlife Services trapped and
euthanized 17 wolves in 2003; 24 in
2004; 29 in 2005; 18 in 2006; 37 in 2007;
39 in 2008; 9 in 2009; and 16 in 2010
(WI DNR 2006a, p. 32; Wydeven et al.
2008, pp. 8–9; Wydeven et al. 2009, pp.
6–7; Wydeven et al. 2010, p. 15;
Wydeven et al 2011, p. 3). Although
these lethal control authorities applied
to Wisconsin and Michigan DNRs for
only a portion of 2003 (April through
December) and 2005 (all of January for
both States; April 1 and April 19, for
Wisconsin and Michigan respectively,
through September 13), they covered
nearly all of the verified wolf
depredations during 2003–05, and thus
provide a reasonable measure of annual
lethal depredation control. Lethal
control authority only occurred for
about 3.5 months in 2006.
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
For 2003, 2004, and 2005, this
represents 5.1 percent, 6.4 percent, 7.4
percent (including the several possible
wolf-dog hybrids), respectively, of the
late-winter population of Wisconsin
wolves during the previous winter. Note
that some of the wolves euthanized after
August 1 were young-of-the-year who
were not present during the late-winter
survey, so the cited percentages are
overestimates.
This level of lethal depredation
control was followed by a wolf
population increase of 11 percent from
2003 to 2004, 17 percent from 2004 to
2005, and 7 percent from 2005 to 2006
(Wydeven and Jurewicz 2005, p. 5;
Wydeven et al 2006a, p. 10). Limited
lethal control authority was granted to
WI DNR in 2006 by a section 10 permit
resulting in removal of 18 wolves (3.9
percent of winter wolf population), and
this permit remained in effect for 3.5
months (Wydeven et al. 2007, p. 7).
Lethal depredation control was again
authorized in the State while wolves
were delisted in 2007 (9.5 months) and
2008 (9 months). During those times, 40
and 43 wolves, respectively, were killed
for depredation control (by Wildlife
Services or by legal landowner action),
representing 7 and 8 percent of the latewinter population of Wisconsin wolves
during the previous year.
This level of lethal depredation
control was followed by a wolf
population increase of 0.5 percent from
2007 to 2008, and 12 percent from 2008
to 2009 (Wydeven and Wiedenhoeft
2008, pp. 19–22; Wydeven et al 2009a,
p. 6). Authority for lethal control on
depredating wolves occurred for only 2
months in 2009. During that time, eight
wolves were euthanized for depredation
control by USDA–WS, and one wolf was
shot by a landowner; additionally, later
in 2009 after relisting, a wolf was
captured and euthanized by USDA–WS
for human safety concerns (Wydeven et
al. 2010, p. 15). Thus in 2009, 10
wolves, or 2 percent of the winter wolf
population, was removed in control
activities.
The Wisconsin wolf population in
winter 2010 grew to 690 wolves, an
increase of 8 percent from the wolf
population in 2009 (Wydeven et al.
2010, pp. 12–13). In 2010, authority for
lethal control of wolves depredating
livestock was not available in
Wisconsin, but 16 wolves or 2 percent
of the winter population were removed
for human safety concerns (Wydeven et
al. 2011, p. 3). This provides strong
evidence that this form and magnitude
of depredation control will not
adversely impact the viability of the
Wisconsin wolf population. The
locations of depredation incidents
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
provide additional evidence that lethal
control will not have an adverse impact
on the State’s wolf population. Most
livestock depredations are caused by
packs near the northern forest–farm
land interface. Few depredations occur
in core wolf range and in large blocks
of public land. Thus, lethal depredation
control actions will not impact most of
the Wisconsin wolf population (WI DNR
2006a, p. 30).
Control actions in Wisconsin also
resulted in removal of wolf-dog hybrids
from the wild that had begun
associating with packs. Wolf-dog hybrid
removal in depredation control activity
by USDA–WS included 3 in 2005; 1 in
2007; 2 in 2008; and 1 in 2010 (WI DNR
files).
One substantive change to lethal
control that will result from Federal
delisting is the ability of a small number
of private landowners, whose farms
have a history of recurring wolf
depredation, to obtain DNR permits to
kill depredating wolves (WI DNR 2006a,
p. 23; WI DNR 2008, p. 8). During the
time wolves were federally delisted
from March 12, 2007, through
September 29, 2008, the DNR issued 67
such permits, resulting in 2 wolves
being killed. Some landowners received
permits more than once, and permits
were issued for up to 90 days at a time
and restricted to specific calendar years.
During that same time period, under
Wisconsin depredation management
guidelines, landowners were allowed to
shoot wolves in the act of attacks on
domestic animals on private land
without a permit; under that authority,
landowners killed a total of five wolves.
The death of these seven additional
wolves—only one percent of the State’s
wolves in 2008—did not affect the
viability of the population. Another
substantive change after delisting may
be potential proactive trapping or
‘‘intensive control’’ of wolves in limited
areas as described above. We are
confident that the number of wolves
killed by these actions will not impact
the long-term viability of the Wisconsin
wolf population, because generally less
than 15 percent of packs cause
depredations that would initiate such
controls, and ‘‘proactive’’ controls will
be carried out only if the State’s latewinter wolf population exceeds 350
animals outside Indian reservations.
The State’s current guidelines for
conducting depredation control actions
say that no control trapping will be
conducted on wolves that kill ‘‘dogs that
are free-roaming, roaming at large,
hunting, or training on public lands,
and all other lands except land owned
or leased by the dog owner’’ (WI DNR
2008, p, 5). Controls would be applied
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
on wolves depredating pet dogs attacked
near homes and wolves attacking
livestock, which in 2010 included 25
packs attacking livestock (23 packs that
were also documented in the previous
winter surveys), 8 packs attacking dogs
at homes, and 5 packs attacking both
livestock and dogs. Thus control would
have been applied to 31 packs (17
percent of State packs) previously
detected and 2 new packs. Because of
these State-imposed limitations, we
believe that lethal control of wolves
depredating on hunting dogs will be
rare and, therefore, will not be a
significant additional source of
mortality in Wisconsin.
Lethal control of wolves that attack
captive deer is included in the WI DNR
depredation control program, because
farm-raised deer are considered to be
livestock under Wisconsin law (WI DNR
2008, pp. 5–6; 2006c, 12.52). However,
Wisconsin regulations for deer farm
fencing have been strengthened, and it
is unlikely that more than an occasional
wolf will need to be killed to end wolf
depredations inside deer farms in the
foreseeable future. Claims for wolf
depredation compensation are rejected
if the claimant is not in compliance
with regulations regarding farm-raised
deer fencing or livestock carcass
disposal (Wisconsin Statutes 90.20 &
90.21, WI DNR 2006c 12.54).
Data from verified wolf depredations
in recent years indicate that depredation
on livestock is likely to increase as long
as the Wisconsin wolf population
increases in numbers and range. Wolf
packs establishing in more marginal
habitat with high acreage of pasture
land are more likely to become
depredators (Treves et al. 2004, pp.
121–122). Most large areas of forest land
and public lands are included in
Wisconsin Wolf Management Zones 1
and 2, and they have already been
colonized by wolves. Therefore, new
areas likely to be colonized by wolves
in the future will be in Zones 3 and 4,
where they will be exposed to much
higher densities of farms, livestock, and
residences. During 2008, of farms
experiencing wolf depredation, 25
percent (8 of 32) were in Zone 3, yet
only 4 percent of the State wolf
population occurs in this zone
(Wydeven et al. 2009a, p. 23). Further
expansion of wolves into Zone 3 would
likely lead to an increase in depredation
incidents and an increase in lethal
control actions against Zone 3 wolves.
However, these Zone 3 mortalities will
have no impact on wolf population
viability in Wisconsin because of the
much larger wolf populations in Zones
1 and 2.
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
81709
For the foreseeable future, the wolf
population in Zones 1 and 2 will
continue to greatly exceed the recovery
goal in the Recovery Plan for the Eastern
Timber Wolf of 200 late-winter wolves
for an isolated population and 100
wolves for a subpopulation connected to
the larger Minnesota population,
regardless of the extent of wolf mortality
from all causes in Zones 3 and 4.
Ongoing annual wolf population
monitoring by WI DNR will provide
timely and accurate data to evaluate the
effects of wolf management under the
Wisconsin Plan.
The possibility of a public harvest of
wolves is acknowledged in the
Wisconsin Wolf Management Plan and
in plan updates (WI DNR 1999,
Appendix D; 2006c, p. 23). However,
the question of whether a public harvest
will be initiated and the details of such
a harvest are far from resolved. Public
attitudes toward a wolf population in
excess of 350 would have to be fully
evaluated, as would the impacts from
other mortalities, before a public harvest
could be initiated.
The Wisconsin Conservation
Congress, a group that advises the WI
DNR on issues of fishing and hunting
regulations, held hearings in 2008
(while wolves were federally delisted in
the WGL) to gather information on the
public’s attitudes toward a public
harvest of wolves in the State. Of the
people attending those meetings, 86
percent recommended that efforts begin
to develop public harvest regulations for
wolves in the State, indicating a strong
interest among hunters and anglers to
begin such development. Establishing a
public harvest, however, would be
preceded by extensive public input,
including public hearings, and would
require legislative authorization and
approval by the Wisconsin Natural
Resources Board. Because of the steps
that must precede a public harvest of
wolves and the uncertainty regarding
the possibility of, and the details of, any
such program, we consider public
harvest of Wisconsin wolves to be
highly speculative at this time. The
Service will closely monitor any steps
taken by States and Tribes within the
WGL DPS to establish any public
harvest of wolves during our postdelisting monitoring program.
Future updates for the Wisconsin wolf
management and conservation plan will
likely contain more specific language on
any potential public harvest for the
State. The WI DNR is committed to
maintaining a wolf population at 350
wolves outside of Indian reservations,
which translates to a statewide
population of 361 to 385 wolves in late
winter. No harvest would be considered
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
81710
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
if the wolf population fell below this
goal (WI DNR 1999, pp. 15, 16). Any
harvest would consist of limited permits
on limited portions of the wolf range to
reduce wolf-human conflict, and
extensive areas in wolf range would be
closed to harvest of wolves (WI DNR
1999, p. 21). Also, the fact that the
Wisconsin Plan calls for State relisting
of the wolf as a threatened species if the
population falls to fewer than 250 for 3
years provides a strong assurance that
any future public harvest is not likely to
threaten the persistence of the
population (WI DNR 1999, pp. 15–17).
Based on wolf population data, the
current Wisconsin Plan and the 2006
updates, we believe that any public
harvest plan would continue to
maintain the State wolf population well
above the recovery goal of 200 wolves
in late winter.
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
The Michigan Wolf Management Plan
In 1997, the Michigan DNR finalized
the Michigan Gray Wolf Recovery and
Management Plan (MI DNR 1997). That
plan was developed when the number
of wolves in the State was relatively
small, and focused on recovery. In 2001,
the MI DNR began reevaluating the 1997
Plan and appointed a committee to
evaluate wolf recovery and management
in the State. As a result of that
evaluation, MI DNR concluded that the
1997 Plan needed revising, which
prompted a more formal review,
including extensive stakeholder input.
Recognizing that wolf recovery had been
achieved in Michigan, additional
scientific knowledge had been gained,
and new social issues had arisen since
the 1997 Plan was drafted, the focus of
the revised plan shifted from a recovery
plan to a wolf management plan. To
assist in this endeavor, the DNR
convened a Michigan Wolf Management
Roundtable, composed of a diverse
group of citizens spanning the spectrum
of those interested in, and impacted by,
wolf recovery and management in
Michigan, including Tribal entities and
organizations focused on agriculture,
hunting and trapping, the environment,
animal protection, law enforcement and
public safety, and tourism.
The Roundtable was asked to review
the 1997 wolf management goal, to set
priorities for management issues, and to
recommend strategic goals or policies
the DNR should use in addressing the
management issues. The Roundtable
provided ‘‘guiding principles’’ for
managing wolves and wolf-related
issues following Federal delisting
(Michigan Wolf Management
Roundtable 2006, pp. 6–7). Those
guiding principles strongly influenced
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
the 2008 Michigan Wolf Management
Plan (MI Plan) (MI DNR 2008a).
The 2008 MI Plan describes the wolf
recovery goals and management actions
needed to maintain a viable wolf
population in the UP of Michigan, while
facilitating wolf-related benefits and
minimizing conflicts. The four principal
goals are to ‘‘1) maintain a viable
Michigan wolf population above a level
that would warrant its classification as
threatened or endangered; 2) facilitate
wolf-related benefits; 3) minimize wolfrelated conflicts; and 4) conduct
science-based wolf management with
socially acceptable methods’’ (MI DNR
2008a, p. 22). The Michigan Plan details
wolf management actions, including
public education and outreach
activities, annual wolf population and
health monitoring, research,
depredation control, ensuring adequate
legal protection for wolves, and prey
and habitat management. It does not
address the potential need for wolf
recovery or management in the Lower
Peninsula, nor wolf management within
Isle Royale National Park (where the
wolf population is fully protected by the
National Park Service).
As with the WI Plan, the MI DNR has
chosen to manage the State’s wolves as
though they are an isolated population
that receives no genetic or demographic
benefits from immigrating wolves, even
though their population will continue to
be connected with populations in
Minnesota, Wisconsin, and Canada. The
Michigan wolf population must exceed
200 wolves in order to achieve the
Plan’s first goal of maintaining a viable
wolf population in the UP. This number
is consistent with the Federal Recovery
Plan for the Eastern Timber Wolf’s
definition of a viable, isolated wolf
population (USFWS 1992, p. 25). The
MI Plan, however, clearly states that 200
wolves is not the target population size,
and that a larger population may be
necessary to meet the other goals of the
Plan. Therefore, the State will maintain
a wolf population that will ‘‘provide all
of the ecological and social benefits
valued by the public’’ while
‘‘minimizing and resolving conflicts
where they occur’’ (MI DNR 2008a, pp.
22–23). We strongly support this
approach, as it provides assurance that
a viable wolf population will remain in
the UP regardless of the future fate of
wolves in Wisconsin or Ontario.
The 2008 Michigan Plan identifies
wolf population monitoring as a priority
activity, and specifically states that the
MI DNR will monitor wolf abundance
annually for at least 5 years postdelisting (MI DNR 2008a, pp. 31–32).
This includes monitoring to assess wolf
presence in the northern Lower
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Peninsula. As discussed previously, the
size of the wolf population in Michigan
is determined by extensive radio and
snow tracking surveys. Recently the MI
DNR also conducted a field evaluation
of a less expensive ‘‘Minnesota-type’’
wolf survey. However, similar to WI
DNR’s experience, the evaluation
concluded that the method
overestimated wolf numbers, and is not
suitable for use on the State’s wolf
population as it currently is distributed
(Beyer in litt. 2006b).
From 1989 through 2006, the MI DNR
attempted to count wolves throughout
the entire UP. As the wolf population
increased, this method became more
difficult. In the winter of 2006–07, the
MI DNR implemented a new sampling
approach based on an analysis by Potvin
et al. (2005, p. 1668) to increase the
efficiency of the State survey. The new
approach is based on a geographically
based stratified random sample and
produces an unbiased, regional estimate
of wolf abundance. The UP was
stratified into three sampling areas, and
within each stratum the DNR
intensively surveys roughly 40 to 50
percent of the wolf habitat area
annually. Computer simulations have
shown that such a geographically
stratified monitoring program will
produce unbiased and precise estimates
of the total wolf population, which can
be statistically compared to estimates
derived from the previous method to
detect significant changes in the UP
wolf population (Beyer in litt 2006b, see
attachment by Drummer; Lederle in litt.
2006; Roell et al. 2009, p. 3).
Another component of wolf
population monitoring is monitoring
wolf health. The MI DNR will continue
to monitor the impact of parasites and
disease on the viability of wolf
populations in the State through
necropsies of dead wolves and
analyzing biological samples from
captured live wolves. Prior to 2004, MI
DNR vaccinated all captured wolves for
canine distemper and parvovirus and
treated them for mange. These
inoculations were discontinued to
provide more natural biotic conditions
and to provide biologists with an
unbiased estimate of disease-caused
mortality rates in the population (Roell
in litt. 2005b). Since diseases and
parasites are not currently a significant
threat to the Michigan wolf population,
the MI DNR is continuing the practice
of not actively managing disease. If
monitoring indicates that diseases or
parasites may pose a threat to the wolf
population, the MI DNR will again
consider more active management
similar to that conducted prior to 2004.
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
The 2008 Plan includes maintaining
habitat and prey necessary to sustain a
viable wolf population in the State as a
management component. This includes
maintaining prey populations required
for a viable wolf population while
providing for sustainable human uses,
maintaining habitat linkages to allow for
wolf dispersal, and minimizing
disturbance at known, active wolf dens
(MI DNR 2008a, pp. 36–41).
The Plan does not determine whether
a public harvest will be used as a
management strategy in Michigan, but it
discusses developing a ‘‘socially and
biologically responsible policy
regarding public harvest’’ (MI DNR
2008a, p. 65). Instituting public harvest
during a regulated season would first
require that the wolf be classified as a
‘‘game animal’’ in the State. Gameanimal status in Michigan may be
designated only by the State Legislature
and, additionally, only the State
Legislature could authorize the first
harvest season. If such designation and
authorization were conferred, the
Michigan Natural Resources
Commission would then need to enact
regulations pertaining to the methods of
a public harvest.
To minimize illegal take, the 2008
Plan calls for enacting and enforcing
regulations to ensure adequate legal
protection for wolves in the State.
Under State regulations, wolves could
be classified as a threatened,
endangered, game, or protected animal,
all of which prohibit killing (or
harming) the species except under a
permit, license, or specific conditions.
As discussed above, designating a
species as a ‘‘game animal’’ would
require action by the State Legislature.
Michigan reclassified wolves from
endangered to threatened in June 2002,
and in April 2009, removed gray wolves
from the State’s threatened and
endangered species list and amended
the Wildlife Conservation Order to grant
‘‘protected animal’’ status to the gray
wolf in the State (Roell 2009, pers.
comm.). A person who commits a
violation regarding the possession or
taking of most wildlife species with the
four legal designations (threatened,
endangered, game, or protected animal)
in Michigan is guilty of a misdemeanor
punishable by imprisonment for not
more than 90 days, or a fine of not less
than $100 or more than $1,000, or both.
Penalties may also include costs of
prosecution, loss of hunting privileges,
and reimbursing the value of the animal
($1,500 for a threatened or endangered
species, $100 to $500 for most game
species, and $100 for protected animals)
(MI DNR 2008a, p. 35).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
The 2008 Plan emphasizes the need
for public education efforts that focus
on living with a recovered wolf
population and ways to manage wolves
and wolf-human interaction (both
positive and negative). The Plan
recommends continuing reimbursement
for depredation losses, citizen
stakeholder involvement in the wolf
management program, continuing
important research efforts, and
minimizing the impacts of captive
wolves and wolf-dog hybrids on the
wild wolf population (MI DNR 2008a,
pp. 31, 59, 61, and 66).
The 2008 Michigan Plan calls for
establishing a wolf management
advisory group that would meet
annually to monitor the progress made
toward implementing the Plan.
Furthermore, the Plan will be reviewed
and updated at 5-year intervals, to
address ‘‘ecological, social, and
regulatory’’ changes (MI DNR 2008a, p.
66). The plan also addresses currently
available and potential new sources of
funding to offset costs associated with
wolf management. The MI DNR has long
been an innovative leader in wolf
recovery efforts, exemplified by its
initiation of the nation’s first attempt to
reintroduce wild wolves to vacant
historical wolf habitat in 1974 (Weise et
al. 1975). The MI DNR’s history of
leadership in wolf recovery and its
repeated written commitments to ensure
the continued viability of a Michigan
wolf population above a level that
would trigger State or Federal listing as
threatened or endangered further
reinforces that the revised 2008
Michigan Wolf Management Plan will
provide adequate regulatory
mechanisms for Michigan wolves. The
DNR’s primary goal remains to conduct
management to maintain the wolf
population in Michigan above the
minimum size that is biologically
required for a viable, isolated
population and to provide for ecological
and social benefits valued by the public
while resolving conflicts where they
occur (MI DNR 2008a, p. 22).
Depredation Control in Michigan—
Data from Michigan show a general
increase in confirmed events of wolf
depredations on livestock (Table 2).
These livestock depredations occurred
at 59 different UP farms (approximately
7 percent of the existing farms); 16 (27
percent) of those 59 farms have
experienced more than one depredation
event. Over 80 percent of the
depredation events were on cattle, with
the rest on sheep, poultry, rabbits, and
captive cervids (Roell et al. 2009, pp. 9,
11). In 2010, 26 (57 percent) of the
depredation events occurred on a single
farm. The relationship between the
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
81711
number of wolves and the number of
depredation events suggests that for
every 100 additional wolves in the
population there will be about 3
additional livestock depredation events
per year (Roell et al. 2010, p. 6).
TABLE 2—NUMBER OF VERIFIED LIVESTOCK DEPREDATION EVENTS BY
WOLVES IN MICHIGAN BY YEAR.
Year
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
..............................
..............................
..............................
..............................
..............................
..............................
..............................
..............................
..............................
..............................
..............................
..............................
..............................
Number of animals
killed
3
1
5
3
5
13
11
5
10
14
14
12
46
Michigan has not experienced as high
a level of attacks on dogs by wolves as
Wisconsin, although a slight increase in
such attacks has occurred over the last
decade. Yearly losses vary, and actions
of a single pack of wolves can be an
important influence. In Michigan, there
is not a strong relationship between
wolf depredation on dogs and wolf
abundance (Roell et al. 2010, p. 7). The
number of dogs killed in the State
between 1996 and 2010 was 34; 12
additional dogs were injured in wolf
attacks during that same period. Of the
34 wolf-related dog deaths during that
time, 50 percent involved hounds used
to hunt bears (Roell 2010, pers. comm.).
Similar to Wisconsin, MI DNR has
guidelines for its depredation control
program, stating that lethal control will
not be used when wolves kill dogs that
are free-roaming, hunting, or training on
public lands. Lethal control of wolves,
however, would be considered if wolves
have killed confined pets and remain in
the area where more pets are being held
(MI DNR 2005a, p. 6). However, in 2008,
the Michigan Legislature passed a law
that would allow dog owners or their
designated agents to remove, capture,
or, if deemed necessary, use lethal
means to destroy a gray wolf that is in
the act of preying upon the owner’s dog,
which includes dogs free-roaming or
hunting on public lands.
During the several years that lethal
control of depredating wolves had been
conducted in Michigan, there was no
evidence of resulting adverse impacts to
the maintenance of a viable wolf
population in the UP. A total of 41
wolves were killed by the MI DNR and
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
81712
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
USDA–Wildlife Services in response to
depredation events during the time
period when permits or special rules
were in effect or while wolves were not
on the Federal list of threatened and
endangered species (Roell et al. 2010, p.
8). Wolves were euthanized as follows:
4 (2003), 5 (2004), 2 (2005), 7 (2006), 14
(2007), 8 (2008), and 1 (during 2 months
in 2009) (Beyer et al. 2006, p. 88; Roell
in litt. 2006, p. 1; Roell et al. 2010, p.
19; Roell 2010, pers. comm.). This
represents 1.2 percent, 1.7 percent, 0.5
percent, 1.6 percent, 2.7 percent, 2.5
percent, and 0.2 percent, respectively, of
the UP’s late-winter population of
wolves during the previous winter.
Following this level of lethal
depredation control, the UP wolf
population increased 12 percent from
2003 to 2004, 13 percent from 2004 to
2005, 7 percent from 2005 to 2006, 17
percent from 2006 to 2007, 2 percent
from 2007 to 2008, and 11 percent from
2008 to 2009, demonstrating that the
wolf population continues to increase at
a healthy rate (Huntzinger et al. 2005, p.
6; MI DNR 2006a, Roell et al. 2009, p.
4). Lethal control of wolves during
livestock depredation was not available
in 2010 or 2011.
Post-delisting Depredation Control in
Michigan—Following Federal delisting,
wolf depredation control in Michigan
would be carried out according to the
2008 Michigan Wolf Recovery and
Management Plan (MI DNR 2008) and
any Tribal wolf management plans that
may be developed in the future for
reservations in occupied wolf range.
To provide depredation control
guidance when lethal control is an
option, MI DNR has developed detailed
instructions for incident investigation
and response (MI DNR 2005a).
Verification of wolf depredation
incidents will be conducted by MI DNR
or USDA–APHIS–Wildlife Services
personnel (working under a cooperative
agreement with MI DNR or at the
request of a Tribe, depending on the
location) who have been trained in
depredation investigation techniques.
The MI DNR specifies that the
verification process will use the
investigative techniques that have been
developed and successfully used in
Minnesota by Wildlife Services (MI
DNR 2005a, Append. B, pp. 9–10).
Following verification, one or more of
several options will be implemented to
address the depredation problem.
Technical assistance, consisting of
advice or recommendations to reduce
wolf conflicts, will be provided.
Technical assistance may also include
providing to the landowner various
forms of noninjurious behavior
modification materials, such as flashing
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
lights, noise makers, temporary fencing,
and fladry.
Trapping and translocating
depredating wolves has been used in the
past, resulting in the translocation of 23
UP wolves during 1998–2003 (Beyer et
al. 2006, p. 88), but as with Wisconsin,
suitable relocation sites are becoming
rarer, and there is local opposition to
the release of translocated depredators.
Furthermore, none of the past
translocated depredators have remained
near their release sites, making this a
questionable method to end the
depredation behaviors of these wolves
(MI DNR 2005a, pp. 3–4). Therefore,
reducing depredation problems by
relocation is no longer recommended as
a management tool in Michigan (MI
DNR 2008a, p. 57).
Lethal control of depredating wolves
is likely to be the most common future
response in situations when improved
livestock husbandry and wolf behavior
modification techniques (for example,
flashing lights, noise-making devices)
are judged to be inadequate. As wolf
numbers continue to increase on the UP,
the number of verified depredations will
also increase, and will probably do so at
a rate that exceeds the rate of wolf
population increase. This will occur as
wolves increasingly disperse into and
occupy areas of the UP with more
livestock and more human residences,
leading to additional exposure to
domestic animals. In a previous
application for a lethal take permit
under section 10(a)(1)(A) of the Act, MI
DNR requested authority to euthanize
up to 10 percent of the late-winter wolf
population annually (MI DNR 2005b, p.
1). However, based on 2003–05 and
2007–09 depredation data, it is likely
that significantly less than 10 percent
lethal control will be needed over the
next several years.
The MI Plan provides
recommendations to guide management
of various conflicts caused by wolf
recovery, including depredation on
livestock and pets, human safety, and
public concerns regarding wolf impacts
on other wildlife. We view the MI Plan’s
depredation and conflict control
strategies to be conservative, in that they
commit to nonlethal depredation
management whenever possible, oppose
preventative wolf removal where
problems have not yet occurred,
encourage incentives for best
management practices that decrease
wolf-livestock conflicts without
impacting wolves, and support closely
monitored and enforced take by
landowners of wolves ‘‘in the act of
livestock depredation’’ or under limited
permits if depredation is confirmed and
nonlethal methods are determined to be
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
ineffective. Based on these components
of the revised MI Plan and the stated
goal for maintaining wolf populations at
or above recovery goals, the Service
believes any wolf management changes
implemented following delisting would
not be implemented in a manner that
results in significant reductions in
Michigan wolf populations. The MI
DNR remains committed to ensuring a
viable wolf population above a level
that would trigger relisting as either
threatened or endangered in the future
(MI DNR 2008a, p. 9).
Similar to Wisconsin, Michigan
livestock owners are compensated when
they lose livestock as a result of a
confirmed wolf depredation. Currently
there are two complementary
compensation programs in Michigan,
one funded by the MI DNR and
implemented by Michigan Department
of Agriculture (MI DA) and another set
up through donations (from Defenders
of Wildlife and private citizens) and
administered by the International Wolf
Center (IWC), a nonprofit organization.
From the inception of the program to
2000, MI DA has paid 90 percent of full
market value of depredated livestock at
the time of loss. The IWC account was
used to pay the remaining 10 percent
from 2000 to 2002 when MI DA began
paying 100 percent of the full market
value of depredated livestock. The IWC
account continues to be used to pay the
difference between value at time of loss
and the full fall market value for
depredated young-of-the-year livestock,
and together the two funds have
provided nearly $38,000 in livestock
loss compensation through 2008 (Roell
et al., p. 15). Neither of these programs
provides compensation for pets or for
veterinary costs to treat wolf-inflicted
livestock injuries. The MI DNR plans to
continue cooperating with MI DA and
other organizations to maintain the wolf
depredation compensation program (MI
DNR 2008a, pp. 59–60).
In 2008, Michigan passed two House
Bills that would become effective after
Federal delisting. Those bills authorized
a livestock or dog owner (or a
designated agent) to ‘‘remove, capture,
or use lethal means to destroy a wolf
that is in the act of preying upon’’ the
owner’s livestock or dog. During the 2
months that wolves were federally and
State delisted in 2009, no wolves were
killed under these authorizations. We
are confident that the limited number of
wolves expected to be taken under these
bills would not affect the viability of the
Michigan wolf population.
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Regulatory Mechanisms in Other States
and Tribal Areas Within the WGL DPS
North Dakota and South Dakota
North Dakota lacks a State endangered
species law or regulation. Any wolves in
the State currently are classified as
furbearers, with a closed season. North
Dakota Game and Fish Department is
unlikely to change the species’ State
classification immediately following
Federal delisting. Wolves are included
in the State’s Wildlife Action Plan as a
‘‘Level 3’’ Species of Conservation
Priority. Level 3 species are those
‘‘having a moderate level of
conservation priority, but are believed
to be peripheral or do not breed in
North Dakota.’’ Placement on this list
gives species greater access to
conservation funding, but does not
afford any additional regulatory or
legislative protection (Bicknell in litt.
2009).
Currently any wolves that may be in
South Dakota are not State listed as
threatened or endangered, nor is there a
hunting or trapping season for them.
Upon the effective date of any Federal
delisting, gray wolves in eastern South
Dakota will fall under general
protections afforded all State wildlife.
These protections require that specific
provisions—seasons and regulations—
be established prior to initiating any
form of legal take. Thus, the State could
choose to implement a hunting or
trapping season for wolves east of the
Missouri River; however, absent some
definitive action to establish a season,
wolves would remain protected.
Following Federal delisting, any
verified depredating wolves east of the
Missouri will likely be trapped and
killed by the USDA-APHIS-Wildlife
Services program (Larson in litt. 2005).
Non-depredating wolves in North and
South Dakota not on the Federal list will
continue to receive protection by the
States’ wildlife protection statutes
unless specific action is taken to open
a hunting or trapping season or
otherwise remove existing protections.
Post-delisting Depredation Control in
North and South Dakota—Since 1993,
five incidents of verified wolf
depredation have occurred in North
Dakota, with one in September 2003 and
two more in December 2005. There have
been no verified wolf depredations in
South Dakota in recent decades.
Following Federal delisting we assume
that lethal control of a small number of
depredating wolves will occur in one or
both of these States. Lethal control of
depredating wolves may have adverse
impacts on the ability of wolves to
occupy any small areas of suitable or
marginally suitable habitat that may
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
exist in the States. However, lethal
control of depredating wolves in these
two States will have no adverse effects
on the long-term viability of wolf
populations in the WGL DPS as a whole,
because the existence of a wolf or a wolf
population in the Dakotas will not make
a meaningful contribution to the
maintenance of the current viable, selfsustaining, and representative
metapopulation of wolves in the WGL
DPS.
Other States in the Western Great Lakes
DPS
The DPS includes the portion of Iowa
that is north of Interstate Highway 80,
which is approximately 60 percent of
the State. The Iowa Natural Resource
Commission currently lists wolves as
furbearers, with a closed season (Howell
in litt. 2005). Following Federal
delisting of the DPS, wolves dispersing
into northern Iowa will be protected by
State law.
The portion of Illinois that is north of
Interstate Highway 80, less than onefifth of the State, is included in the DPS
and is part of the geographic area where
wolves are removed from Federal
protection. Gray wolves are currently
protected in Illinois as a threatened
species under the Illinois Endangered
Species Protection Act (520 ILCS 10).
Thus, following Federal delisting,
wolves dispersing into northern Illinois
would continue to be protected from
human take by State law.
The extreme northern portions of
Indiana and northwestern Ohio are
included within the DPS. Any wolves
that are found in this area are no longer
federally protected under the Act. The
State of Ohio classifies the gray wolf as
‘‘extirpated,’’ and there are no plans to
reintroduce or recover the species in the
State. The species lacks State protection,
but State action is likely to apply some
form of protection if wolves begin to
disperse into the State (Caldwell in litt.
2005). Indiana DNR lists the gray wolf
as extirpated in the State, and the
species would receive no State
protection under this classification
following any Federal delisting. The
only means to provide State protection
would be to list them as Stateendangered, but that is not likely to
occur unless wolves become resident in
Indiana (Johnson in litt. 2005, in litt.
2006). Thus, federally delisted wolves
that might disperse into Indiana and
Ohio would lack State protection there,
unless these two States take specific
action to provide new protections.
Because the portions of Iowa, Illinois,
Indiana, and Ohio within the WGL DPS
do not contain suitable habitat or
currently established packs, depredation
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
81713
control in these States would not have
any significant impact on the continued
viability of wolf populations in the WGL
DPS.
Tribal Management and Protection of
Wolves
Native American tribes and intertribal resource management
organizations have indicated to the
Service that they will continue to
conserve wolves on most, and probably
all, Native American reservations in the
core recovery areas of the WGL DPS.
The wolf retains great cultural
significance and traditional value to
many Tribes and their members
(additional discussion is found in Factor
E), and to retain and strengthen cultural
connections, many tribes oppose
unnecessary killing of wolves on
reservations and on ceded lands, even
following any Federal delisting (Hunt in
litt. 1998; Schrage in litt. 1998a;
Schlender in litt. 1998). Some Native
Americans view wolves as competitors
for deer and moose, whereas others are
interested in harvesting wolves as
furbearers (Schrage in litt. 1998a). Many
tribes intend to sustainably manage
their natural resources, wolves among
them, to ensure that they are available
to their descendants. Traditional natural
resource harvest practices, however,
often include only a minimum amount
of regulation by the Tribal governments
(Hunt in litt. 1998).
Although not all Tribes with wolves
that visit or reside on their reservations
have completed management plans
specific to the wolf, several Tribes have
informed us that they have no plans or
intentions to allow commercial or
recreational hunting or trapping of the
species on their lands after Federal
delisting. The Red Lake Band of
Chippewa Indians (Minnesota) and the
Little Traverse Bay Band of Odawa
Indians (Michigan) have developed wolf
monitoring and/or management plans.
The Service has also awarded a grant to
the Ho-Chunk Nation to identify wolf
habitat on reservation lands.
As a result of many past contacts
with, and previous written comments
from, the Midwestern Tribes and their
inter-tribal natural resource
management agencies—the Great Lakes
Indian Fish and Wildlife Commission
(GLIFWC), the 1854 Authority, and the
Chippewa Ottawa Treaty Authority—it
is clear that their predominant
sentiment is strong support for the
continued protection of wolves at a
level that ensures that viable wolf
populations remain on reservations and
throughout the treaty-ceded lands
surrounding the reservations. While
several Tribes stated that their members
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
81714
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
may be interested in killing small
numbers of wolves for spiritual or other
purposes, this would be carried out in
a manner that would not impact
reservation or ceded territory wolf
populations.
The Red Lake Band of Chippewa
Indians (Minnesota) completed a wolf
management plan in 2010 (Red Lake
Band of Chippewa Indians 2010). A
primary goal of the management plan is
to maintain wolf numbers at a level that
will ensure the long-term survival of
wolves on Red Lake lands. Key
components of the plan are habitat
management, public education, and law
enforcement. To address human-wolf
interactions, the plan outlines how
wolves may be taken on Red Lake lands.
Wolves thought to be a threat to public
safety may be harassed at any time, and
if they must be killed, the incident must
be reported to tribal law enforcement.
Agricultural livestock are not common
on Red Lake lands, and wolf-related
depredation on livestock or pets is
unlikely to be a significant management
issue. If such events do occur, tribal
members may protect their livestock or
pets by lethal means, but ‘‘* * * all
reasonable efforts should be made to
deter wolves using non-lethal means’’
(Red Lake Band of Chippewa Indians
2010, p. 15). Hunting or trapping of
wolves on tribal lands will be
prohibited. The Reservation currently
has 7 or 8 packs with an estimated 40–
48 wolves within its boundaries (Red
Lake Band of Chippewa Indians 2010, p.
12).
In 2009, the Little Traverse Bay Bands
of Odawa Indians (LTBB) finalized a
management plan for the 1855
Reservation and portions of the 1836
ceded territory in the northern LP of
Michigan (Little Traverse Bay Bands of
Odawa Indians Natural Resource
Department 2009). The plan provides
the framework for managing wolves on
the LTBB Reservation with the goal of
maintaining a viable wolf presence on
the LTBB Reservation or within the
northern LP should a population
become established by (1) prescribing
scientifically sound biological wolf
management, research, and monitoring
strategies; (2) addressing wolf-related
conflicts; (3) facilitating wolf-related
benefits; and (4) developing and
implementing wolf-related education
and public information.
The Tribal Council of the Leech Lake
Band of Minnesota Ojibwe (Council)
approved a resolution that describes the
sport and recreational harvest of wolves
as an inappropriate use of the animal.
That resolution supports limited harvest
of wolves to be used for traditional or
spiritual uses by enrolled Tribal
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
members if the harvest is done in a
respectful manner and would not
negatively affect the wolf population.
Over the last several years, the Council
has been working to revise the
Reservation Conservation Code to allow
Tribal members to harvest some wolves
after Federal delisting (Googgleye, Jr. in
litt. 2004; Johnson 2011, pers. comm.).
Until this revision occurs, it is unknown
whether harvest will be allowed and
how a harvest might be implemented.
The Tribe is currently developing a wolf
management plan (Mortensen 2011,
pers. comm.) In 2005, the Leech Lake
Reservation was home to an estimated
75 wolves, the largest population of
wolves on a Native American
reservation in the 48 conterminous
States (Mortensen 2006, pers. comm.;
White in litt. 2003). Although no recent
surveys have been conducted, the
number of wolves on the reservation
likely remains about the same
(Mortensen 2009, pers. comm.; Johnson
2011, pers. comm.).
The Fond du Lac Band (Minnesota)
believes that the ‘‘well being of the wolf
is intimately connected to the well
being of the Chippewa People’’ (Schrage
in litt. 2003). In 1998, the Band passed
a resolution opposing Federal delisting
and any other measure that would
permit trapping, hunting, or poisoning
of the wolf (Schrage in litt. 1998b; in
litt. 2003; 2009, pers. comm.). If this
prohibition is rescinded, the Band’s
Resource Management Division will
coordinate with State and Federal
agencies to ensure that any wolf hunting
or trapping would be ‘‘conducted in a
biologically sustainable manner’’
(Schrage in litt. 2003).
The Red Cliff Band (Wisconsin) has
strongly opposed State and Federal
delisting of the gray wolf. Current Tribal
law protects wolves from harvest,
although harvest for ceremonial
purposes would likely be permitted
after Federal delisting (Symbal in litt.
2003).
The Menominee Indian Tribe of
Wisconsin is committed to establishing
a self-sustaining wolf population,
continuing restoration efforts, ensuring
the long-term survival of the wolf in
Menominee, placing emphasis on the
cultural significance of the wolf as a
clan member, and resolving conflicts
between wolves and humans. They are
currently working on developing a
Menominee Wolf Management Plan
(Cox 2011, pers. comm.).
The Tribe has shown a great deal of
interest in wolf recovery and protection.
In 2002, the Tribe offered their
Reservation lands as a site for
translocating seven depredating wolves
that had been trapped by WI DNR and
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Wildlife Services. Tribal natural
resources staff participated in the soft
release of the wolves on the Reservation
and helped with the subsequent radiotracking of the wolves. Although by
early 2005 the last of these wolves died
on the reservation, the tribal
conservation department continued to
monitor another pair that had moved
onto the Reservation, as well as other
wolves near the reservation (Wydeven
in litt. 2006a). When that pair produced
pups in 2006, but the adult female was
killed, Reservation biologists and staff
worked diligently with the WI DNR and
the Wildlife Science Center (Forest
Lake, Minnesota) to raise the pups in
captivity in the hope that they could
later be released to the care of the adult
male. However, the adult male died
prior to pup release, and they were
moved back to the Wildlife Science
Center (Pioneer Press 2006).
The Menominee Tribe continues to
support wolf conservation and
monitoring activity in Wisconsin. In
recent years the Menominee Tribe has
assisted the WI DNR in radio-telemetry
wolf flights, allowing more regular
flights to occur across all of northern
Wisconsin.
The Keweenaw Bay Indian
Community (Michigan) will continue to
list the wolf as a protected animal under
the Tribal Code following any Federal
delisting, with hunting and trapping
prohibited (Mike Donofrio 1998, pers.
comm.). Furthermore, the Keweenaw
Bay Community plans to develop a
management plan that will address
wolves (Donofrio in litt. 2003; Warner
20010, pers. comm.). At least four other
Tribes (Stock-bridge Munsee
Community, Lac Courte Oreilles Band of
Ojibwe, the Mille Lacs Band of Ojibwe,
and Grand Portage Band of Lake
Superior Chippewa) have indicated that
they are currently developing Tribal
wolf management plans.
Several Midwestern Tribes (for
example, the Bad River Band of Lake
Superior Chippewa Indians and the
LTBB) have expressed concern that
Federal delisting will result in increased
mortality of wolves on reservation
lands, in the areas immediately
surrounding the reservations, and in
lands ceded by treaty to the Federal
Government by the Tribes (Kiogama and
Chingwa in litt. 2000). In 2006, a
cooperative effort among tribal natural
resource departments of several tribes in
Wisconsin, WI DNR, the Service, and
USDA Wildlife Services led to a wolf
management agreement for lands
adjacent to several reservations in
Wisconsin. The goal is to reduce the
threats to reservation wolf packs when
they are temporarily off the reservation.
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
Other Tribes have expressed interest in
such an agreement. This agreement, and
additional agreements if they are
implemented, provides supplementary
protection to certain wolf packs in the
western Great Lakes area.
The GLIFWC has stated its intent to
work closely with the States to
cooperatively manage wolves in the
ceded territories in the core areas, and
will not develop a separate wolf
management plan (Schlender in litt.
1998). Furthermore, the Voigt Intertribal
Task Force of GLIFWC has expressed its
support for strong protections for the
wolf, stating ‘‘[delisting] hinges on
whether wolves are sufficiently restored
and will be sufficiently protected to
ensure a healthy and abundant future
for our brother and ourselves’’
(Schlender in litt. 2004).
According to the 1854 Authority,
‘‘attitudes toward wolf management in
the 1854 Ceded Territory run the gamut
from a desire to see total protection to
unlimited harvest opportunity.’’
However, the 1854 Authority would not
‘‘implement a harvest system that would
have any long-term negative impacts to
wolf populations’’ (Edwards in litt.
2003). In comments submitted for our
2004 delisting proposal for a larger
Eastern DPS of the gray wolf, the 1854
Authority stated that the Authority is
‘‘confident that under the control of
State and tribal management, wolves
will continue to exist at a self-sustaining
level in the 1854 Ceded Territory.
Sustainable populations of wolves, their
prey and other resources within the
1854 Ceded Territory are goals to which
the 1854 Authority remains committed.
As such, we intend to work with the
State of Minnesota and other tribes to
ensure successful state and tribal
management of healthy wolf
populations in the 1854 Ceded
Territory’’ (Myers in litt. 2004). The
1854 Authority is currently developing
a wolf management plan for the 1854
Ceded Territory, based on the above
principles (Edwards 2011, pers. comm.).
While there are few written Tribal
protections currently in place for
wolves, the highly protective and
reverential attitudes that have been
expressed by Tribal authorities and
members have assured us that any postdelisting harvest of reservation wolves
would be very limited and would not
adversely impact the delisted wolf
populations. Furthermore, any offreservation harvest of wolves by tribal
members in the ceded territories would
be limited to a portion of the harvestable
surplus at some future time. Such a
harvestable surplus would be
determined and monitored jointly by
State and tribal biologists, and would be
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
conducted in coordination with the
Service and the Bureau of Indian Affairs
(BIA), as is being successfully done for
the ceded territory harvest of inland and
Great Lakes fish, deer, bear, moose, and
furbearers in Minnesota, Wisconsin, and
Michigan. Therefore, we conclude that
any future Native American take of
delisted wolves will not significantly
impact the viability of the wolf
population, either locally or across the
WGL DPS.
The Service and the Department of
the Interior recognize the unique status
of the federally recognized tribes, their
right to self-governance, and their
inherent sovereign powers over their
members and territory. Therefore, the
Department, the Service, the Bureau of
Indian Affairs, and other Federal
agencies, as appropriate, will take the
needed steps to ensure that tribal
authority and sovereignty within
reservation boundaries are respected as
the States implement their wolf
management plans and revise those
plans in the future. Furthermore, there
may be tribal activities or interests
associated with wolves encompassed
within the tribes’ retained rights to
hunt, fish, and gather in treaty-ceded
territories. The Department is available
to assist in the exercise of any such
rights. If biological assistance is needed,
the Service may provide it via our field
offices. Upon delisting, the Service will
remain involved in the post-delisting
monitoring of the wolves in the WGL,
but all Service management and
protection authority under the Act will
end. Legal assistance will be provided to
the tribes by the Department of the
Interior, and the BIA will be involved,
when needed. We strongly encourage
the States and Tribes to work
cooperatively toward post-delisting wolf
management.
Consistent with our responsibilities to
tribes and our goal to have the most
comprehensive data available for our
post-delisting monitoring, we will
annually contact tribes and their
designated intertribal natural resource
agencies within the DPS during the 5year post-delisting monitoring period to
obtain any information they wish to
share regarding wolf populations, the
health of those populations, or changes
in their management and protection.
Reservations within the WGL DPS that
may have significant wolf data to
provide during the post-delisting period
include Bois Forte, Bad River, Fond du
Lac, Grand Portage, Keweenaw Bay
Indian Community, Lac Courte Oreilles,
Lac du Flambeau, Leech Lake,
Menominee, Oneida, Red Lake,
Stockbridge-Munsee Community, and
White Earth. Throughout the 5-year
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
81715
post-delisting monitoring period, the
Service will annually contact the
natural resource agencies of each of
these reservations and that of the 1854
Treaty Authority and Great Lakes Indian
Fish and Wildlife Commission. We
encourage the States and Tribes within
the WGL DPS to work together on
management and monitoring issues
post-delisting.
Federal Lands
The five national forests with resident
wolves (Superior, Chippewa,
Chequamegon-Nicolet, Hiawatha, and
Ottawa National Forests) in Minnesota,
Wisconsin, and Michigan are all
operating in conformance with
standards and guidelines in their
management plans that follow the 1992
Recovery Plan for the Eastern Timber
Wolf’s recommendations for the eastern
timber wolf (USDA FS 2004a, chapter 2,
p. 31; USDA FS 2004b, chapter 2, p. 28;
USDA FS 2004c, chapter 2, p. 19; USDA
FS 2006a, chapter 2, p. 17; USDA FS
2006b, chapter 2, pp. 28–29). Delisting
is not expected to lead to an immediate
change in these standards and
guidelines; in fact, the Regional Forester
for U.S. Forest Service Region 9 is
expected to maintain the classification
of the wolf as a Regional Forester
Sensitive Species for at least 5 years
after Federal delisting (Moore in litt.
2003; Eklund 2011, pers. comm.). Under
these standards and guidelines, a
relatively high prey base will be
maintained, and road densities will be
limited to current levels or decreased.
For example, on the ChequamegonNicolet National Forest in Wisconsin,
the standards and guidelines
specifically include the protection of
den sites and key rendezvous sites, and
management of road densities in
existing and potential wolf habitat
(USDA 2004c, Chap. 2, p. 19).
The trapping of depredating wolves
will likely be allowed on national forest
lands under the guidelines and
conditions specified in the respective
State wolf management plans. However,
there are relatively few livestock raised
within the boundaries of national forests
in the upper Midwest, so wolf
depredation and lethal control of wolves
is neither likely to be a frequent
occurrence, nor constitute a significant
mortality factor, for the wolves in the
WGL DPS. Similarly, in keeping with
the practice for other State-managed
game species, any public hunting or
trapping season for wolves that might be
opened in the future by the States will
likely include hunting and trapping
within the national forests (Lindquist in
litt. 2005; Williamson in litt. 2005;
Piehler in litt. 2005; Evans in litt. 2005).
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
81716
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
The continuation of current national
forest management practices will be
important in ensuring the long-term
viability of wolf populations in
Minnesota, Wisconsin, and Michigan.
Wolves regularly use four units of the
National Park System in the WGL DPS
and may occasionally use three or four
other units. Although the National Park
Service (NPS) has participated in the
development of some of the State wolf
management plans in this area, NPS is
not bound by States’ plans. Instead, the
NPS Organic Act and the NPS
Management Policy on Wildlife
generally require the agency to conserve
natural and cultural resources and the
wildlife present within the parks.
National Park Service management
policies require that native species be
protected against harvest, removal,
destruction, harassment, or harm
through human action, although certain
parks may allow some harvest in
accordance with State management
plans. Management emphasis in
National Parks after delisting will
continue to minimize the human
impacts on wolf populations. Thus,
because of their responsibility to
preserve all native wildlife, units of the
National Park System are often the most
protective of wildlife. In the case of the
wolf, the NPS Organic Act and NPS
policies will continue to provide
protection following Federal delisting.
Management and protection of wolves
in Voyageurs National Park, along
Minnesota’s northern border is not
likely to change after delisting. The
park’s management policies require that
‘‘native animals will be protected
against harvest, removal, destruction,
harassment, or harm through human
action.’’ No population targets for
wolves will be established for the
National Park (Holbeck in litt. 2005). To
reduce human disturbance, temporary
closures around wolf denning and
rendezvous sites will be enacted
whenever they are discovered in the
park. Sport hunting is already
prohibited on park lands, regardless of
what may be allowed beyond park
boundaries (West in litt. 2004). A radiotelemetry study conducted between
1987 and 1991 of wolves living in and
adjacent to the park found that all
mortality inside the park was due to
natural causes (for example, killing by
other wolves or starvation), whereas the
majority (60–80 percent) of mortality
outside the park was human-induced
(for example, shooting and trapping)
(Gogan et al. 2004, p. 22). If there is a
need to control depredating wolves
outside the park, which seems unlikely
due to the current absence of
agricultural activities adjacent to the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
park, the park will work with the State
to conduct control activities where
necessary (West in litt. 2004).
The wolf population in Isle Royale
National Park is described above (see
Michigan Recovery). The NPS has
indicated that it will continue to closely
monitor and study these wolves. This
wolf population is very small and
isolated from the other wolf populations
in the WGL DPS; as described above, it
is not considered to be significant to the
recovery or long-term viability of the
wolf (USFWS 1992, p. 28).
Two other units of the National Park
System, Pictured Rocks National
Lakeshore and St. Croix National Scenic
Riverway, are regularly used by wolves.
Pictured Rocks National Lakeshore is a
narrow strip of land along Michigan’s
Lake Superior shoreline. Lone wolves
periodically use, but do not appear to be
year-round residents of, the Lakeshore.
If denning occurs after delisting, the
Lakeshore would protect denning and
rendezvous sites at least as strictly as
the Michigan Plan recommends (Gustin
in litt. 2003). Harvesting wolves on the
Lakeshore may be allowed (if the
Michigan DNR allows for harvest in the
State), but trapping is not allowed. The
St. Croix National Scenic Riverway, in
Wisconsin and Minnesota, is also a
mostly linear ownership.
Approximately 54–58 wolves from 11
packs used the Riverway on the
Wisconsin side in 2010 (Wydeven 2011,
pers. comm.). The Riverway is likely to
limit public access to denning and
rendezvous sites and to follow other
management and protective practices
outlined in the respective State wolf
management plans, although trapping is
not allowed on NPS lands except
possibly by Native Americans
(Maercklein in litt. 2003).
At least one pack of 4–5 wolves used
the shoreline areas of the Apostle
Islands National Lake Shore, with a
major deer yard area occurring on
portions of the Park Service land. Wolf
tracks have been detected on Sand
Island, and a wolf was photographed by
a trail camera on the island in
September 2009. It is not known if
wolves periodically swim to this and
other islands, or if they only travel to
islands on ice in winter.
Wolves occurring on NWRs in the
WGL DPS will be monitored, and refuge
habitat management will maintain the
current prey base for them for a
minimum of 5 years after delisting.
Trapping or hunting by government
trappers for depredation control will not
be authorized on NWRs. Because of the
relatively small size of these NWRs,
however, most or all of these packs and
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
individual wolves also spend significant
amounts of time off these NWRs.
Wolves also occupy the Fort McCoy
military installation in Wisconsin. In
2003, one pack containing five adult
wolves occupied a territory that
included the majority of the installation;
in 2004 and 2006, the installation had
one pack with two adults; in 2005 there
was a single pack with four wolves. In
2008–09, there were seven wolves using
the installation (Wilder 2009, pers.
comm.). In 2010 a pack of three wolves
occurred in the northern portions of the
Fort, and a pack of two occurred on the
south side (Wydeven et al. 2010, p.42).
Management and protection of wolves
on the installation would not change
significantly after Federal or State
delisting. Den and rendezvous sites
would continue to be protected, hunting
seasons for other species (coyote) would
be closed during the gun-deer season,
and current surveys would continue, if
resources are available. Fort McCoy has
no plans to allow a public harvest of
wolves on the installation (Nobles in
litt. 2004; Wydeven et al. 2005a, p. 25;
2006a, p. 25).
Minnesota National Guard’s (MNG)
Camp Ripley contains parts of two pack
territories, which typically include 10 to
20 wolves. MNG wildlife managers try
to have at least one wolf in each pack
radio-collared and to fit an additional
one or two wolves in each pack with
satellite transmitters that may record
long-distance movements. There have
been no significant conflicts with
military training or with the permit-only
public deer-hunting program at the
camp, and no new conflicts are
expected following delisting. Long-term
and intensive monitoring has detected
only two wolf mortalities within the
camp boundaries—both were of natural
causes (Dirks 2009, pers. comm.).
The protection afforded to resident
and transient wolves, their den and
rendezvous sites, and their prey by five
national forests, four National Parks,
two military facilities, and numerous
National Wildlife Refuges in Minnesota,
Wisconsin, and Michigan will further
ensure the conservation of wolves in the
three States after delisting. In addition,
wolves that disperse to other units of
the National Refuge System or the
National Park System within the WGL
DPS will also receive the protection
afforded by these Federal agencies.
Summary of Factor D
In summary, upon delisting, there
will be varying State and Tribal
classifications and protections provided
to wolves. The wolf management plans
currently in place for Minnesota,
Wisconsin, and Michigan will be more
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
than sufficient to retain viable wolf
populations in each State. These State
plans provide a very high level of
assurance that wolf populations in these
three States will not decline to
nonviable levels in the foreseeable
future. Furthermore, the 2006 Update to
the Wisconsin Wolf Management Plan
(WI DNR 2006a, p. 3–4) demonstrates
the State’s commitment by retaining the
previous management goal of 350
wolves, and it did not weaken any
significant component of the original
1999 Plan. Similarly, the 2008 revised
Michigan wolf plan continues to
maintain the State’s commitments to
maintain viable wolf populations after
Federal delisting. While these State
plans recognize there may be a need to
control or even reduce wolf populations
at some future time, none of the plans
include a public harvest of wolves, and
all would maintain sufficient numbers
of wolves to ensure their continued
survival.
When federally delisted, wolves in
Minnesota, Wisconsin, and Michigan
will continue to receive protection from
general human persecution by State
laws and regulations. Michigan met the
criteria established in their management
plan for State delisting and in April
2009 removed gray wolves from the
State’s threatened and endangered
species list and amended the Wildlife
Conservation Order to grant ‘‘protected
animal’’ status to the gray wolf in the
State (Roell 2009, pers. comm.). That
status ‘‘prohibit[s] take, establish[es]
penalties and restitution for violations
of the Order, and detail[s] conditions
under which lethal depredation control
measures could be implemented’’
(Humphries in litt. 2004).
Since 2004 wolves have been listed as
a ‘‘protected wild animal’’ by the WI
DNR, allowing no lethal take unless
special authorization is requested from
the WI DNR (Wydeven et al. 2009c).
Following Federal delisting, Wisconsin
will fully implement that ‘‘protected
wild animal’’ status for the species,
including protections that provide for
fines of $1,000 to $2,000 for unlawful
hunting.
Minnesota DNR will consider
population management measures,
including public hunting and trapping,
but this will not occur sooner than 5
years after Federal delisting, and MN
DNR will maintain a wolf population of
at least 1,600 animals (MN DNR 2001,
p. 2). In the meantime, wolves may be
taken legally in Zone A only when they
pose an immediate threat to pets,
domestic animals, or livestock or to
protect human safety (MN DNR 2001,
pp. 3–4). Since the wolf management
plan was completed in 2001, MN DNR
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
has fully staffed its conservation officer
corps in the State’s wolf range (Stark
2009a, pers. comm.).
Except for the very small portions of
Indiana and Ohio, if delisted, wolves in
the WGL DPS are likely to remain
protected by various State designations
for the immediate future. States within
the boundaries of the DPS either
currently have mechanisms in place to
kill depredating wolves (North Dakota
and South Dakota) or can be expected to
develop mechanisms following Federal
delisting of the DPS, in order to deal
with wolf-livestock conflicts in areas
where wolf protection would no longer
be required by the Act. Because these
States (Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Ohio,
North Dakota, and South Dakota)
constitute only about one-third of the
land area within the DPS, and contain
virtually no suitable habitat of sufficient
size to host viable wolf populations, it
is clear that even complete protection
for wolves in these areas would neither
provide significant benefits to wolf
recovery in the DPS, nor to the longterm viability of the recovered
populations that currently reside in the
DPS. Therefore, although current and
potential future regulatory mechanisms
may allow the killing of wolves in these
six States, these threats, and the area in
which they will be, will not impact the
recovered wolf populations in the DPS
now or in the foreseeable future.
Finally, based on our review of the
completed Tribal management plans
and communications with Tribes and
Tribal organizations, federally delisted
wolves are very likely to be adequately
protected on Tribal lands. Furthermore,
the numerical recovery criteria (and for
Minnesota, the numerical planning goal)
in the Recovery Plan will be achieved
and maintained (based on the
population and range of off-reservation
wolves) even without Tribal protection
of wolves on reservation lands. In
addition, on the basis of information
received from other Federal land
management agencies in Minnesota,
Wisconsin, and Michigan, we expect
National Forests, units of the National
Park System, military bases, and
National Wildlife Refuges will provide
protections to wolves in the areas they
manage that will match, and in some
cases will exceed, the protections
provided by State wolf management
plans and State protective regulations.
We conclude that the regulatory
mechanisms that will be in place
subsequent to Federal delisting are
adequate to control threats to wolves in
the WGL DPS.
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
81717
E. Other Natural or Manmade Factors
Affecting Its Continued Existence
Taking of Wolves by Native Americans
for Certain Purposes
As noted elsewhere in this rule, the
wolf has great significance to many
Native Americans in the western Great
Lakes area, especially to Wolf Clan
members, and has a central role in their
creation stories. The wolf, Ma’’ingan, is
viewed as a brother to the Anishinaabe
people, and their fates are believed to be
closely linked. Ma’’ingan is a key
element in many of their beliefs,
traditions, and ceremonies, and wolf
pack systems are used as a model for
Anishinaabe families and communities.
We are not aware of any takings of
wolves in the Midwest for use in these
traditions or ceremonies while the wolf
has been listed as a threatened or
endangered species. While wolves have
been listed as threatened in Minnesota,
we have instructed Wildlife Services to
provide, upon request, wolf pelts and
other parts from wolves killed during
depredation control actions to Tribes in
order to partially serve these traditional
needs.
Some Tribal representatives, as well
as the GLIFWC, have indicated that if
wolves are delisted, there is likely to be
interest in the taking of small numbers
of wolves for traditional ceremonies
(King in litt. 2003; White in litt. 2003).
This take could occur on reservation
lands where it could be closely
regulated by a Tribe to ensure that it
does not affect the viability of the
reservation wolf population. Such
takings might also occur on offreservation treaty lands on which
certain Tribes retained hunting, fishing,
and gathering rights when the land was
ceded to the Federal Government in the
19th Century. Native American taking of
wolves from ceded lands would be
limited to a specified portion of a
harvestable surplus of wolves that is
established in coordination with the
Tribes, consistent with past Federal
court rulings on treaty rights. Such
taking would not occur until such time
as a harvestable surplus has been
documented based on biological data,
and regulations and monitoring have
been established by the States and
Tribes to ensure a harvest can be carried
out in a manner that ensures the
continued viability of the wolf
population in that State. Previous court
rulings have ensured that Native
American treaty harvest of fish or
wildlife species have not risked
endangering the resource.
If requested by the Tribes, multitribal
natural resource agencies, or the States,
the Service or other appropriate Federal
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
81718
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
agencies will work with these parties to
help determine if a harvestable surplus
exists, and if so, to assist in devising
reasonable and appropriate methods
and levels of harvest for delisted wolves
for traditional cultural purposes.
We conclude that the small number of
wolves that may be taken by Native
Americans will not be a significant
threat to wolves in the WGL DPS.
Public Attitudes Toward the Wolf
Human behavior has had a
tremendous effect on wolf populations
around the world. Theory and social
science research have identified
attitudes, and the beliefs on which they
are based, as important drivers of
behavior. Therefore, understanding
public attitudes toward wolves is a key
component of wolf management. The
success of the United States wolferadication programs of the latenineteenth and early twentieth centuries
are often accepted as evidence of
negative public attitudes that were
based on perceptions and beliefs
brought by European settlers that
portrayed the wolf as an evil, menacing
threat (Browne-Nunez and Taylor 2002,
p. 1; Fogleman 1988; Kellert 1986;
Schanning 2009, pp. 252–253) and were
perpetuated by exaggerated accounts of
marauding wolves preying on livestock
(Schanning 2009, p. 253).
When the wolf populations were in
significant decline, there was a shift in
management and a parallel shift in
attitudes (Kellert et al. 1996; Schanning
2009, pp. 253–254; Williams et al. 2002,
p. 581). In the Great Lakes region,
bounty systems were repealed
(Wisconsin in 1957, Michigan in 1960,
and Minnesota in 1965) and, in 1972,
the first of many attitudinal studies
regarding wolves was carried out in
Minnesota (Johnson 1974). In the last
three decades, investigations of attitudes
toward wolves and wolf management
have burgeoned.
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Minnesota
The first empirical examination of
attitudes toward wolves was conducted
using a convenience sample of 1,692
attendees of the Minnesota State Fair
(Johnson 1974). It was based on the
premise that children’s stories, which
typically cast the wolf as a villainous
creature, shape attitudes from an early
age. Although it found children to be
more negative toward the wolf, a vast
majority of adults held positive beliefs
and attitudes. Most respondents felt that
wolves were not a danger to humans,
should not be exterminated, had value
for Minnesota, and are good for the deer
and moose populations.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
Llewellyn (1978) reported the results
of a content analysis of 1,083 public
comment letters received by the Service
regarding the proposed reclassification
of the timber wolf in Minnesota from
endangered to threatened. Of the 700
letters from Minnesota residents (the
other letters were from out-of-state), 23
percent favored retention of endangered
status, 7 percent supported
reclassification, and 70 percent were in
favor of delisting and return to State
management. Of note were differences
between urban and rural residents, with
a large majority (78 percent) of urban
residents and a minority (16 percent) of
rural residents in favor of continued
Federal protection of wolves. Support
for delisting was largely based on
concern for livestock and fear of wolves.
Kellert (1985) conducted a statewide
phone survey of Minnesota residents’
knowledge, attitudes, and behaviors
toward the wolves. The study sample
comprised the general public
(Minneapolis-St. Paul residents and
mostly rural, northern county residents),
deer hunters, trappers, and livestock
producers. Most respondents held
favorable attitudes toward wolves
(except farmers), supported protection
of wolves and their habitat as long as it
did not interfere with human needs, and
supported control of problem wolves.
Urban residents expressed more
protectionist attitudes, while rural
residents’ attitudes were more
utilitarian in nature. There was
‘‘somewhat-limited’’ factual knowledge
among the general public, but a higher
knowledge level among trappers and, to
a lesser degree, hunters and individuals
with a higher income. Fear of wolves
was expressed by some respondents,
although most did not feel that wolves
are a threat to people. Rather large
percentages of farmers (12 percent) and
trappers (17 percent) reported capturing
or killing a wolf, and a majority of
farmer, hunter, trapper, and northern
county respondents reported knowing
someone who captured or killed a wolf.
Additionally, almost one-third of
farmers, hunters, and trappers and a
quarter of northern county respondents
indicated that, given the opportunity,
they might shoot a wolf while deer
hunting.
In 1999, a second statewide phone
survey of Minnesota residents was
conducted, similar to the 1985 study,
using a stratified random sample of
northern residents, southern residents,
farmers, hunters, and trappers (Kellert
1999). During this study period,
Minnesota wolves were being
considered for Federal delisting.
Compared to the 1985 survey, this study
found an overall increase in positive
PO 00000
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
perceptions of the wolf. The general
public expressed more affection and
ethical concern for wolves than did
farmers, although there was not a
significant difference between groups in
level of dislike of wolves. Over 70
percent of respondents believed wolves
symbolize the beauty in nature and a
large portion of the sample perceived
other values of wolves, including
ecological, scientific, and moral.
Suburban and urban residents, the
college educated, and younger
respondents were more likely to have
positive attitudes. Farmers were more
knowledgeable about the wolf and more
likely to support delisting. Of note was
a substantial increase in the number of
northern Minnesota residents who
reported either killing a wolf themselves
or knowing someone who did.
Chavez et al. (2005) assessed attitudes
of residents of northwestern Minnesota.
The sample of 600 rural residents was
stratified by location: inside wolf range
and outside but adjacent to wolf range.
The study did not find large differences
between geographic groups or farmers
and non-farmers, with all groups
indicating slightly unfavorable attitudes
toward wolves. The authors suggest this
could be attributable to shared rural
cultural values and utilitarian attitudes.
They also consider the possible
influence of immigrant roots in Europe
where folklore and early conflicts with
wolves fostered negative attitudes. Both
geographic groups agreed that wolves
cause unacceptable levels of damage to
northwestern Minnesota’s livestock
industry, although predators were
perceived as less of an agricultural
threat than other threats (e.g., livestock
diseases, crop pests).
Using a random sample of 909
respondents (18 percent response rate),
Schanning (2005) reported ‘‘pragmatic/
utilitarian’’ beliefs regarding wolves
among Minnesota residents. Most
respondents supported compensation to
livestock owners and having problem
wolves shot by the DNR. Counter to
Kellert’s earlier findings, there was a
significant level of fear of wolves among
Schanning’s sample, including fear for
personal safety (31 percent), the safety
of children (64 percent), and pets (70
percent).
Michigan
In Michigan, Hook and Robinson
(1982, pp. 388–391) found that only a
small percentage of respondents scored
high on their anti-predator scale and
most respondents were in favor of wolf
restoration. Hunters were more positive
toward predators than nonhunters. Fear
of the wolf was the most important
factor related to an anti-predator
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
attitude, followed by negativistic
attitudes toward all animals, and age,
with older people holding more
negative attitudes.
Kellert (1990) conducted a statewide
mail survey of Michigan residents’
knowledge, attitudes, and behaviors
toward wolves. There were 639
respondents from the Upper (UP) and
Lower (LP) peninsulas and members of
three special interest groups: hunters,
trappers, and livestock producers.
Livestock producers were the most
likely of the special interest groups to
hold negative attitudes toward the wolf.
LP residents were more likely than UP
residents to express fear and dislike of
wolves. A majority of respondents in
each group, except livestock producers,
supported restoration (64 percent of UP
residents, 57 percent of LP residents, 76
percent of hunters, 66 percent of
trappers, and 37 percent of livestock
producers). Support was primarily
motivated by the existence, ecological,
and cultural values of the wolf.
A 2002 statewide survey of 557
Michigan residents’ attitudes toward
wolf recovery found that support for
recovery by UP residents had declined
since Kellert’s 1990 study (Mertig 2004).
At the time this study was conducted,
the UP’s wolf population had risen to
about 250 animals (Hammill 2007), but
in the LP, where wolves were not
known to be present, there was
increased support for wolf recovery in
the UP. Other differences from Kellert’s
(1990) findings included increased
support for wolf control and for hunting
and trapping for pelts.
Based on a sample of 1,017 Michigan
residents (20 percent response rate),
Schanning (2004) found that a majority
of respondents in his survey agreed with
pro-wolf statements including ‘‘wolves
are a part of our vanishing wilderness
and should be protected’’ (51 percent).
Similar to his 2005 study of Minnesota
residents and his 2003 study of
Wisconsin residents (reported below),
Schanning found a substantial level of
fear of wolves among the Michigan
sample. Respondents reported fear for
their personal safety (40 percent), the
safety of children (70 percent), pets (7
percent), and livestock (66 percent).
Using a stratified random sample of
respondents from five regions in
Michigan, Beyer (2006) measured
tolerance of wolves using a scale for
social carrying capacity. The scale was
based on Michigan wolves’ perceived
range, numbers, and the type and
number of interactions with people. The
study found that most people were at
the most tolerant end of the scale, with
smaller percentages classified as
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
intolerant (7 percent) or least tolerant
(20 percent).
Wisconsin
Knight (1985, reported in Schanning
2009, p. 257) surveyed hunter attitudes
in two Wisconsin counties in wolf range
where a minority (20 percent) of hunters
reported negative attitudes toward
wolves and most (69 percent) believed
that wolves should not be eliminated.
In 1988, when there were only 20
wolves in Wisconsin, Nelson and
Franson (1988) compared farmer’ and
non-farmers’ attitudes toward wolves
and wolf recovery in six Wisconsin
counties. A series of agree-disagree
belief statements were used to gauge
attitudes toward wolves. Non-farmers
were more positive than farmers, and a
majority agreed that the wolf
‘‘symbolizes the beauty and wonder in
nature’’ and ‘‘it would be wonderful to
hear the wolf howl in the wild’’ (64
percent and 62 percent respectively).
Almost half of farmers agreed with the
same statements. Both groups disagreed
that they would be afraid of an attack if
they saw a wolf while walking in the
woods. Farmers and non-farmers were
divided about wolf restoration, with half
of farmers and about one-third of nonfamers opposed. Both groups favored
trapping and removal of problem
wolves.
Wilson (1999) examined knowledge,
attitudes, and behaviors toward wolves
in a 1997 survey of two random
samples: All Wisconsin license plate
owners and those who purchased an
Endangered Resources (ER) license
plate. Fifty percent of all license plate
owners and almost 90 percent of ER
license plate owners supported efforts to
increase the State wolf population.
There were slight differences between
hunters (47 percent) and non-hunters
(54 percent) who support wolf recovery.
Naughton-Teves et al. (2003) assessed
tolerance of wolves among 535 rural
Wisconsin residents using a mail-back
questionnaire (82 percent response rate).
They examined the influence of
compensation for livestock losses to
wolves and preferences for wolf
management actions among different
segments of the sample, including
livestock producers, bear hunters,
general residents, wolf damage
complainants, recipients of
compensation, and demographic
segments. The strongest predictor of
tolerance was social group. A large
majority of bear hunters (73 percent)
were in favor of reducing or eliminating
the wolf population, compared to 45
percent of the livestock producers and
29 percent of general residents.
Individuals who had lost a domestic
PO 00000
Frm 00055
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
81719
animal to a predator were less tolerant
of wolves than those who had not.
Preferences for management actions
depended on the conflict situation.
Approval for lethal control was highest
for depredation on livestock and pets.
Bear hunters also were highly in favor
of lethal control when hunting hounds
are killed, but other groups did not
muster a majority for this option.
Compensation was not associated with
higher tolerance when comparing
recipients to nonrecipients among those
who reported losing a domestic animal
to wolves.
Similar to his studies in Minnesota
and Michigan, Schanning (2003)
surveyed 644 Wisconsin residents’ (13
percent response rate) attitudes toward
wolves. He found a majority of
respondents held pro-wolf attitudes
based on their agreement with three
belief statements: ‘‘the wolf is a symbol
of the beauty and wonder in nature,’’
‘‘wolves are part of our vanishing
wilderness and should be protected,’’
and ‘‘wolves are essential to
maintaining the balance in nature’’ (72
percent, 56 percent, and 62 percent in
agreement, respectively). There was
substantial support for wolf hunting (41
percent), and a majority (60 percent)
indicated they would shoot a wolf if it
threatened their pet.
In a followup to Naughton-Treves et
al. (2003), Treves et al. (2009) reported
attitudes of 1,364 respondents (62
percent response rate) toward
compensation after wolf recovery. They
compared the attitudes of individuals
who contributed to Wisconsin’s
voluntary compensation fund with
those of noncontributors and found that
attitudes of each group differed in
several ways. Contributors favored
nonlethal over lethal problem wolf
management actions and supported all
types of payments more strongly with
the exception of payment for hunting
dogs injured or killed by wolves on
public land, but a majority of
respondents of both groups supported
compensation ‘‘even when wolves are
no longer threatened or endangered.’’
Noncontributors were more likely to
believe that wolf damages were part of
raising livestock and should not be
compensated.
Treves et al. (in review) report the
first longitudinal results for change in
individual attitudes over time using
findings from surveys conducted in
2001 (Naughton-Treves et al. 2003),
2004 (Treves et al. 2009), and 2009.
During the data collection period, wolf
numbers nearly tripled and greatly
exceeded the State population goal, the
level of wolf depredation on pets
increased and became the third most
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
81720
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
frequent conflict after attacks on beef
calves and bear-hunting dogs, and wolf
management authority was granted to
State governments and subsequently
revoked several times after Federal court
challenges. The 2009 survey found
attitudes toward wolves had become
less favorable, and fear of wolves,
perceived competition for deer, and
reported inclination to illegally kill
wolves increased. In the 2009 survey, 18
percent of hunters indicated they would
shoot a wolf if they saw one while
hunting. Nearly half of respondents
agreed their tolerance for wolves in
Wisconsin would increase if people
could hunt them.
Shelley et al. (in review) compared
attitudes of Ojibwe Indians and
nontribal residents of Wisconsin’s wolf
range. Tribal membership was the best
predictor of attitudes. Ojibwe
respondents had more positive attitudes
toward wolves, were more supportive of
wolf protection policy, and were less
supportive of a public wolf harvest and
lethal control of problem wolves. A
considerable percentage (Ojibwe 33
percent, nontribal 44 percent) of each
group indicated they would be afraid if
wolves lived near their homes. Fewer
Ojibwe (8 percent) than nontribal
respondents (16 percent) indicated that
they would shoot a wolf if they saw one
while hunting. Nontribal respondents
(57 percent) were more likely than
Ojibwe respondents (26 percent) to
believe that wolves threaten deer
hunting opportunities. Shelley et al. (in
review) point out the potential
significance of treaty rights, which grant
the Tribe half of any harvest, including
wolves, within the territories ceded by
them in nineteenth century Federal
treaties upheld by Federal courts in the
1980s.
Treves and Martin (2011) examined
the attitudes of 2,320 respondents,
hunters and nonhunters, living within
or adjacent to wolf range in surveys
conducted in Wisconsin in 2001 and
2004 (reported above) and the northern
Rocky Mountain (NRM) States of Idaho,
Montana, and Wyoming. A majority of
respondents supported regulated, public
wolf hunting, although support was
dependent on potential justifications for
a hunting season.
In Wisconsin, bear hunters in 2001,
followed by other hunters, were most
likely to support an immediate hunt,
whereas nonhunters in favor of wolf
hunting were more likely to be
supportive when managers estimate the
wolf population could sustain harvests
or when the majority of the public
believe damages have become
intolerable. There was a shift in 2004
when a majority of hunters indicated
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
they would support wolf hunting when
the population was deemed to be at a
level that could sustain harvests. More
nonhunters agreed with a hunt when
the public felt damages had become
intolerable. Inclination to kill a wolf
illegally in Wisconsin in 2001 and 2004
was high among hunters, particularly
among likely carnivore-hunters. These
two groups favored a significant
reduction (up to half) of the Wisconsin
wolf population.
In addition to the studies summarized
above, citizen input on the wolf
management plans of Minnesota,
Wisconsin, and Michigan has provided
additional insight on public support for
wolf recovery. Namely, it shows strong
support for wolf recovery if the adverse
impacts on recreational activities and
livestock production can be minimized
(MI DNR 1997, pp. 13–14, 50–56; MN
DNR 1998, p. 2; WI DNR 1999, pp. 51–
55; WI DNR 2006c, pp. 9–11).
Summary of Public Attitudes
While there is a lack of empirical data
on early attitudes toward wolves,
historical accounts describe an
antagonist view of wolves during the
19th and early 20th centuries.
Attitudinal research conducted
throughout the lower 48 States in the
last three decades has shown that a shift
toward more positive attitudes took
place during the 20th century (Browne˜
Nunez and Taylor 2002, Kellert et al.
1996, Williams et al. 2002). Although
the basis for this shift is not understood,
suggested causes include changes in the
portrayal of wolves in the media (Kellert
et al. 1996) and a broader shift in
societal values of wildlife (Manfredo et
al. 2003).
Although direct comparisons cannot
be made of each study summarized
here, given different research methods
and contextual circumstances, we can
summarize some common findings and
general conclusions. Similar to research
conducted outside the Great Lakes
region (summarized in Williams et al.
2002), many of the studies reviewed
here demonstrate urban-rural
differences in attitudes, with urban
residents displaying more positive
attitudes; farmers and livestock
producers are more negative toward
wolves; those with higher education
levels have more positive attitudes; and
compensation does not translate into
increased tolerance.
In several studies, hunters were
mostly positive toward wolves (Hook
and Robinson 1982, Kellert 1990, Knight
1985), with the exception of Wisconsin
bear hunters who were the most
negative among special interest groups
(Naughton-Treves et al. 2003). Cross-
PO 00000
Frm 00056
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
sectional studies suggest increasing
support for control of problem wolves
and public harvest of wolves (Kellert
1985, Mertig 2004, Naughton-Treves et
al. 2003), and one recent study shows
this support has increased among
individuals re-sampled over time
(Treves et al., in review). Some
respondents indicated they had or
would kill a wolf illegally (Kellert 1985;
Treves et al., in review).
While most respondents were positive
toward wolves, it is evident that there
have long been competing attitudes
toward wolves. While attitudes in other
regions have been shown to be relatively
stable (Williams et al. 2002, Wilson and
Bruskotter 2009), a troubling finding for
managers in the Great Lakes region is
the most recent research showing
declining support for wolves (Hammill
2007; Mertig 2004; Treves et al., in
review) and an increasing inclination to
kill wolves illegally (Treves et al., in
review). Possible explanations for this
decline include increasing wolf
numbers, negative interactions with
humans, and negative media coverage
(Hammill 2007). It is unclear how
delisting will affect attitudes and
behavior toward wolves. Also in
question is how public wolf harvest
might affect attitudes and behaviors.
However, we expect that when allowed
to adequately manage wolf-human
conflicts, public attitudes are likely to
support wolf restoration. Furthermore,
the State wildlife agencies, as well as
several other agencies and
organizations, have professional
education, information, and outreach
components and will continue to
present balanced science-based
information to the public that will
continue to foster general public
support for wolf restoration and the
necessity of conflict resolution to
maintain public tolerance of wolves.
While we do not believe the effects of
public attitudes on wolves will be a
significant threat to the species, as the
status and management of the wolf
evolves, there will be a need for
continued collaboration between
managers and researchers to monitor
public attitudes toward wolves and their
management.
Hybridization With Coyotes
Genetic data relevant to possible
interbreeding between North American
wolves and coyotes were first reported
in a study of mtDNA restriction
fragment length polymorphisms by
Lehman et al. (1991). They found
mtDNA haplotypes in wolf populations
in the Great Lakes region that they
interpreted as being derived from
coyotes (Lehman et al., p. 108). As wolf
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
haplotypes were not found in coyotes,
the apparent introgression occurred
through matings of wolf males with
coyote females. They determined that a
minimum of six instances of coyotewolf hybridization could account for the
diversity of ‘‘coyote-type’’ haplotypes
observed in wolves (p. 112). Their
general interpretation was that
introgression primarily occurred as
coyotes expanded their ranges into the
Great Lakes region within historical
time, although they allow that two
coyote-type haplotypes commonly
observed in Great Lakes wolves may
have been the result of ancient
hybridization. Their data also indicated
(Lehman et al., Figure 4) that coyotetype haplotypes were less common in
the western part of the Great Lakes
region than in the east.
Wilson et al. (2000, Figure 6, p. 2165)
provided a different interpretation of
wolf-coyote relationships in the region.
They found coyote-like mtDNA
sequences in eastern Canadian wolves
from Algonquin Provincial Park,
Ontario, southern Manitoba, and
northeastern Minnesota that were
intermediate in sequence divergence
between coyotes and gray wolves. As
these haplotypes were apparently absent
in coyotes, they were thought not to
result from hybridization with coyotes,
but to represent an eastern wolf species,
Canis lycaon. They suggest that these
Canis lycaon haplotypes may have been
previously reported as ‘‘coyote-type’’ in
the study of Lehman et al. (1991).
It is now generally agreed that
historical and most contemporary Great
Lakes wolves have unique mtDNA
haplotypes that are distinct from those
of other wolves, and more related to but
still distinct from those of coyotes.
Haplotypes specific to the early 20th
century wolf population of the western
Great Lakes region were identified by
Leonard and Wayne (2008, pp. 2–3),
from a study of 17 historical specimens
from Michigan, Wisconsin, Ontario, and
Quebec. Of the 17 specimens that gave
conclusive results, 14 were either the
same or most similar to the haplotypes
described by Wilson et al. (2000) as C.
lycaon. Only one had a coyote
haplotype. Wheeldon and White (2009)
reported haplotypes from three
additional historical specimens from the
western Great Lakes region. Two
individuals from Minnesota (collected
1899 and 1900) had the same coyotelike haplotypes (C13) found in a late
19th century specimen from Maine, 50
years before recorded coyote sightings
in Maine (Wilson et al. 2003), as well as
in contemporary western Great Lakes
wolves from Minnesota to Quebec
(Leonard and Wayne 2008, pp. 2–3).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
The third specimen, collected in the
winter of 1907–1908 in Wisconsin, had
the common Great Lakes wolf haplotype
C1. Microsatellite DNA analysis of these
three specimens grouped them with
wolves rather than coyotes.
¨
Koblmuller et al. (2009) addressed the
issue of coyote hybridization in the
Great Lakes region from analyses of
mtDNA sequence and both Ychromosome and autosomal
microsatellite DNA. They found
evidence of repeated incidences of
ancient introgression of coyotes into
Great Lakes wolves, although they also
suggested that introgression by coyotes
is recent and ongoing, especially
‘‘north’’ of the Great Lakes. Although
they use the term ‘‘north,’’ it is apparent
they are referring to wolves in Ontario
and Quebec, Canada east of the Great
¨
Lakes. Koblmuller et al. (2009) failed to
recognize that in the western Great
lakes, especially Minnesota and
Wisconsin, wolves were exposed to
coyotes throughout historical and recent
geological time (Jackson 1961, pp. 285–
286; Wydeven and Pils 2008, p. 260).
Their paper demonstrates that
hybridization of wolves with coyotes
occurred mainly east of the Great Lakes
and not in the western Great lakes
region.
Wheeldon and White (2009, p. 2) and
Fain et al. (2010) concluded that the
coyote-related haplotype C13 is actually
an eastern wolf (what they call C.
lycaon) marker based on its presence
mainly in C. lycaon-C. lupus hybrids in
the western Great Lakes region, the
absence of C13 in nonhybridizing
coyotes, and its occurrence in historical
eastern wolves. Assessments based on
mtDNA, Y-chromosome, and autosomal
microsatellite DNA data consistently
found that the wolf population in the
western Great Lakes region does not
currently interbreed with coyotes (Fain
et al. 2010, p. 14; Wheeldon et al. 2010).
Lehman et al.’s (1991, p. 114)
interpretation of coyote introgression
into Great Lakes wolves included an
explanation that it occurred at a time
when wolf population densities were
low in the region, so that wolves would
be less likely to find mates of the same
species and mating with coyotes was
more likely to take place. Conversely,
Lehman et al. (1991) suggested that
coyote introgression does not appear to
occur when wolf densities are higher. If
so, the increase in population size that
has occurred over the last 30 years
renders the western Great Lakes wolf
population less vulnerable to whatever
threat may have been presented by
coyote introgression. The wolf
population of the region has likely been
exposed to this factor for centuries and
PO 00000
Frm 00057
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
81721
has rebounded from near extirpation,
yet retains essential genetic, behavioral,
and other biological features of wolves
without being displaced by coyotes.
This fact suggests that the threat of
coyote hybridization to the recovered
WGL wolf population is small.
Conclusion of the 5-Factor Analysis
As required by the Act, we considered
the five potential threat factors to assess
whether the wolves in the WGL DPS are
threatened or endangered throughout all
or a significant portion of their range.
When considering the status of the
species, the first step in the analysis is
to determine whether the species is in
danger of extinction or likely to become
endangered in the foreseeable future
throughout all of its range.
The wolf population in the WGL DPS
currently occupies all the suitable
habitat area identified for recovery in
the Midwest in the 1978 Recovery Plan
and 1992 Revised Recovery Plan and
most of the potentially suitable habitat
in the WGL DPS. Much of the important
wolf habitat in the DPS is in public
ownership, and the suitable habitat in
the DPS is adequately protected for the
foreseeable future.
Human-caused mortality is the most
significant issue to the long-term
conservation status of the wolves in the
WGL DPS. Therefore, managing this
source of mortality remains the primary
challenge to maintaining a recovered
wolf population into the foreseeable
future. We have concluded that
Minnesota, Wisconsin, and Michigan
will maintain their share and
distribution of the WGL wolf population
above recovery levels for the foreseeable
future, and that the threats have been
sufficiently reduced. All three States
have wolf management laws, plans, and
regulations that adequately regulate
human-caused mortality. Each of the
three States has committed to manage
its wolf population at or above viable
population levels, and this commitment
is not expected to change.
Regulatory mechanisms in all three
States are adequate to facilitate the
maintenance of, and in no way threaten,
the recovered status of the wolves in the
WGL DPS. When federally delisted,
wolves in Minnesota, Wisconsin, and
Michigan will continue to receive
protection from general human
persecution by State laws and
regulations. Violation of regulations will
be subject to prosecution.
As long as populations are maintained
at or above minimum recovery levels,
wolf biology (namely the species’
reproductive capacity) and the
availability of large, secure blocks of
suitable habitat will maintain strong
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
81722
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
populations capable of withstanding all
other foreseeable threats. In terms of
habitat, the amount and distribution of
suitable habitat in public ownership
provides, and will continue to provide,
large core areas that contain highquality habitat of sufficient size to
anchor a recovered wolf population.
Our analysis of land management shows
these areas will maintain their
suitability into the foreseeable future, if
not indefinitely.
While disease and parasites can
temporarily impact population stability,
as long as populations are managed
above recovery levels, these factors are
not likely to threaten the wolf
population at any point in the
foreseeable future. Natural predation is
also likely to remain an insignificant
factor in population dynamics into the
foreseeable future. Finally, we believe
that other natural or manmade factors,
such as potential hybridization with
coyotes and public attitudes, are
unlikely to threaten the wolves in the
WGL DPS in the foreseeable future in all
portions of the range within the DPS.
We find that the threat of habitat
destruction or degradation or a
reduction in the range of the wolf;
utilization by humans; disease,
parasites, or predatory actions by other
animals or humans; regulatory measures
by State, tribal, and Federal agencies; or
other threats will not individually or in
combination cause wolves in the WGL
DPS to become endangered within the
foreseeable future throughout all of the
species’ range in the DPS. Ongoing
effects of recovery efforts over the past
decades, which resulted in a significant
expansion of the occupied range of
wolves in the WGL DPS, in conjunction
with future State, tribal, and Federal
agency wolf management across that
occupied range, will be adequate to
ensure the conservation of the WGL
DPS. These activities will maintain an
adequate prey base, preserve denning
and rendezvous sites, monitor disease,
restrict human take, and keep wolf
populations well above the numerical
recovery criteria established in the
Revised Recovery Plan (USFWS 1992,
pp. 25–28). Thus, the gray wolves in the
WGL DPS do not merit continued listing
as threatened or endangered throughout
all of their range.
Is the species threatened or endangered
in a significant portion of its range?
Having determined that wolves in the
WGL DPS do not meet the definition of
endangered or threatened throughout
their entire range, we must next
consider whether they are in danger of
extinction or are likely to become so in
a significant portion of their range. The
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
Act does not define the term
‘‘significant portion of its range.’’
Therefore, we must give meaning to this
phrase based on our experience and
expertise. We interpret a portion of a
species’ range as being significant if it
is part of the current range of the species
(species used here is as defined in the
Act, to include species, subspecies, or
DPS) and if it is important to the
conservation of the species because it
contributes meaningfully to the
representation, resiliency, or
redundancy of the species. The
contribution must be at a level such that
its loss would result in a decrease in the
ability to conserve the species.
Applying the definition described
above for determining whether a species
is endangered or threatened in a
significant portion of its range, we first
address whether any portions of the
range of wolves in the WGL DPS
warranted further consideration. We
evaluated the WGL DPS in the context
of whether any potential remaining
threats are concentrated in one or more
areas, such that if there were
concentrated impacts, those wolves
might be threatened, and further,
whether any such area might constitute
a significant portion of the species’
ranges.
Wolves are highly adaptable habitat
generalists, and their primary biological
need is an adequate natural prey base of
large ungulates. The primary current
and likely future threats to wolves are
excessive human-caused mortality and
increased mortality from diseases and
parasites. Based on the biology of the
gray wolf, threats to its continued
existence, and conservation biology
principles, the Recovery Plan specifies
that two populations (or what equates to
a single metapopulation) are needed to
ensure long-term viability (see Recovery
Criteria, above). The Revised Recovery
Plan states the importance of a large
wolf population throughout Minnesota
Wolf Management Zones 1 through 4
(geographically identical to Zone A in
the 2001 Minnesota Wolf Management
Plan, see Figure 2 earlier in the
preamble to this rule) and the need for
a second viable wolf population
occupying 10,000 sq mi or 5,000 sq mi
elsewhere in the eastern United States
(depending on its isolation from the
Minnesota wolf population) (USFWS
1992, pp. 24–29).
The Recovery Plan also discusses the
importance of low-road-density areas,
the importance of minimizing wolf–
human conflicts, and the maintenance
of an adequate natural prey base in the
areas hosting these two necessary wolf
populations. These portions of
Minnesota (Management Zones 1
PO 00000
Frm 00058
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
through 4) and the portions of the DPS
that support the second viable wolf
population (Wisconsin Zones 1 and 2
and the entire UP of Michigan) provide
an adequate wild prey base, suitably
low levels of human-caused mortality,
and sufficient representation, resiliency,
and redundancy to buffer the impacts of
disease and parasite-induced mortality
(See the discussion under Recovery
Criteria, above, regarding how achieving
the goals of the Recovery Plan for the
Eastern Timber Wolf assures a viable
wolf population in terms of
representation, resiliency, and
redundancy.).
Post-delisting wolf protection,
management, and population and health
monitoring by the States, Tribes, and
Federal land management agencies will
ensure the continuation of viable wolf
populations above the Federal recovery
criteria for the foreseeable future. The
State management plans provide the
greatest protections for the species in
Minnesota Zone A, Wisconsin Zones 1
and 2, and across the UP of Michigan,
(see the discussion of the three plans in
State Wolf Management Planning,
above). Post-delisting threats to wolves
in Zone B in Minnesota, Zones 3 and 4
in Wisconsin, and in the Lower
Peninsula of Michigan will be more
substantial and may preclude the
establishment of wolf packs in most or
all of these areas. The Recovery Plan
specifically recommends against
managing for wolves in large areas of
unsuitable habitat, stating that
Minnesota Zone 5 (identical to
Minnesota Wolf Management Zone B,
Figure 2) should be managed with a goal
of zero wolves there, because ‘‘Zone 5
is not suitable for wolves. Wolves found
there should be eliminated by any legal
means’’ (USFWS 1992, p 20). Therefore,
the Recovery Plan views Zone 5, which
is roughly 60 percent of the State, as not
an important part of the range of the
wolf. This portion of the State is
predominantly agricultural land, with
high road densities, and high potential
for wolves to depredate on livestock.
Although individual wolves and some
wolf packs occupy parts of Zone 5, these
wolves are using habitat islands or are
existing in other situations where
conditions generally are not conducive
to their long-term persistence.
The northern LP of Michigan appears
to have the only unoccupied potentially
suitable wolf habitat in the Midwest that
is of sufficient size to maintain wolf
packs (Gehring and Potter 2005, p. 1239;
Potvin 2003, pp. 44–45), although its
small size and fragmented nature may
mean that northern LP wolf population
viability would be dependent upon
continuing immigration from the UP.
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
The only part of Michigan’s LP that may
contain suitable habitat are those areas
of fragmented habitat studied by Potvin
(2003, pp. 44–45) and Gehring and
Potter (2005, p. 1239). However, these
areas amount to less than half of the
minimal area identified by the Recovery
Plan for the Eastern Timber Wolf as
needed for the establishment of viable
populations. These LP areas, therefore,
might have difficulty maintaining wolf
populations even with the help of
occasional immigration of wolves from
the UP (see Suitable Habitat Within the
Western Great Lakes DPS, above, for
additional discussion). While the UP
wolves may be significant to any LP
wolf population (occasional UP to LP
movements may provide important
genetic and demographic augmentation
crucial to a small population founded
by only a few individuals), the reverse
will not be true—LP wolves would not
be important to the wolf population in
the UP, as that population is already
large enough in size and range to be selfsustaining.
The lack of sufficient areas of suitable
habitat in those parts of North Dakota,
South Dakota, Iowa, Illinois, Indiana,
and Ohio that are within the WGL DPS
are expected to preclude the
establishment of viable populations in
these areas, although dispersing wolves
and packs may temporarily occur in
some of these areas. As a result, wolf
numbers in these areas will have no
impact on the continued viability of
wolves in the WGL DPS, and are not
necessary to maintain adequate
representation, resiliency, and
redundancy for wolves in the DPS.
In conclusion, Minnesota Zone A,
Wisconsin Zones 1 and 2, and the UP
of Michigan provide an adequate wild
prey base, suitably low levels of humancaused mortality, and sufficient
numbers and distribution of wolves to
ensure adequate representation,
resiliency, and redundancy to buffer the
impacts of disease and parasite-induced
mortality. Post-delisting wolf protection,
management, and population and health
monitoring by the States, Tribes, and
Federal land management agencies will
ensure the continuation of viable wolf
populations in those areas above the
recovery criteria established in the
Recovery Plan for the foreseeable future.
In coming to this determination, we
considered the quality, quantity, and
distribution of the habitat relative to the
biological needs of the species, the need
to maintain the remaining genetic
diversity, the importance of geographic
distribution in coping with catastrophes
such as disease, the ability of the habitat
to provide adequate wild prey, and the
need to otherwise meet the conservation
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
needs of the species. Reasonably
foreseeable threats to wolves in all parts
of the WGL DPS are not likely to
threaten wolf population viability in the
WGL DPS in the foreseeable future.
Therefore, we find that wolves in the
WGL DPS are not in danger of
extinction and are not likely to become
endangered in the foreseeable future
throughout all or a significant portion of
their range.
Determination
After a thorough review of all
available information and an evaluation
of the five factors specified in section
4(a)(1) of the Act, as well as
consideration of the definitions of
‘‘threatened’’ and ‘‘endangered’’
contained in the Act and the reasons for
delisting as specified in 50 CFR
424.11(d), we are (1) revising the 1978
listing of wolves in Minnesota as
threatened by identifying it as the WGL
DPS, which includes Minnesota,
Wisconsin, and Michigan and portions
of the adjacent States and (2) removing
that WGL DPS from the List of
Endangered and Threatened Wildlife
(50 CFR 17.11). Wolves have recovered
in the WGL DPS as a result of the
reduction of threats as described in the
analysis of the five categories of threats
and no longer are in danger of
extinction, nor are likely to become so
in the foreseeable future, throughout all
or a significant portion of their range.
Available Conservation Measures
Conservation measures provided to
species listed as endangered or
threatened under the Act include
recognition, recovery actions,
requirements for Federal protection, and
prohibitions against certain practices.
Recognition through listing encourages
and results in conservation actions by
Federal, State, tribal, and private
agencies, groups, and individuals. The
Act provides for possible land
acquisition and cooperation with the
States and requires that recovery actions
be carried out for all listed species. This
final rule removes these Federal
conservation measures for gray wolves
within the WGL DPS.
Effects of the Rule
This final rule revises the pre-DPS
policy Minnesota ‘‘species’’ listing and
establishes it as a WGL DPS of the gray
wolf (C. lupus), expands the boundaries
of that DPS, and removes the
protections of the Act for that WGL DPS
by removing the gray wolf in that DPS
from the List of Endangered and
Threatened Wildlife.
This final rule removes the special
regulations under section 4(d) of the Act
PO 00000
Frm 00059
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
81723
for wolves in Minnesota. These
regulations currently are found at 50
CFR 17.40(d).
Critical habitat was designated for the
gray wolf in 1978 (43 FR 9607, March
9, 1978). That rule (codified at 50 CFR
17.95(a)) identifies Isle Royale National
Park, Michigan, and Minnesota wolf
management zones 1, 2, and 3, as
delineated in 50 CFR 17.40(d)(1), as
critical habitat. Wolf management zones
1, 2, and 3 comprise approximately
25,500 sq km (9,845 sq mi) in
northeastern and north-central
Minnesota. This final rule removes the
designation of critical habitat for gray
wolves in Minnesota and on Isle Royale,
Michigan.
Post-Delisting Monitoring
Section 4(g)(1) of the Act, added in
the 1988 reauthorization, requires us to
implement a system, in cooperation
with the States, to monitor for not less
than 5 years the status of all species that
have recovered and been removed from
the Lists of Endangered and Threatened
Wildlife and Plants (50 CFR 17.11 and
17.12). The purpose of this postdelisting monitoring (PDM) is to verify
that a species delisted due to recovery
remains secure from risk of extinction
after it no longer has the protections of
the Act. To do this, PDM generally
focuses on evaluating (1) demographic
characteristics of the species, (2) threats
to the species, and (3) implementation
of legal and/or management
commitments that have been identified
as important in reducing threats to the
species or maintaining threats at
sufficiently low levels. We are to make
prompt use of the emergency listing
authorities under section 4(b)(7) of the
Act to prevent a significant risk to the
well-being of any recovered species.
Section 4(g) of the Act explicitly
requires cooperation with the States in
development and implementation of
PDM programs, but we remain
responsible for compliance with section
4(g) and, therefore, must remain actively
engaged in all phases of PDM. We also
will seek active participation of other
entities that are expected to assume
responsibilities for the species’
conservation, after delisting.
We developed a PDM plan for the
wolves in the WGL DPS with the
assistance of the Eastern Wolf Recovery
Team. That document is available on
our Web site (See FOR FURTHER
INFORMATION CONTACT).
The PDM program will rely on a
continuation of State monitoring
activities, similar to those which have
been conducted by Minnesota,
Wisconsin, and Michigan DNR’s in
recent years, and tribal monitoring.
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
81724
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
Minnesota, Wisconsin, and Michigan
comprise the core recovery areas within
the DPS, and, therefore, the numerical
recovery criteria in the Recovery Plan
apply only to the area encompassed by
these States’ boundaries. These
activities will include both population
and health monitoring of individual
wolves. During the PDM period, the
Service and the Recovery Team will
conduct a review of the monitoring data
and program. We will consider various
relevant factors (including but not
limited to mortality rates, population
changes and rates of change, disease
occurrence, range expansion or
contraction) to determine if the
population of wolves within the DPS
warrants expanded monitoring,
additional research, consideration for
relisting as threatened or endangered, or
emergency listing.
Minnesota, Wisconsin, and Michigan
DNRs have monitored wolves for several
decades with significant assistance from
numerous partners, including the U.S.
Forest Service, National Park Service,
USDA–APHIS–Wildlife Services, Tribal
natural resource agencies, and the
Service. To maximize comparability of
future PDM data with data obtained
before delisting, all three State DNRs
have committed to continue their
previous wolf population monitoring
methodology, or will make changes to
that methodology only if those changes
will not reduce the comparability of preand post-delisting data.
In addition to monitoring wolf
population numbers and trends, the
PDM will evaluate post-delisting
threats, in particular human-caused
mortality, disease, and implementation
of legal and management commitments.
If at any time during the monitoring
period we detect a substantial
downward change in the populations or
an increase in threats to the degree that
population viability may be threatened,
we will work with the States and Tribes
to evaluate and change (intensify,
extend, and/or otherwise improve) the
monitoring methods, if appropriate,
and/or consider relisting the WGL DPS,
if warranted.
This monitoring program will extend
for 5 years beyond the effective delisting
date of the DPS. At the end of the 5-year
period, we and the Recovery Team will
conduct another review and post the
results on our Web site. In addition to
the above considerations, the review
will determine whether the PDM
program should be terminated or
extended.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
Required Determinations
Paperwork Reduction Act
Office of Management and Budget
(OMB) regulations at 5 CFR 1320
implement provisions of the Paperwork
Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.).
The OMB regulations at 5 CFR 1320.3(c)
define a collection of information as the
obtaining of information by or for an
agency by means of identical questions
posed to, or identical reporting,
recordkeeping, or disclosure
requirements imposed on, 10 or more
persons. Furthermore, 5 CFR
1320.3(c)(4) specifies that ‘‘ten or more
persons’’ refers to the persons to whom
a collection of information is addressed
by the agency within any 12-month
period. For purposes of this definition,
employees of the Federal Government
are not included. The Service may not
conduct or sponsor, and you are not
required to respond to, a collection of
information unless it displays a
currently valid OMB control number.
This final rule does not include any
collections of information that require
approval by OMB under the Paperwork
Reduction Act. As described under the
Post-delisting Monitoring above, wolf
populations in the Western Great Lakes
DPS will be monitored by the States of
Michigan, Minnesota, and Wisconsin in
accordance with their wolf State
management plans. There may also be
additional voluntary monitoring
activities conducted by a small number
of tribes in these three States. We do not
anticipate a need to request data or
other information from 10 or more
persons during any 12-month period to
satisfy monitoring information needs. If
it becomes necessary to collect
standardized information from 10 or
more non-Federal individuals, groups,
or organizations per year, we will first
obtain information collection approval
from OMB.
National Environmental Policy Act
We have determined that an
environmental assessment or an
environmental impact statement, as
defined under the authority of the
National Environmental Policy Act of
1969, need not be prepared in
connection with regulations adopted
pursuant to section 4(a) of the Act. We
published a notice outlining our reasons
for this determination in the Federal
Register on October 25, 1983 (48 FR
49244).
Government-to-Government
Relationship With Tribes
In accordance with the President’s
memorandum of April 29, 1994,
Government-to-Government Relations
PO 00000
Frm 00060
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
with Native American Tribal
Governments (59 FR 22951), E.O. 13175,
and the Department of the Interior’s
manual at 512 DM 2, we readily
acknowledge our responsibility to
communicate meaningfully with
recognized Federal Tribes on a
government-to-government basis. In
accordance with Secretarial Order 3206
of June 5, 1997 (American Indian Tribal
Rights, Federal-Tribal Trust
Responsibilities, and the Endangered
Species Act), we readily acknowledge
our responsibilities to work directly
with Tribes in developing programs for
healthy ecosystems, to acknowledge that
tribal lands are not subject to the same
controls as Federal public lands, to
remain sensitive to Indian culture, and
to make information available to Tribes.
We have coordinated the rule with the
affected Tribes and, furthermore,
throughout several years of
development of earlier related rules and
this rule, we have endeavored to consult
with Native American Tribes and Native
American organizations in order to both
(1) provide them with a complete
understanding of the changes, and (2) to
understand their concerns with those
changes. If requested, we will conduct
additional consultations with Native
American Tribes and multitribal
organizations subsequent to this final
rule in order to facilitate the transition
to State and tribal management of
wolves within the WGL DPS. We fully
considered all of the comments on the
proposed rule that were submitted by
Tribes and Tribal members during the
public comment period and attempted
to address those concerns, new data,
and new information where appropriate.
Data Quality Act
In developing this rule we did not
conduct or use a study, experiment, or
survey requiring peer review under the
Data Quality Act (Pub. L. 106–554).
References Cited
A complete list of all references cited
in this document is available on the
Internet at https://www.regulations.gov
or upon request from the Midwest
Regional Office (see FOR FURTHER
INFORMATION CONTACT).
Authors
The primary authors of this rule are
the staff members of the Midwest
Regional Office (see FOR FURTHER
INFORMATION CONTACT), with
contributions from staff from Service
Regions 2, 4, and 5. Staff from the
Michigan DNR, Minnesota DNR, and
Wisconsin DNR provided current
information regarding wolves in their
States. Staff from the Nelson Institute
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
81725
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
for Environmental Studies at the
University of Wisconsin-Madison
compiled the current data on public
attitudes toward the wolf.
List of Subjects in 50 CFR Part 17
Endangered and threatened species,
Exports, Imports, Reporting and
recordkeeping requirements,
Transportation.
Regulation Promulgation
Accordingly, we hereby amend part
17, subchapter B of chapter I, title 50 of
the Code of Federal Regulations, as set
forth below:
PART 17—[AMENDED]
1. The authority citation for part 17
continues to read as follows:
■
Historic range
Common name
Scientific name
Vertebrate population where
endangered or threatened
2. Amend § 17.11(h) by revising the
entries for ‘‘Wolf, gray’’ and ‘‘Wolf, gray
[Northern Rocky Mountain DPS]’’ under
‘‘MAMMALS’’ in the List of Endangered
and Threatened Wildlife to read as
follows:
■
§ 17.11 Endangered and threatened
wildlife.
Authority: 16 U.S.C. 1361–1407; 16 U.S.C.
1531–1544; 16 U.S.C. 4201–4245; Pub. L. 99–
625, 100 Stat. 3500; unless otherwise noted.
Species
§ 17.11—[Amended]
*
*
*
(h) * * *
Status
When listed
*
*
Critical
habitat
Special
rules
Mammals
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
*
Wolf, gray .........
VerDate Mar<15>2010
*
Canis lupus .....
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
*
Holarctic ..........
Jkt 226001
PO 00000
*
U.S.A.: All of AL, AR, CA, CO,
CT, DE, FL, GA, KS, KY,
LA, MA, MD, ME, MO, MS,
NC, NE, NH, NJ, NV, NY,
OK, PA, RI, SC, TN, VA, VT
and WV; those portions of
AZ, NM, and TX not included in an experimental
population as set forth
below; and portions of IA,
IN, IL, ND, OH, OR, SD, UT,
and WA as follows:
(1) Southern IA, (that portion
south of the centerline of
Highway 80);
(2) Most of IN (that portion
south of the centerline of
Highway 80);
(3) Most of IL (that portion
south of the centerline of
Highway 80);
(4) Western ND (that portion
south and west of the Missouri River upstream to Lake
Sakakawea and west of the
centerline of Highway 83
from Lake Sakakawea to the
Canadian border);
(5) Most of OH (that portion
south of the centerline of
Highway 80 and east of the
Maumee River at Toledo);
(6) Western OR (that portion of
OR west of the centerline of
Highway 395 and Highway
78 north of Burns Junction
and that portion of OR west
of the centerline of Highway
95 south of Burns Junction);
(7) Western SD (that portion
south and west of the Missouri River);
(8) Most of Utah (that portion
of UT south and west of the
centerline of Highway 84
and that portion of UT south
of Highway 80 from Echo to
the UT/WY Stateline); and
Frm 00061
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
*
E
*
1, 6, 13, 15,
35
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
*
NA
NA.
81726
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
Species
Historic range
Common name
Do ..............
Wolf, gray
[Northern
Rocky Mountain DPS].
Scientific name
.....do ...............
.....do ...............
Canis lupus .....
U.S.A. (MT, ID,
WY, eastern
WA, eastern
OR, and
north central
UT).
*
*
Vertebrate population where
endangered or threatened
(9) Western WA (that portion
of WA west of the centerline
of Highway 97 and Highway
17 north of Mesa and that
portion of WA west of the
centerline of Highway 395
south of Mesa).
Mexico.
U.S.A. (portions of AZ, NM,
and TX—see § 17.84(k)).
U.S.A. (WY—see § 17.84(i)
and (n)).
*
*
§ 17.40—[Amended]
3. Amend § 17.40 by removing and
reserving paragraph (d).
■
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:26 Dec 27, 2011
Jkt 226001
4. Amend § 17.95(a) by removing the
critical habitat entry for ‘‘Gray Wolf
(Canis lupus).’’
PO 00000
Frm 00062
Fmt 4701
When listed
Sfmt 9990
Critical
habitat
Special
rules
XN
631
NA
17.84(k).
XN
561, 562
NA
17.84(i).
17.84(n).
*
§ 17.95—[Amended]
■
srobinson on DSK4SPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Status
*
*
Dated: December 13, 2011.
Daniel M. Ashe,
Director, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service.
[FR Doc. 2011–32825 Filed 12–21–11; 11:15 am]
BILLING CODE 4310–55–P
E:\FR\FM\28DER3.SGM
28DER3
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 76, Number 249 (Wednesday, December 28, 2011)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 81666-81726]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2011-32825]
[[Page 81665]]
Vol. 76
Wednesday,
No. 249
December 28, 2011
Part III
Department of the Interior
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Fish and Wildlife Service
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
50 CFR Part 17
Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants; Revising the Listing of
the Gray Wolf (Canis lupus) in the Western Great Lakes; Final rule
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2011 /
Rules and Regulations
[[Page 81666]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
Fish and Wildlife Service
50 CFR Part 17
[Docket No. FWS-R3-ES-2011-0029; FXES11130900000C6-123-FF09E32000]
RIN 1018-AX57
Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants; Revising the
Listing of the Gray Wolf (Canis lupus) in the Western Great Lakes
AGENCY: Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.
ACTION: Final rule.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service or USFWS) are
revising the 1978 listing of the Minnesota population of gray wolves
(Canis lupus) to conform to current statutory and policy requirements.
We rename what was previously listed as the Minnesota population of the
gray wolf as the Western Great Lakes (WGL) Distinct Population Segment
(DPS), and delineate the boundaries of the expanded Minnesota
population segment to include all of Minnesota, Wisconsin, and Michigan
and portions of the adjacent states. We are removing the WGL DPS from
the List of Endangered and Threatened Wildlife. We are taking this
action because the best available scientific and commercial information
indicates that the WGL DPS does not meet the definitions of threatened
or endangered under the Act.
This final rule also removes the designated critical habitat for
the wolf in Minnesota and Michigan and the special regulations under
section 4(d) of the Act for wolves in Minnesota.
We are separating our determination on the delisting of the Western
Great Lakes DPS from the determination on our proposal regarding all or
portions of the 29 eastern States we considered to be outside the
historical range of the gray wolf. This rule finalizes our
determination for the WGL DPS. A subsequent decision will be made for
the rest of the eastern United States.
DATES: This rule becomes effective on January 27, 2012.
ADDRESSES: This final rule is available on the Internet at https://www.regulations.gov and at the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Midwest
Regional Office, 5600 American Boulevard West, Suite 990, Bloomington,
Minnesota 55437. Comments and materials we received, as well as
supporting documentation we used in preparing this final rule, are
available for public inspection on https://www.regulations.gov at Docket
No. FWS-R3-ES-2011-0029, or by appointment, during normal business
hours at the following Ecological Services offices:
Twin Cities, Minnesota Ecological Services Field Office, 4101
American Blvd. E., Bloomington, MN; (612) 725-3548.
Green Bay, Wisconsin Ecological Services Field Office, 2661
Scott Tower Dr., New Franken, WI; (920) 866-1717.
East Lansing, Michigan Ecological Services Field Office, 2651
Coolidge Road, Suite 101, East Lansing, MI; (517) 351-2555.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Laura Ragan, (612) 713-5350. Direct
all questions or requests for additional information to: GRAY WOLF
QUESTIONS, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, 5600 American Boulevard
West, Suite 990, Bloomington, Minnesota 55437. Additional information
is also available on our Web site at https://www.fws.gov/midwest/wolf.
Individuals who are hearing-impaired or speech-impaired may call the
Federal Relay Service at 1-(800) 877-8337 for TTY assistance.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
Previous Federal Actions for WGL Wolves
The eastern timber wolf (Canis lupus lycaon) was listed as
endangered in Minnesota and Michigan in the first list of species that
were protected under the 1973 Act, published in May 1974 (USDI 1974).
On March 9, 1978, we published a rule (43 FR 9607) reclassifying the
gray wolf at the species level (Canis lupus) as endangered throughout
the conterminous 48 States and Mexico, except for the Minnesota
population, which we classified to threatened. The separate subspecies
listings, including C. l. lycaon, thus were subsumed into the listings
for the gray wolf in Minnesota and the gray wolf in the rest of the
conterminous United States and Mexico. We considered the Minnesota
group of gray wolves to be a listable entity under the Act, and listed
it as threatened; we considered the gray wolf group in Mexico and the
48 conterminous States other than Minnesota to be another listable
entity, and listed it as endangered (43 FR 9607, 9610, respectively,
March 9, 1978). This reclassification was undertaken because of
uncertainty about the taxonomic validity of some of the previously
listed subspecies and because we recognized that wolf populations were
historically connected, and that subspecies boundaries were thus
malleable.
However, the 1978 rule also stated that ``biological subspecies
would continue to be maintained and dealt with as separate entities''
(43 FR 9609), and offered ``the firmest assurance that [the Service]
will continue to recognize valid biological subspecies for purposes of
its research and conservation programs'' (43 FR 9610, March 9, 1978).
Accordingly, recovery plans were developed for the wolf populations in
the following regions of the United States: the northern Rocky
Mountains in 1980, revised in 1987; the eastern U.S. in 1978, revised
in 1992; and the Southwest in 1982, the revision of which is now under
way.
In the 1978 rule, we also identified Isle Royale National Park,
Michigan, and Minnesota wolf management zones 1, 2, and 3, as critical
habitat. We also promulgated special regulations under section 4(d) of
the Act for operating a wolf management program in Minnesota at that
time. The depredation control portion of the special regulation was
later modified (50 FR 50793; December 12, 1985); these special
regulations are found in 50 CFR 17.40(d)(2).
On April 1, 2003, we published a final rule revising the listing
status of the gray wolf across most of the conterminous United States
(68 FR 15804). Within that rule, we identified three DPSs for the gray
wolf, including an Eastern DPS, which was reclassified from endangered
to threatened, except where already classified as threatened. In
addition, we established a second section 4(d) rule that applied
provisions similar to those previously in effect in Minnesota to most
of the Eastern DPS. The special rule was codified in 50 CFR 17.40(o).
U.S. District Court rulings in Oregon and Vermont on January 31,
2005, and August 19, 2005, respectively, invalidated the April 1, 2003,
final rule. Consequently, the status of gray wolves outside of
Minnesota reverted back to endangered status, as had been the case
prior to the 2003 reclassification. The courts also invalidated the
three DPSs identified in the April 1, 2003, rule, as well as the
associated special regulations.
On March 27, 2006, we published a proposal (71 FR 15266-15305) to
identify a WGL DPS of the gray wolf, to remove the WGL DPS from the
protections of the Act, to remove designated critical habitat for the
gray wolf in Minnesota and Michigan, and to remove special regulations
for the gray wolf in Minnesota. The proposal was followed by a 90-day
comment period,
[[Page 81667]]
during which we held four public hearings on the proposal.
On February 8, 2007, the Service issued a rule that identified and
delisted the WGL DPS of the gray wolf (Canis lupus) (72 FR 6052). Three
parties challenged this rule (Humane Society of the United States v.
Kempthorne, 579 F. Supp. 2d 7 (D.D.C. 2008)), and on September 29,
2008, the court ruled in favor of the plaintiffs and vacated the rule
and remanded it to the Service.
On December 11, 2008, we published a notice reinstating protections
for the gray wolf in the western Great Lakes (and northern Rocky
Mountains) pursuant to court orders (73 FR 75356).
On April 2, 2009, we published a final rule identifying the western
Great Lakes populations of gray wolves as a DPS and revising the List
of Endangered and Threatened Wildlife by removing the DPS from that
list (74 FR 15070). We did not seek additional public comment on the
2009 final rule. On June 15, 2009, five parties filed a complaint
against the Department and the Service alleging that we violated the
Act, the Administrative Procedure Act (APA), and the court's remand
order by publishing the 2009 final rule (74 FR 15070). On July 2, 2009,
pursuant to a settlement agreement between the parties, the court
issued an order remanding and vacating the 2009 final rule.
On March 1, 2000, we received a petition from Mr. Lawrence Krak of
Gilman, Wisconsin, and on June 28, 2000, we received a petition from
the Minnesota Conservation Federation. Mr. Krak's petition requested
the delisting of gray wolves in Minnesota, Wisconsin, and Michigan. The
Minnesota Conservation Federation requested the delisting of gray
wolves in a Western Great Lakes DPS. Because the data reviews resulting
from the processing of these petitions would be a subset of the review
begun by our July 13, 2000, proposal (65 FR 43450) to revise the
current listing of the wolf across most of the conterminous United
States, we did not initiate separate reviews in response to those two
petitions. While we addressed these petitions in our February 8, 2007,
final rule (72 FR 6052), this rule was vacated by the subsequent
District Court ruling. While we view our actions on these petitions as
final upon publication of the Federal Register determinations, we
nevertheless restate our 90-day findings that the action requested by
each of the petitions may be warranted, as well as our 12-month finding
that the action requested by each petition is warranted.
On March 15, 2010, we received a petition from the Minnesota
Department of Natural Resources requesting that the gray wolf in
Minnesota be removed from the List of Endangered or Threatened Wildlife
under the Act. Likewise, on April 26, 2010, we received a petition from
the Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources requesting that the gray
wolf in Minnesota and Wisconsin be delisted. On April 26, 2010, we
received a petition from the Sportsmen's Alliance, representing five
other organizations, requesting that gray wolves in the Great Lakes
area be delisted. On June 17, 2010, we received a petition from Safari
Club International, Safari Club International Foundation, and the
National Rifle Association of America requesting that wolves of the
western Great Lakes be delisted. In response to those four petitions,
on September 14, 2010, we published a 90-day finding determining that
the petitions presented substantial information that delisting may be
warranted and reinitiated a full status review.
We published a proposal to revise the List of Endangered and
Threatened Wildlife for the gray wolf (Canis lupus) in the eastern
United States and to initiate status reviews for the gray wolf and for
the eastern wolf (Canis lycaon) on May 5, 2011 (76 FR 26806). On August
26, 2011, we published a notice (76 FR 53379) reopening the public
comment period on the May 5, 2011, proposal. We reopened the comment
period to allow for additional public review and the inclusion of any
new information, specifically concerning North American wolf taxonomy.
That notice also informed the public that we were considering issuing
separate final rules for our final determinations on the proposed
delisting of the Western Great Lakes DPS and the proposed determination
regarding all or portions of the 29 States considered to be outside the
historical range of the gray wolf. On September 19, 2011, the Service
published a notice (76 FR 57943) informing the public that
supplementary materials were available. In recognition of intellectual
property right laws, the manuscript made available on August 26
provided readers with references to the sources of several copyrighted
figures, but did not include the figures themselves. The Service
subsequently obtained approval to include all copyrighted figures in
the manuscript and on September 7, 2011, uploaded a complete copy of
the manuscript to https://www.regulations.gov.
Conformance With the Act's Definition of Species
Given the assurances we provided in the 1978 Canis lupus listing
that we would continue to treat gray wolf subspecies as separate
entities for conservation purposes (as noted in Previous Federal
Actions for WGL Wolves, above), we identified a need to reconsider the
listing in light of current statutory and policy standards regarding
the Act's definition of species. The Act provides for listing at
various taxonomic and subtaxonomic levels through its definition of
``species'' in section 3(16): The term species includes any subspecies
of fish or wildlife or plants, and any distinct population segment of
any species of vertebrate fish or wildlife which interbreeds when
mature (16 U.S.C. 1532(16). As a matter of procedure, then, the Service
determines whether it is most appropriate to list an entity as a full
species, a subspecies, or a DPS of either a species or subspecies. The
gray wolf has a Holarctic range; the current listing encompasses the
United States-Mexico segment of the range and consists, in turn, of
multiple entities.
The specific provision for listing distinct population segments of
vertebrates was enacted through the 1978 amendments to the Act (Pub. L.
95-362, November 10, 1978); these amendments replaced the ability to
list ``populations'' with the ability to list ``distinct population
segments'' and treat them as ``species'' under the Act. To interpret
and implement the 1978 DPS amendment, the Service and the National
Marine Fisheries Service jointly published the Policy Regarding the
Recognition of Distinct Vertebrate Population Segments Under the
Endangered Species Act (DPS policy) (61 FR 4722, February 7, 1996),
setting policy standards for designating populations as ``distinct.''
The March 1978 gray wolf listing predated the November 1978
amendments to the Act. Although the 1978 rule lists two C. lupus
entities, i.e., the endangered and threatened entities described above,
these listings were not predicated upon a formal DPS analysis and do
not comport with current policy standards. Nonetheless, subsequent
recovery plans and all gray wolf rulemakings since 1996 have focused on
units reflective of the evident intent of the 1978 rule to manage and
recover the different gray wolf groups covered by the 1978 listings as
''separate entities'' (43 FR 9609), i.e., subspecies or populations.
This rule revises the 1978 threatened listing to bring that listing in
line, insofar as possible, with the Act's
[[Page 81668]]
requirements and current policy standards.
Wolf Taxonomy in the Western Great Lakes Region
The taxonomic status of the wolves in the western Great Lakes
region has long been debated. They have been considered a subspecies of
gray wolf, Canis lupus lycaon (Goldman 1944; Hall and Kelson 1959); a
second subspecies of gray wolves, Canis lupus nubilis (Nowak 1995,
2002, 2003); a Canis lupus population that has been influenced by
interbreeding with coyotes (Lehman et al. 1991, Koblm[uuml]ller et al.
2009; vonHoldt et al. 2011); members of a full species Canis lycaon (or
eastern wolf) that is considered separate from Canis lupus (Wilson et
al. 2000; Baker et al. 2003); possibly the same species as the red
wolf, C. rufus (Wilson et al. 2000); the result of hybridization
between C. rufus and C. lupus (Nowak 2002, 2003, 2009); and as a mixed
population of C. lupus, C. lycaon, and their intercrosses (hybrids)
(Wheeldon and White 2009; Fain et al. 2010; Wheeldon et al. 2010).
These varying interpretations of the taxonomic status of western Great
Lakes wolves are summarized, respectively, below.
Wolves in Michigan, Wisconsin, and eastern Minnesota were
considered by Goldman (1944, p. 437 and Figure 14) to be within the
range of the subspecies Canis lupus lycaon. Goldman based his
classification on variation in body size and proportions, and in pelage
(coat) color. According to Goldman, this was the subspecies of gray
wolf historically found across a wide range east of the Mississippi
River in the United States and in southeastern Canada. Wolves
immediately to the west of the Mississippi River were considered to be
part of the subspecies Canis lupus nubilus. This taxonomic
interpretation was followed by Hall and Kelson (1959, p. 849) and Hall
(1981, p. 932).
Based on a study of DNA variation in North American wolves, Wilson
et al. (2000, p. 2165) proposed that the taxonomic standing of eastern
wolves be elevated to full species as Canis lycaon. They found that
eastern wolves were divergent from Canis lupus in both mitochondrial
DNA (mtDNA) and autosomal microsatellite DNA composition. They
considered the geographic range of C. lycaon as extending west across
the Great Lakes region to Minnesota and Manitoba.
Nowak's (2002, p. 119; 2003, p. 243) revision of the subspecies
taxonomy reduced the range of C. l. lycaon to southern Ontario and
Quebec and northern portions of New York, Pennsylvania, and Ohio.
Nowak's classification was primarily based on statistical analysis of
measurements of skull features. He considered gray wolves that
historically occupied Michigan, Wisconsin, and Minnesota to be within
the range of C. l. nubilus. Based on analysis of additional specimens,
Nowak (2002, p. 119; 2003; 2009, p. 238) continued to recognize western
Great Lakes wolves as C. l. nubilus, but noted that historical
specimens from the Upper Peninsula (UP) of Michigan were somewhat
transitional between the two subspecies.
Leonard and Wayne (2008, pp. 2-3) have reported on maternally
inherited mtDNA sequence haplotypes (DNA sequences or groups of alleles
of different genes on a single chromosome that are inherited together
as a single unit) from historical (``prerecovery'') wolves from
Ontario, Quebec, Michigan, and Wisconsin compared with the recent
population of the area. Their interpretation of these results is that
the 6 unique haplotypes) identified in 15 historical individuals
indicate that the pre-recovery population was ``an endemic American
wolf,'' which they call ``the Great Lakes wolf'' (p. 1). However, only
the two haplotypes most common in the historical sample still occur in
the modern wolf population of the western Great Lakes area. Leonard and
Wayne (2008) conclude that the modern population does not contain the
diversity of Great Lakes wolf haplotypes found in the prerecovery
population and that the current population is primarily a mixture of
Canis lupus and coyote hybrids, with minor influence from the endemic
Great Lakes wolf (p. 3).
Koblm[uuml]ller et al. (2009) examined wolves from the Great Lakes
region (they do not separate between the western and eastern Great
Lakes) using three types of genetic markers: mtDNA; Y-chromosome
haplotypes based on microsatellite DNA loci on the Y-chromosome, which
is a paternally inherited marker; and autosomal microsatellite DNA,
which provides information on recent and ongoing interactions among
populations rather than evolutionary lineage information. The
historical sample from Minnesota was found to exhibit a third Great
Lakes wolf mtDNA haplotype that is common in the modern population.
However, the Y-chromosome haplotypes identified in the historical
sample were more similar to those of western gray wolves, suggesting
that interbreeding between Great Lakes wolves and western gray wolves
had taken place before 1910, the year of collection.
Koblm[uuml]ller et al. (2009) conclude that, despite what they
consider to be both ancient and recent incidences of interbreeding with
coyotes and western gray wolves, Great Lakes wolves remain
morphologically distinct and represent a ``distinct taxon'' of gray
wolf (Canis lupus) that is adapted to the region. They do not, however,
conclude that this taxon is differentiated enough to be recognized as a
species separate from gray wolves, as proposed by Wilson et al. (2000).
Several recent studies conclude that the eastern wolf is a unique
species and should be recognized as C. lycaon (Wheeldon and White 2009;
Wilson et al. 2009; Fain et al. 2010, p. 15; Wheeldon et al. 2010).
Wheeldon and White (2009, pp. 3-4) state that both the present-day and
pre-recovery wolf populations in the western Great Lakes region are
genetically similar and that both were derived from hybridization
between C. lupus and the eastern wolf, C. lycaon. Fain et al. (2010, p.
10) recognize C. lycaon as a unique species of North American wolf, and
based on mtDNA and Y-chromosome haplotypes and autosomal microsatellite
markers, they establish that the population of wolves in the western
Great Lakes region comprise C. lupus, C. lycaon, and their hybrids.
Contrary to Koblm[uuml]ller et al. (2009), Fain et al. (2010, p. 14)
found no evidence of interbreeding with coyotes. Furthermore, they
conclude that the western Great Lakes States were included in the
historical range of C. lycaon and that hybridization between the two
species ``predates significant human intervention'' (Fain et al. 2010,
pp. 13-14).
Wheeldon et al. (2010, p. 2) used multiple genetic markers in an
attempt to clarify the taxonomic status of Canis species in the western
Great Lakes region of Minnesota, Wisconsin, Michigan, and western
Ontario. They conclude that the current western Great Lakes wolf
population is ``composed of gray-eastern wolf hybrids that probably
resulted from historic hybridization between the parental species''
(Wheeldon et al. 2010, p. 10), and that the appropriate taxonomic
designation for the western Great Lakes hybrid wolves is C. lupus x
lycaon.
Recently, vonHoldt et al. (2011) examined single nucleotide
polymorphisms (SNPs) to investigate the genetic distinctiveness of
North American canids. They conclude that wolves from the Great Lakes
region are the product of low-level hybridization between coyotes and
C. lupus that likely occurred prior to the recent invasion of coyotes
into the area and found no evidence that C. lycaon exists as a distinct
species (vonHoldt et al. 2011, pp. 8-9). They further find that Great
[[Page 81669]]
Lakes wolves are genetically distinct from other North American gray
wolves and coyotes, but to what degree remains controversial (vonHoldt
et al. 2011, p. 8). This study represents a new system for genetic
testing using the whole genome of organisms. This new genetic testing
system using SNPs promises to open new opportunities for studying the
ancestry and relatedness of canid populations.
Chambers et al. (2011, in prep.) conducted a review of the
available scientific literature to assess the taxonomic standing of
wolves in North America. They conclude the most supportable
interpretation is that the eastern wolf is not a subspecies (C. lupus
lycaon), but a full species (C. lycaon). This is based on the available
mtDNA and Y-chromosome haplotype data (pp. 91-95). The Service believes
the Chambers et al. (in prep.) manuscript (that includes the
information on which we at least partially based our proposal) is an
important synthesis of the available data that advances and focuses the
debate regarding canid taxonomy in North America. The authors
themselves acknowledge, nevertheless, that further research may change
some of their conclusions (p. 128).
Wolf taxonomic classification is a fast-changing field in which
research capabilities have greatly expanded in recent years. It is
clear from the studies discussed above that the taxonomic
classification of wolves in the western Great Lakes region is one that
has been, and will continue to be, debated in the scientific community.
Most researchers, however, agree that there is a unique and genetically
identifiable form of wolf that occupies the western Great Lakes region.
Researchers differ in whether this unique form of wolf should be
recognized as a species, a subspecies, or a distinct taxon or ecotype.
The taxonomic identity of eastern wolves has been controversial since
Wilson et al. (2000) first claimed that eastern wolves are a separate
species (Canis lycaon) from the western wolf (Canis lupus). In our May
5, 2011, proposed rule (76 FR 26806), we proposed to resolve the
ongoing controversy over the classification of wolves in the western
Great Lakes region by accepting what we considered at the time to be
the best scientific interpretation of the available data and
information. The scientific community then had the opportunity to
review our analysis and respond to it through the public and peer
review processes. Comments on the proposed rule, including comments
provided by leading researchers in the field of canid biology and
genetics, have led us to reconsider our proposed interpretation. While
Chambers et al. (in prep.) provide a scientific basis for arguing the
existence of eastern wolves as a distinct species, this represents
neither a scientific consensus nor the majority opinion of researchers
on the taxonomy of wolves, as others continue to argue that eastern
wolves are forms of gray wolves (Koblm[uuml]ller et al. 2009, vonHoldt
et al. 2011). In light of the ongoing scientific debate, and the lack
of clear resolution concerning the taxonomy of wolves in the western
Great Lakes, we are at this time continuing to recognize C. lupus as
the only species that occurs in the WGL. The wolves that occupy the WGL
DPS have long been accepted as gray wolves, C. lupus, and until greater
scientific consensus is reached regarding whether to revise this
taxonomic classification, the better conclusion is to continue to
recognize them as gray wolves.
Wolf-Coyote Relationships
For a discussion on interpretations of wolf-coyote relationships in
the western Great Lakes, see the discussion under Factor E. Other
Natural or Manmade Factors Affecting Its Continued Existence in this
final rule.
Biology and Ecology of Wolves in the Western Great Lakes
For a discussion of the biology and ecology of wolves in the WGL,
see the proposed WGL wolf rule published on May 5, 2011 (76 FR 26806-
26145).
Distinct Vertebrate Population Segment Policy Overview
Pursuant to the Act, we consider whether the best scientific and
commercial data available are sufficient to indicate that listing,
reclassifying, or delisting any species, subspecies, or, for
vertebrates, any DPS of these taxa may be warranted. To interpret and
implement the DPS provision of the Act and congressional guidance, the
Service and the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) published a
policy regarding the identification of distinct vertebrate population
segments under the Act (Policy Regarding the Recognition of Distinct
Vertebrate Population Segments Under the Endangered Species Act, 61 FR
4722, February 7, 1996) (hereafter DPS Policy). Under the DPS policy,
two factors are considered in a decision regarding the potential
identification of a DPS: (1) Discreteness of the population segment in
relation to the remainder of the taxon, and (2) the significance of the
population segment to the taxon to which it belongs. If a population
meets both tests, it can be identified as a DPS. Then a third factor,
the DPS's conservation status, is evaluated in relation to the Act's
standards for listing, delisting, or reclassification, meaning that we
undertake an analysis to determine whether the DPS is endangered or
threatened or does not meet the criteria for listing. All three steps
are necessary components of a complete DPS analysis.
Past Practice and History of Using DPSs
As of December 8, 2011, of the 388 native vertebrate listings, 80
are listed as less than an entire taxonomic species or subspecies
(henceforth referred to in this discussion as populations) under one of
several authorities, including the ``distinct population segment''
language in the Act's definition of species (section 3(16)). Thirty-
three of these 80 populations, which span 49 different taxa, predate
the 1996 DPS Policy; as such, the final listing determinations for
these populations did not include formal policy-based analyses or
expressly designate the listed entity as a DPS. In several instances,
however, the Service and National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) have
established a DPS and revised the List of Endangered and Threatened
Wildlife in a single action, as shown in the following examples.
In February 1985, the Service delisted the brown pelican (Pelecanus
occidentalis) in the southeastern United States and continued to
identify it as endangered throughout the remainder of its range (50 FR
4938). In June 1994, NMFS revised the entry for the gray whale
(Eschrichtius robustus) to remove the eastern North Pacific population
from the List while retaining the western North Pacific population as
endangered (59 FR 31094). In July 2003, the Service established two
DPSs of the Columbian white-tailed deer (Odocoileus virginianus
leucurus)--the Douglas County DPS and the Columbia River DPS--and
delisted only the Douglas County DPS, while retaining listed status for
the Columbia River DPS (68 FR 43647). In March 2007, the Service
established a DPS of the grizzly bear (Ursus arctos horribilis) for the
Greater Yellowstone Area and surrounding area within the existing
grizzly bear listing in the lower 48 States, and delisted this DPS (72
FR 14865). This decision was later vacated by the court; however, not
on the grounds of the DPS. Also in March 2007, the Service identified
the American crocodile (Crocodylus acutus) in Florida as a DPS within
the existing endangered listing of the American crocodile and
reclassified the Florida DPS from endangered to threatened (71
[[Page 81670]]
FR 13027). Revising and delisting the WGL DPS of wolves is consistent
with the Service's past practice and does not represent a change in
agency position.
On February 8, 2007, the Service issued a rule that identified and
delisted the WGL DPS of the gray wolf (Canis lupus) (72 FR 6052). Three
parties challenged this rule (Humane Society of the United States v.
Kempthorne, 579 F. Supp. 2d 7 (D.D.C. 2008)), and on September 29,
2008, the court ruled in favor of the plaintiffs and vacated the rule
and remanded it to the Service. On remand, the Service was directed to
provide an explanation as to how simultaneously identifying and
delisting a DPS is consistent with the Act's text, structure, policy
objectives, legislative history, and any relevant judicial
interpretations. The court's primary question was whether the Service
has the authority to identify a DPS within a larger already-listed
entity and, in the same decision, determine the DPS does not warrant
the Act's protections even though the other populations of the species
retain the original listing status.
Our authority to make these determinations and to revise the list
accordingly is a reasonable interpretation of the language of the Act,
and our ability to do so is an important component of the Service's
program for the conservation of threatened and endangered species. Our
authority to revise the existing listing of a species (the gray wolf in
Minnesota and the gray wolf in the lower 48 States and Mexico,
excluding Minnesota) to identify a Western Great Lakes DPS and
determine that it is healthy enough that it no longer needs the Act's
protections is found in the precise language of the Act. Moreover, even
if that authority were not clear, our interpretation of this authority
to make determinations under section 4(a)(1) and to revise the
endangered and threatened species list to reflect those determinations
under section 4(c)(1) is reasonable and fully consistent with the Act's
text, structure, legislative history, relevant judicial
interpretations, and policy objectives.
We consulted with the Solicitor of the Department of the Interior
to address the issue in the court's opinion. On December 12, 2008, a
formal opinion was issued by the Solicitor, ``U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service Authority Under Section 4(c)(1) of the Endangered Species Act
to Revise Lists of Endangered and Threatened Species to `Reflect Recent
Determinations' '' (U.S. DOI 2008). The Service fully agrees with the
analysis and conclusions set out in the Solicitor's opinion. This final
action is consistent with the opinion. The complete text of the
Solicitor's opinion can be found at https://www.fws.gov/midwest/wolf/.
Western Great Lakes Distinct Population Segment
In 1978, based on what was at that time the best available
biological data, the Service stated that there were two ``species'' of
gray wolves in the coterminous United States: ``For purposes of this
rulemaking, the gray wolf (Canis lupus) group in Mexico and the 48
conterminous States of the United States, other than Minnesota, is
being considered as one `species,' and the gray wolf group in Minnesota
is being considered as another `species.' (43 FR 9607, 9610, March 9,
1978). The Service then assigned a different status under the Act to
each of those two ``species,'' finding the Minnesota gray wolf
`species' to be threatened, while the other gray wolf ``species'' (the
48 conterminous States, except Minnesota, and in Mexico) to be
endangered. The 1978 rule referred to the Minnesota listing as the
listing of a ``species'' when, clearly, based on the information
available at that time, the Minnesota wolves did not taxonomically
constitute a separate species of wolf. However, ever since the
amendment to the Act later in 1978 that revised the definition of
``species'' to include distinct population segments of vertebrate fish
or wildlife, the 1978 Minnesota gray wolf listing has functioned
effectively as a DPS.
The DPS Policy (61 FR 4725, February 7, 1996) expressly provides
for reexamining pre-policy DPS listings: ``Any DPS of a vertebrate
taxon that was listed prior to implementation of this policy will be
reevaluated on a case-by-case basis as recommendations are made to
change the listing status for that distinct population segment. The
appropriate application of the policy will also be considered in the 5-
year reviews of the status of listed species required by section
4(c)(2) of the Act.'' Based on this provision, we are, within this
rule, (1) recognizing that the 1978 Minnesota listing has functioned
effectively as a DPS, (2) reevaluating that listing by applying the
same reevaluation process to this and other de facto DPSs that we apply
to formally established DPSs, and (3) revising that de facto DPS
listing to meet the criteria in the DPS policy and to reflect the best
available biological data.
A gray wolf DPS including only Minnesota would not meet the
criteria in the DPS policy because it would not be discrete ``in
relation to the remainder of the species to which it belongs'' (61 FR
4725, February 7, 1996). The Minnesota wolf population has expanded
well beyond State boundaries and is connected to the wolf population in
Wisconsin and Michigan, as evidenced by frequent movements of wolves
among the States (Van Deelen 2009, p. 140; Treves at al. 2009, pp. 192-
195) and genetic analyses that demonstrate the Wisconsin and Michigan
wolves are mostly of the same genetic makeup as Minnesota wolves
(Wheeldon and White 2009, p. 4; Fain et al. 2010). Therefore, we are
revising the boundaries of the Minnesota DPS to meet the criteria in
the DPS policy and to reflect the current geographic location of the
population as discussed under the Distinct Population Segment Analysis,
below.
Geographical Area of the Western Great Lakes DPS
The geographical area of the WGL DPS is shown in figure 1, below,
and is described as all of Minnesota, Wisconsin, and Michigan; the
portion of North Dakota north and east of the Missouri River upstream
to Lake Sakakawea and east of the centerline of Highway 83 from Lake
Sakakawea to the Canadian border; the portion of South Dakota north and
east of the Missouri River; the portions of Iowa, Illinois, and Indiana
north of the centerline of Interstate Highway 80; and the portion of
Ohio north of the centerline of Interstate Highway 80 and west of the
Maumee River at Toledo.
[[Page 81671]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28DE11.000
Distinct Population Segment Analysis
Analysis for Discreteness
Under the 1996 DPS Policy (61 FR 4722), a population segment of a
vertebrate taxon may be considered discrete if it satisfies either of
the following conditions: (1) It is markedly separated from other
populations of the same taxon as a consequence of physical,
physiological, ecological, or behavioral factors (quantitative measures
of genetic or morphological discontinuity may provide evidence of this
separation); or (2) it is delimited by international governmental
boundaries within which differences in control of exploitation,
management of habitat, conservation status, or regulatory mechanisms
exist that are significant in light of section 4(a)(1)(D) of the Act.
Markedly Separated from Other Populations of the Same Taxon--The
western boundaries of the WGL DPS are approximately 400 mi (644 km)
from the nearest known gray wolf packs in Wyoming and Montana. The
distance between those western packs and the nearest packs within the
WGL DPS is nearly 600 mi (966 km). The area between Minnesota packs and
northern Rocky Mountains (NRM) packs largely consists of unsuitable
habitat, with only scattered islands of possibly suitable habitat, such
as the Black Hills of eastern Wyoming and western South Dakota. There
are no known populations of gray wolves to the south or east of the WGL
DPS within the United States.
As discussed in the previous section, wolves are known to disperse
over vast distances, but straight-line documented dispersals of 400 mi
(644 km) or more are very rare. Only three records exist of tagged
wolves dispersing from within the core of the WGL DPS that were known
to travel a straight-line distance over 400 mi (644 km) (Treves et al.
2009). Although we cannot rule out the possibility of a WGL wolf
traveling 600 mi (966 km) or more and joining or establishing a pack in
the northern Rockies, such a movement has not been documented and is
expected to happen very infrequently, if at all. Similar movements from
the NRM wolf population into the WGL DPS are unknown and are expected
to happen infrequently. The 2006 Sturgis (South Dakota) wolf is the
closest that an NRM wolf has come to entering the WGL DPS (Fain in
litt. 2006); however, the Sturgis
[[Page 81672]]
wolf would still have had to travel over 300 mi (500 km) before
encountering the nearest wolf pack in the WGL DPS. As the discreteness
criterion requires that the DPS be ``markedly separated'' from other
populations of the taxon rather than requiring complete isolation, this
high degree of physical separation between the WGL DPS and the northern
Rocky Mountains satisfies the discreteness criterion.
Delimited by International Boundaries With Significant Management
Differences--The DPS policy allows us to use international borders to
delineate the boundaries of a DPS if there are differences in control
of exploitation, conservation status, or regulatory mechanisms between
the countries. The border between the United States and Canada has been
used as the northern boundary of the listed entity since gray wolves
were reclassified in the lower 48 States and Mexico in 1978. There
remain significant cross-border differences in exploitation,
management, conservation status, and regulatory mechanisms. About
52,000 to 60,000 wolves occur in Canada, where suitable habitat is
abundant (Boitani 2003, p. 322). Because of this abundance, wolves in
Canada are not protected by Federal laws and are only minimally
protected in most Canadian provinces (Pletscher et al. 1991, p. 546).
In the United States, unlike Canada, Federal protection and intensive
management has been necessary to recover the wolf (Carbyn 1983).
In general, Canadian gray wolf populations are sufficiently large
and healthy so that population regulation, rather than protection and
close monitoring, is the management focus. There are an estimated 4,000
wolves in Manitoba (Manitoba Conservation undated). Hunting is allowed
nearly province-wide, including in those provincial hunting zones
adjoining northwestern Minnesota, with this year's season running from
August 31, 2011, through March 31, 2012 (Manitoba Conservation 20011a).
Trapping wolves is allowed province-wide, except in and immediately
around Riding Mountain National Park (southwestern Manitoba), with this
year's season running from September 1, 2011 through August 31, 2012 or
October 14, 2011 through March 31, 2012 (varies with trapping zone)
(Manitoba Conservation 20011b).
The Ontario Ministry of Natural Resources estimates there are 8,850
wolves in the province, based on prey composition and abundance,
topography, and climate, and wolf numbers in most parts of the province
are believed to be stable or increasing since about 1993 (Ontario MNR
2005a, pp. 7-9). In 2005, Ontario limited hunting and trapping of
wolves by closing the season from April 1 through September 14 in
central and northern Ontario (Ontario MNR 2005b). In the portion of
Ontario that is adjacent to the WGL DPS, wolf hunting and trapping is
permitted year round (Ontario MNR 2005c). If delisted, Minnesota,
Wisconsin, and Michigan would carefully monitor and manage wolves to
retain populations at or above the recovery goal (see Factor D).
Therefore, even though biologically the WGL wolf population is simply a
well-connected southern extension of wolves in Canada, we will continue
to use the United States-Canada border to mark the northern boundary of
the DPS due to the difference in control of exploitation, conservation
status, and regulatory mechanisms between the two countries.
Conclusion--Based on our analysis of the best available scientific
information, the WGL DPS is markedly separated from other U.S.
populations of gray wolves and difference in control of exploitation,
conservation status, and regulatory mechanisms justifies discreteness
between U.S. and Canadian wolf populations. Therefore, the WGL DPS
meets the criterion for discreteness under the DPS policy.
Analysis for Significance
If we determine that a population segment is discrete, we next
consider available scientific evidence of its significance to the taxon
to which it belongs. Our DPS policy states that this consideration may
include, but is not limited to, the following: (1) Persistence of the
discrete population segment in an ecological setting unusual or unique
for the taxon; (2) evidence that loss of the discrete population
segment would result in a significant gap in the range of the taxon;
(3) evidence that the discrete population segment represents the only
surviving natural occurrence of a taxon that may be more abundant
elsewhere as an introduced population outside its historic range; and/
or (4) evidence that the discrete population segment differs markedly
from other populations of the species in its genetic characteristics.
Factor 2 applies to the WGL DPS and is included in our analysis for
significance. Factors 1, 3, and 4 do not apply to the WGL DPS and thus
are not included in our analysis for significance.
Significant Gap in the Range of the Taxon--Gray wolves once lived
throughout most of North America. Gray wolves have been extirpated from
most of the southern portions of their historical North American range.
The successful restoration of a viable gray wolf metapopulation (a
regional group of connected populations of a species) to large parts of
Minnesota, Wisconsin, and Michigan has filled a significant gap in the
holarctic range of gray wolves in the United States, and it provides an
important extension of the range of gray wolves in North America. The
loss of the WGL gray wolf population would, therefore, represent a
significant gap in the species' holarctic range in that the WGL wolf
population is the only gray wolf population in the conterminous States
east of the Rocky Mountains and currently holds about 70 percent of
North American gray wolves known to occur south of Canada.
Conclusion--Based on our analysis of the best available scientific
information, the WGL DPS is significant to the taxon to which it
belongs because its loss would result in a significant gap in the range
of the taxon. Therefore, the WGL DPS meets the criterion for
significance under the DPS policy.
Discrete Vertebrate Population Segment Conclusion
Based on our review of the best available scientific data, we
determine that the WGL DPS is discrete from other gray wolf populations
as a result of physical separation from other gray wolf populations in
the United States and the international border with Canada. The DPS is
significant to the taxon to which it belongs because it contains a wolf
metapopulation that fills a large gap in the historical range of the
taxon in the conterminous States. Therefore, we have determined that
this population segment of wolves satisfies the discreteness and
significance criteria required for a DPS. The evaluation of the
appropriate conservation status for the WGL DPS is found below.
Delineating the Boundaries of the WGL Gray Wolf DPS
In contrast to a species or a subspecies, a DPS is a biological
population that is delineated by a boundary that is based on something
other than established taxonomic distinctions. Therefore, the starting
point for delineating a DPS is the biological population or
metapopulation, and a geographical delineation of the DPS must
reasonably represent the population or metapopulation and its
biological characteristics and recovery needs.
To delineate the boundary of the WGL DPS, we considered the current
distribution of wolves in the Midwest and the characteristic movements
of those wolves and of wolves elsewhere. We examined the best available
[[Page 81673]]
scientific data on long-distance movements, including long-distance
movements followed by return movements to the vicinity of the natal
pack. We concluded that wolf behavior and the nature of wolf
populations require that we include within the area of the DPS some
subset of known long-distance movement locations. However, as explained
below, wolf biology and common sense argue against including all known
or potential long-distance movements within the DPS's boundaries.
The analysis detailed below resulted in the boundaries of the WGL
DPS that are shown in figure 1. This DPS has been delineated to include
the core recovered wolf metapopulation plus a wolf movement zone around
the core wolf metapopulation. This geographic delineation is not
intended to include all areas to which wolves have moved from the Great
Lakes population. Rather, it includes the area currently occupied by
wolf packs in Minnesota, Wisconsin, and Michigan; the nearby areas in
these States in which wolf packs may become established in the
foreseeable future; and a surrounding area into which Minnesota,
Wisconsin, and Michigan wolves occasionally move but where persistent
packs are not expected to be established because suitable habitat is
rare and exists only as small patches. The area surrounding the core
wolf populations includes the locations of most known dispersers from
the core populations, especially the shorter and medium-distance
movements from which wolves are most likely to return to the core areas
and contribute to the wolf population. Therefore, the DPS encompasses
the current range of the population, which is considered to be viable,
including the primary range and the peripheral range.
The WGL areas that are regularly occupied by wolf packs are well
documented in Minnesota (Erb and Benson 2004, p. 12, fig. 3; Erb and
Don Carlos 2009, pp. 57-60), Wisconsin (Wydeven et al. 2006, p. 33,
fig. 1; Wydeven et al. 2009c, pp. 93-98), and the UP of Michigan
(Huntzinger et al. 2005, pp. 25-27, figs. 4-6; Beyer et al. 2009, pp.
73-75). Wolves have successfully colonized most, perhaps all, suitable
habitat in Minnesota. Minnesota data from the winter of 2007-08
indicate that wolf numbers and density have stabilized since 1997-98,
and there was no expansion of occupied range in the State (Erb 2008,
pp. 5-7). Wisconsin wolves now occupy most habitat areas believed to
have a high probability of wolf occurrence except for some areas of
northeastern Wisconsin, and the State's wolf population continues to
annually increase in numbers and, to a lesser degree, in area (Wydeven
and Wiedenhoeft 2009, p. 2). The UP of Michigan has wolf packs
throughout the peninsula. In the last 22 years, the wolf population in
the UP has grown every year except 1997 and 2010 (Roell 2010, pers.
comm.). Over the past 5 years, the average annual growth has been about
7 percent. While the population trend continues to increase, the rate
of increase has slowed, consistent with any population expanding into
and then filling available habitat. The population may continue to grow
or remain steady; however, a small or even negative growth rate may
occur any year and should be considered a natural fluctuation seen in
any wildlife population.
When delineating the WGL DPS, we had to consider the high degree of
mobility shown by wolves. The dispersal of wolves from their natal
packs and territories is a normal and important behavioral attribute of
the species that facilitates the formation of new packs, the occupancy
of vacant territories, and the expansion of occupied range by the
``colonization'' of vacant habitat. Data on wolf dispersal rates from
numerous North American studies (summarized in Fuller et al. 2003, p.
179, Table. 6.6; Boyd and Pletscher 1999, p. 1102, Table 6) show
dispersal rates of 13 to 48 percent of the individuals in a pack.
Sometimes the movements are temporary, and the wolf returns to a
location in or near its natal territory. In some cases, a wolf may
continue its movement for scores or even hundreds of miles until it
locates suitable habitat, where it may establish a territory or join an
existing pack. In other cases, a wolf is found dead at a distance from
its original territory, leaving unanswered the questions of how far it
would have gone and whether it eventually would have returned to its
natal area or population.
Minnesota--The current record for a documented movement by a wolf
in North America is held by a Minnesota wolf that moved a minimum (that
is, the straight-line distance from known starting point to most
distant point) of at least 550 mi (886 km) northwest into Saskatchewan
(Fritts 1983, pp. 166-167). Nineteen other primarily Minnesota
movements summarized by Mech (in litt. 2005) averaged 154 mi (248 km).
Their minimum distance of travel ranged from 32 to 532 mi (53-886 km)
with the minimum dispersal distance shown by known returning wolves
ranging from 54 mi (90 km) to 307 mi (494 km).
Wisconsin--In 2004, a wolf tagged in Michigan was killed by a
vehicle in Rusk County in northwestern Wisconsin, 295 mi (475 km) west
of his original capture location in the eastern UP (Wydeven et al.
2005b, p. 4). A north-central Wisconsin yearling female wolf traveled a
similar distance (298 mi, 480 km) to the Rainy Lake region of Ontario
during 1988-89 (Wydeven et al. 1995, p. 149).
Michigan--Drummer et al. (2002, pp. 14-15) reported 10 long-
distance dispersal events involving UP wolves. One of these wolves
moved to north-central Missouri and another to southeastern Wisconsin,
both beyond the core wolf areas in the WGL. The average straight-line
distance traveled by those two wolves was 377 mi (608 km), while the
average straight-line distance for all 10 of these wolves was 232 mi
(373 km). Their straight-line distances ranged from 41 to 468 mi (66 to
753 km).
Illinois and Indiana--In December 2002, a Marshall County
(Illinois) wolf likely dispersed from the Wisconsin wolf population,
nearly 200 mi (322 km) to the north (Great Lakes Directory 2003). The
Randolph County (Indiana) wolf had traveled a minimum distance of at
least 428 mi (689 km) to get around Lake Michigan from its central
Wisconsin birthplace; it likely traveled much farther than that unless
it went through the city or suburbs of Chicago (Wydeven et al. 2004,
pp. 10-11; Treves et al. 2009, p. 194). The Pike County (Illinois) wolf
that was shot in late 2005 was about 300 mi (180 km) from the nearest
wolf packs in central Wisconsin.
North Dakota, South Dakota, and Nebraska--Licht and Fritts (1994,
p. 77) tabulated seven wolves found dead in North Dakota and South
Dakota from 1981 through 1992 that are believed to have originated from
Minnesota, based on skull morphometrics. Although none of these wolves
were marked or radio-tracked, making it impossible to determine the
point of initiation of their journey, a minimum travel distance for the
seven can be determined from the nearest wolf breeding range in
Minnesota. For the seven, the average distance to the nearest wolf
breeding range was 160 mi (257 km) and ranged from 29 to 329 mi (46 to
530 km). One of these seven wolves moved west of the Missouri River
before it died.
Genetic analysis of a wolf killed in Harding County, in extreme
northwestern South Dakota, in 2001 indicated that it originated from
the Minnesota-Wisconsin-Michigan wolf populations (Fain in litt. 2006).
The straight-line travel distance to the
[[Page 81674]]
nearest Minnesota wolf pack is nearly 400 mi (644 km).
The wolf from the Greater Yellowstone area that was killed by a
vehicle on Interstate 90 near Sturgis, South Dakota, in March of 2006
traveled a minimum straight-line distance of about 270 mi (435 km) from
the nearest known Greater Yellowstone pack before it died (USFWS et al.
2006, in USFWS Program Report, Figure 1).
A large canid was shot by a Boyd County (Nebraska) rancher in late
1994 or early 1995, likely after crossing the frozen Missouri River
from South Dakota (Anschutz in litt. 2006, Jobman in litt. 1995). It
was determined to be a wolf that originated from the Great Lakes wolf
populations (Fain in litt. 2006), whose nearest pack would have been
about 300 mi (480 km) away. A wolf illegally killed near Spalding,
Nebraska, in December of 2002 also originated from the Minnesota-
Wisconsin-Michigan wolf population, as determined by genetic analysis
(Anschutz in litt. 2003, Fain in litt. 2006). The nearest Minnesota
wolf pack is nearly 350 mi (563 km) from this location.
Other notable extra-territorial movements--The extra-territorial
movements of several wolves were radio-tracked in sufficient detail to
provide insight into their actual travel routes and total travel
distances for each trek, rather than only documenting straight-line
distance from beginning to end-point. Merrill and Mech (2000, pp. 429-
431) reported on four such Minnesota wolves with documented travel
distances ranging from 305 to 2,640 mi (490 to 4,251 km) and an average
travel route length of 988 mi (1,590 km). Wydeven (1994, pp. 20-22)
described a Wisconsin wolf that moved from northwestern Wisconsin to
the northern suburbs of St. Paul, Minnesota, for 2 weeks (apparently
not seen or reported to authorities by the local residents), then moved
back to north-central Wisconsin. The total travel distance was 278 mi
(447 km) from her natal pack into Minnesota and on to the north-central
Wisconsin location where she settled down.
While investigating the origins of Scandinavian wolf populations,
Linnell et al. (2005, p. 387) compiled wolf dispersal data from 21
published studies, including many cited separately here. Twenty-two of
298 compiled dispersals (7.4 percent) were more than 300 km (186 mi).
Eleven dispersals (3.7 percent) were more than 500 km (311 mi). Because
of the likelihood that many long-distance dispersers are never
reported, they conclude that the proportion of long-distance dispersers
is probably severely underestimated. Perhaps the longest documented
wolf movement is that of a Scandinavian wolf that covered more than 678
miles (1,092 km) (Wabakken et al. 2007).
From these extra-territorial movement records, we conclude that
wolf movements of more than 200 mi (320 km) straight-line distance have
been documented on numerous occasions, while shorter distance movements
are more frequent. Movements of 300 mi (480 km) straight-line distance
or more are less common, but include one Minnesota wolf that journeyed
a straight-line distance of 300 mi (480 km) and a known minimum-travel
distance of 2,640 mi (4,251 km) before it reversed direction, as
determined by its satellite-tracked collar. This wolf ultimately
returned to a spot only 24 mi (40 km) from its natal territory (Merrill
and Mech 2000, p. 430). Although much longer movements have been
documented, including some by midwestern wolves, return movements to
the vicinity of natal territories have not been documented for extra-
territorial movements beyond 300 mi (480 km).
Based on these extra-territorial movement data, we conclude that
affiliation with the midwestern wolf population is diminished and
essentially lost when dispersal takes a Midwest wolf a distance of 250
to 300 mi (400 to 480 km) beyond the outer edge of the areas that are
continuously occupied by wolf packs. Although some WGL wolves will move
beyond this distance, available data indicate that longer distance
dispersers are unlikely to return to their natal population. Therefore,
they have lost their functional connection with, and potential
conservation value to, the WGL wolf population.
Wolves moving substantial distances outward from the core areas of
Minnesota, Wisconsin, and Michigan will encounter landscape features
that are at least partial barriers to further wolf movement and that
may, if crossed, impede attempts of wolves to return toward the WGL
core areas. If such partial barriers are in a location that has
separate utility in delineating the biological extent of a wolf
population, they can and should be used to delineate the DPS boundary.
Such landscape features are the Missouri River in North Dakota and
downstream to Omaha, Nebraska, and Interstate Highway 80 from Omaha
eastward through Illinois, Indiana, and into Ohio, ending where this
highway crosses the Maumee River in Toledo, Ohio. We do not believe
these are absolute barriers to wolf movement.
There is evidence that several Minnesota-origin wolves have crossed
the Missouri River (Licht and Fritts 1994, pp. 75, 77, Fig. 1 and Table
1; Anschutz in litt. 2003, 2006) and some Midwest wolves have crossed
interstate highways (Merrill and Mech 2000, p. 430). There is also
evidence that some wolves are hesitant to cross highways (Whittington
et al. 2004, pp. 7, 9; Wydeven et al. 2005b, p. 5; but see Blanco et
al. 2005, pp. 315-316, 319-320 and Kohn et al. 2000, p. 22). Interstate
highways and smaller roads are a known mortality factor for wolves and,
therefore, pose a partial barrier to wolf movements (Blanco et al.
2005, p. 320). The death of a NRM wolf near Sturgis in western South
Dakota (Fain in litt. 2006) suggests that the area of the Dakotas west
of the Missouri River may be traversed by a small number of wolves
coming from both the NRM and WGL wolf populations, as well as wolves
from Canada (Licht and Fritts 1994, pp. 75-77). Wolves in this area
cannot be assumed to belong to the WGL wolf population, supporting our
belief that the boundary should not be designed to include the
locations of all known dispersers.
Recovery of Western Great Lakes Wolves
Recovery Criteria
Recovery plans are intended to provide guidance to the Service,
States, and other partners on methods of minimizing threats to listed
species and on criteria that may be used to determine when recovery is
achieved. They are not regulatory documents and cannot substitute for
the determinations and promulgation of regulations required under
section 4(a)(1) of the Act. These documents include, among other
elements required under section 4(f) of the Act, criteria for
determining when a species can be delisted. There are many paths to
accomplishing recovery of a species; in fact, recovery of a species is
a dynamic process requiring adaptive management that may, or may not,
strictly adhere to the guidance provided in a recovery plan.
We use recovery criteria in concert with evidence that threats have
been minimized sufficiently and populations have achieved long-term
viability to judge when a species can be reclassified from endangered
to threatened or delisted. Recovery plans, including recovery criteria,
are subject to change based upon new information and are revised
accordingly and when practicable. In a similar sense, implementation of
planned actions is subject to changing information and
[[Page 81675]]
availability of resources. We have taken these considerations into
account in the following discussion.
The 1978 Recovery Plan (hereafter Recovery Plan) and the 1992
Revised Recovery Plan for the Eastern Timber Wolf (hereafter Revised
Recovery Plan) contain the same two recovery criteria. The first
recovery criterion states that the survival of the wolf in Minnesota
must be assured. We, and the Eastern Timber Wolf Recovery Team
(Peterson in litt. 1997, 1998, 1999a, 1999b), have concluded that this
recovery criterion remains valid. It addresses a need for reasonable
assurances that future State, tribal, and Federal wolf management and
protection will maintain a viable recovered population of wolves within
the borders of Minnesota for the foreseeable future.
Although the recovery criteria identified in the Recovery Plan
predate identification of the conservation biology principles of
representation (conserving the genetic diversity of a taxon),
resilience (the ability to withstand demographic and environmental
variation), and redundancy (sufficient populations to provide a margin
of safety), those principles were incorporated into the recovery
criteria. Maintenance of the Minnesota wolf population is vital in
terms of representation and resilience, because the remaining genetic
diversity of gray wolves in the eastern United States was carried by
the several hundred wolves that survived in Minnesota into the early
1970s. The Recovery Team insisted that the remnant Minnesota wolf
population be maintained and protected to achieve wolf recovery in the
eastern United States. The successful growth of the remnant Minnesota
population has maintained and maximized the representation of that
genetic diversity among wolves in the WGL.
Although the Revised Recovery Plan did not establish a specific
numerical criterion for the Minnesota wolf population, it did identify,
for planning purposes only, a population goal of 1,251-1,400 animals
for that Minnesota population (USFWS 1992, p. 28). A population of this
size would increase the likelihood of maintaining its genetic diversity
over the long term. This large Minnesota wolf population also provides
resiliency to reduce the adverse impacts of unpredictable demographic
and environmental events. Furthermore, the Revised Recovery Plan
specifies a wolf population that is spread across about 40 percent of
Minnesota (Zones 1 through 4) (USFWS 1992, p. 28), adding a geographic
component to the resiliency of the Minnesota wolf population.
The second recovery criterion in the Recovery Plan states that at
least one viable wolf population should be reestablished within the
historical range of the eastern timber wolf outside of Minnesota and
Isle Royale, Michigan (USFWS 1992, pp. 24-26). The reestablished
population enhances both the resiliency and redundancy of the WGL
metapopulation.
The Recovery Plan provides two options for reestablis